Sustainable Development Strategy: Egypt’s Vision 2030

1 GDP during the period of 4.2 1 10 12 growth rate (%) comparison GDP per capita Measures GDP (at current 2 3,436.3 2 4,000 10,000 Strategic (USD) prices) divided by population Results Share of real Measures the contribution of

3 GDP in real the Egyptian GDP in the 0.21 3 0.4 1 world GDP (%) world GDP

4 Poverty Percentage of population 26.34 23 15

1 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, statistics of GDP in constant and market prices for the year 2014/2015 (1801.9 billion EGP) compared to 2013/2014.

2 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, 2013/2014

3 Calculated based on: World Bank, World Development Indicators, GDP (Constant 2005), 2014.

4 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, Survey of income, expenditure and consumption (2012/2013) 19 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target headcount ratio below the national poverty at national line (cost of access to basic poverty lines (%) goods and services for individuals/household) Percentage of Percentage of population population below with expenditures below the 5 4.45 2.5 0 the extreme food poverty line (cost to poverty line (%) survive) Represents the total debt owed by the government and the economic authorities Public debt to after excluding economic 6 92.76 85.7 75 GDP ratio (%) authorities’ borrowings from the National Investment Bank, as a percentage of the GDP at current prices Measures the net total public revenues and expenditures Budget deficit as (including the net acquisition 7 percentage of 11.57 7.5 2.28 of financial assets) as a GDP (%) percentage of GDP at current prices. Total reserves in Measures the reserves ability 8 months of good 3.28 6 10 to finance goods imports. imports (months) Measures change in the consumer price index for

9 Inflation rate (%) consumable items (goods and 11.89 8 3-5 services purchased for the purposes of daily life) Measures the number of jobless people (aged from 15- Unemployment 64 years) who want to work, 10 12.810 10 5 rate (%) ** are available to work, and are actively seeking employment, as percentage of the labor * Note that this indicator also related to "Social Justice Pillar".

5 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, Survey of income, expenditure and consumption (2012/2013)

6 Ministry of Finance, 2014-2015

7 Ministry of Finance 2014-2015

8 Central Bank of Egypt, October 2015

9 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, consumer price index monthly bulletin, November 2015

10 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, quarterly bulletin on labor force survey, Q3 2015. **the unemployment rate is estimated by sex, age, educational level, and geographical distribution 20 1st Pillar: Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Economic Development Category Status Target Target force in the same age group. Measures number of females (+15 years old) participating in part-time economic activities (at least one hour), whether inside or outside the establishment, who are Female labor considered as employees 11 force associated to specific work 22.811 25 35 participation (%) and could not practice such work throughout the reference period due to medical conditions or vacation, as percentage from the total number of employees. Measures the average number of children given birth per mother during her reproductive life according to Total fertility rate the detailed and prevailing

12 (children per 3.512 3.3 2.4 reproduction rates (per age woman) group) within the geographical limits of the State or for a specific unit in a specific year. Macroeconomic Measures the stability of the 13 environment macroeconomic environment 13713 100 30 indicator (rank) through five sub-indicators. Measures Egypt's progression by parameters Ease of doing that define the ease of doing 14 business index business, such as ease of 13114 100 30 (rank) access to electricity, access to credit facilities, ease of tax payment and others. Measures the impact of three

15 Global 11615 90 30 key factors that contribute to competitiveness create the conditions for a

11 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, quarterly bulletin on labor force survey, issue of August 2015, Q2\2015

12 Ministry of Population, national strategy for population and development, 2015 – 2030, 2015

13 World Economic Forum, Global Competitiveness Report, 2015 – 2016

14 World Bank, Doing Business Report, 2016

15 World Economic Forum, Global Competitiveness Report, 2015 – 2016 21 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target index (rank) country’s competitiveness: basic economic needs (ex: infrastructure and economic environment), ease economic effectiveness (ex: higher education and technology) and innovation and development factors. Measures the change of Manufacturing manufacturing output 16 516 7 10 growth rate (%) (excluding petroleum refining). Measures the ratio of Manufacturing manufacturing output value added as (excluding petroleum 17 12.517 15 18 percentage of refining) to GDP, using the GDP (%) constant prices and the factor of production costs. Total trade Measures the ratio of total (goods and value of goods and services 18 services) as trade to GDP and this 3718 45 65 percentage of reflects the openness to the GDP (%) world. Net current Measures the ratio of Outcomes balance as (surplus/deficit) in the 19 -3.719 -3 1 percentage of balance of goods, services GDP (%) and transfers to GDP Local indicator measures the Services share in 20 contribution of services in 5120 53 57 GDP (%) GDP at constant prices. High-technology Measures the contribution of exports as exports with high- percentage of technological component 21 121 3 6 Egyptian (e.g. aircraft industry, manufactured computer industry and exports (%) medicines) to total

16 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2014/2015

17 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2014/2015

18 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2014/2015

19 Central Bank of Egypt, 2014/2015

20 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2014/2015, including social and productive services and does not include electricity, water, building and construction

21 World Bank, World Development Indicators, 2014 22 1st Pillar: Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Economic Development Category Status Target Target manufacturing exports. Net foreign Measures net flow of foreign 22 direct investment 6.3722 15 30 direct investment. (billion USD) Ratio of private Measures the ratio of private sector 23 sector output to the GDP, by 6023 65 75 contribution to market and constant prices. GDP (%) Value of Measures the volume of outsourcing investment revenues in services revenues 24 activities that could transfer 1.224 2 5 (transferring its services to another services) (billion country. USD) Measures the implemented

25 Income taxes (%) income tax rate on the 22.525 22.5 22.5 companies. Value added tax Measures the implemented 26 1026 10 10 (VAT) (%) value added tax rate (VAT). Measures the increase of Public authorities given to the 27 investment at the 12.527 20 30 municipalities for local local level (%) Inputs investments. Measures the expenditure on the economy’s fixed assets Capital formation growth, in addition to the net 28 rate (investment 14.428 20 30 changes in the inventory as a rate) (%) percentage of GDP by the market’s constant prices. Efficiency of Measures efficiency of public 29 public investment investments through some 1.4329 2 3.5 management sub-indicators including the

22 Central Bank of Egypt, 2014/2015.

23 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2014/2015.

24 Estimate by Ministry of Communications and Information Technology. According to estimates, it is expected that volume of investment in outsourcing services reach about 2 billion EGP by 2020.

25 Ministry of Finance

26 Ministry of Finance

27 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2014/2015

28 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2014/2015

29 IMF, Investing in Public Investment: An Index of Public Investment Efficiency, 2010. 23 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target PIM (0-4 Points) methods of projects’ evaluation and selection, and determination of the budget, its implementation, and assessment of the quality of implementation Measures the development Value of export costs to implement export 30 subsidies (billion 2.630 631 8 subsidies and promotion EGP) programs Suggested New Indicators S.N Indicator Rationale Measurement Mechanism The necessity to provide accurate statistics on informal Ratio of sector to prepare policies and informal programs aiming to integrate Reflect the real situation of informal sector will 1 sector the informal sector into the be prepared. contribution in formal sector systems and the economy monitoring the efficiency of such procedures. The Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform prepared the "Regional Accounts". The value added was estimated at the level of economic regions and governorates, The importance of having a and according to the aforementioned accounts, Regional local indicator that measures the targeted growth rates for years 2020 and 2 economic the change in GDP at 2030 will be estimated, and therefore the growth regional level. periodic composition of the regional accounts, which is highly related to the periodic implementation of the economic census prepared by the Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics.

30 Ministry of Finance, Financial Monitoring of the State's General Budget Implementation, 2014/2015

31 Ministry of Trade & Industry, Strategy & Work Plan, 23rd of November 2015. 24 Egyptian Economic Potential 1st Pillar: Economic Development The Egyptian economy is characterized by unlimited potential that would enable it to achieve its objectives by 2030. Egypt is able to achieve a great leap forward in economic development and an economic revolution if we look at Egypt’s potentials such as its ancient history, wealth, unique geographical location, political position, enormous human resources, innovation opportunities, and returns on investments in addition to its position as the largest market in the Middle East. We will present the most important Egypt potentials as follows: 1. Egypt’s strategic geographical location: The unique geographical position of Egypt makes it of special importance to world trading routes between east and west. There are a lot of waterways, both natural and artificial, such as the River Nile, that go through Egypt from south to north. Land transport also plays a major role in international trade to and from Egypt. There are nearly 60 marine ports overlooking the Red Sea, the Mediterranean, and the Gulfs of Suez and Aqaba that support and promote Egypt's foreign trade, and form integrated links between river and maritime transport. The Suez Canal is one of the most important international waterways and supports Egypt’ crucial geographic location, linking the Mediterranean and Red Seas. Since the Canal was established it has been an important maritime route for foreign trade, especially between the East and the West. It is expected that the new Suez Canal will expand the Canal’s capacity and increase Egypt’s strategic importance, especially with the growth of international trade. 2. Human resources and large-scale consumer market: Egypt is one of the most populous countries in the Middle East, making it the largest consumer market making it a most attractive country for investment. It also enjoys the advantage of having a large number of young people less than 30 years old as a percentage of the population, representing around 61% of its total population. Egypt has also participating in many international trade agreements, which enable it to be a center for trade in the Middle East if we make better use of these agreements. 3. Tourism potential: tourism is one of the most important sources of income and foreign currency for the Egyptian economy and is one of the fundamental pillars of Egypt’s economy. In addition to its charming nature and moderate climate, Egypt hosts one-third of all the monuments and antiquities in the world. It is rich in ancient heritage and enjoys a civilization that dates back 7,000 years. Egypt enjoys many fields of tourism attractions including archeological, cultural, historical, and religious tourism. Other kinds attract broader segments of tourists across the world, including beach activities and diving, therapeutic, environmental, sports, safari, desert, deep sea fishing and other kinds of maritime tourism. Egypt has a variety of festivals, cultural events, and conferences and exhibitions as well. 4. Egypt’s diverse economy: Egypt’s economy depends essentially on the services sector, revenues from petroleum, agriculture, manufacturing, tourism, and the Suez Canal, which makes the Egyptian economy extremely diverse. This would protect Egypt from the international shocks that can affect any one of these sectors. Also it gives greater 25 opportunity for Egypt to participate and integrate into the production chains and value at the global level. 5. Availability of real sustainable investment opportunities: these will noticeably and positively affects the achievement of sustainable development in Egypt. The most important among such opportunities are the development of the Suez Canal axis, construction and investment in the Northwest area of the Gulf of Suez, North Sinai, and the Northwest Coast. Transforming Egypt into a global logistics center, development of the Golden Triangle area and other projects represent attractive investment opportunities with high profits. 6. Unexploited large areas: more than 90% of Egypt’s area such as the North Sinai and the Gulf of Aqaba still requires reclamation and exploitation of its wealth. 7. Resistance of the Egyptian economy to international crises: during the last decade the Egyptian economy was able to resist two global crises that affected most of the world. The first one was the food crisis in 2008 and despite the fact that Egypt is the second largest wheat importer and imports many other foods, it overcame this crisis and achieved a 4.7% growth rate. It also overcame the consequences of the global economic crisis during the last quarter of the fiscal year 2009-2010 as well and achieved a growth rate of 6%. 8. Availability of renewable energy resources: Egypt is one of the most promising countries in the fields of renewable energy production due to its favorable climate and unique geographical location. At the level of wind energy, the Suez Canal area enjoys high wind speeds up to 10m/sec, while the Eastern and Western desert areas and the extension of the Red Sea coast along the Gulf of Aqaba are among the most important areas generating wind energy, which in its turn makes Egypt among the most favorable countries for the implementation of sustainable and continuous wind energy projects. As for solar energy as a renewable source, Egypt enjoys multiple competitive advantages in solar energy production. The intensity of the direct radiation from the sun is high compared with other countries, ranging from 2000 to 2600 kilowatt hour/m2. 9. Mineral resources: Egypt has a variety of minerals in terms of quality, quantity, and distribution. Mineral resources in Egypt are divided into five main resources: (a) Energy materials, including petroleum products such as oil and natural gas. Despite the poor Egyptian production of energy materials, compared to some other Arab countries, which is evident from Egypt’s increasing rates of importing oil and gas derivatives, Egypt saw an revolution in the field of new exploration which holds a promising future for energy in Egypt. (b) Solid energy materials, including carbon materials, such as coal and oil shale found in rocks above the formation of phosphate in the Red Sea governorates and New Valley. (c) Radioactive materials, such as uranium found in the rocks of the Eastern Desert in the Meseikat area, in Qetar, and Mt. Sinai. These materials are used in production of nuclear devices. (d) Metallic materials, including three types of minerals: ferrous metals, nonferrous metals, and precious metals. Ferrous metals, such as iron, are an important mineral resource in Egypt. They are the basis of heavy industries, where they are used in the production of cars and trains and in the building and construction industries. Non-ferrous metals such as copper, and precious metals, such as silver, 26 platinum, and gold are also present. (e) Nonmetallic materials, such as those used in 1st Pillar: the chemical and fertilizer industries are available. All of these minerals are present in Economic Development large quantities and are used in manufacturing and exporting. Challenges of Economic Development Although the potential of the Egyptian economy would enable it to achieve these economic development strategic objectives, there are many structural challenges such as some macroeconomic imbalances, distortions at the micro level, weakness of human capital and infrastructure, financing difficulties, and low level of competitiveness. International indicators reflect these challenges as the Egyptian rank in the ‘Doing Business Report’ from the World Bank for the year 2016, was 131 out of 189 countries, and it was ranked 116 out of 140 countries in the Global Competitiveness Indicator for the year 2015-2016. The government is continuously working to face these challenges through appropriate and effective policies and programs. The economic development challenges are divided into challenges at the macroeconomic level and challenges at the sectorial level. All sectors are participating in the whole economy challenges but they differ from one sector to another depending on the nature of the resources used, the production process, and sector laws. The following are the challenges. Economic Growth Challenges  Macroeconomic Level: Egypt’s economy suffered over the past few years from many crises that resulted in decreasing the growth rate, investment, employment, public revenues, governmental inflows, and reserves to their lowest level and increasing public expenditures, the budget deficit, and the current and trade account deficits. The economic growth challenges can be divided into challenges related to fiscal, monetary, and investment policies in addition to institutional and structural challenges.  Fiscal Policy Challenges: The public finance challenges facing the Egyptian economy are as follows: - Rigidity of the public expenditures structure: The current structure for public expenditures is not characterized by flexibility. The wages, subsidies, debt payments, and other transfers represent around 75% of the total public expenditure, which prevents the fiscal policy from achieving financial sustainability. - Low level of public revenues: tax revenues represent only about 50% of total public revenues. As a result we need a structural reform for the tax system, especially raising the efficiency of tax collection imposed on entrepreneurs, the informal sector, and generally on economic activity in various governorates. - High budget deficit: The Egyptian government suffers from an increasing public expenditure and decreasing public revenues, which result in increasing the budget deficit as a percentage of GDP to reach 11.5% during the fiscal year 2014-2015. 27 - High gross domestic debt: this is one of the major challenges to the Egyptian economy, as the gross domestic debt represented 92.7% of the GDP in 2014-2015. This high level of debt is mainly due to short-term domestic debt to finance the budget deficit. This increasing domestic debt leads to increasing interest payments (debt service), and leads to more debt with higher costs to pay off the previous debts. In general, the challenges associated with fiscal policy negatively affect Egyptian competitiveness and it is expected to increase pressure on the public budget in the light of constitutional obligations to increase public expenditure on education, health, and research to the range of 10% of the GNP.  Monetary Policy Challenges: The fiscal policy imbalances impose pressure on the monetary policy independence, as the central bank is facing difficulties in balancing between inflation on the one hand and stimulating growth and financing the public deficit on the other. Raising interest rates to decrease the inflation rate increases the cost of borrowing, and thus adversely affects the demand for credit. The banks prefer lending to the government rather than the private sector due to the differences between the interest rate and the returns on government bonds, which leads to the private sector being unable to obtain credit. That leads to a negative impact on economic growth. The challenges faced by Egypt over the monetary policy can be presented as follows: - High inflation rate: decreasing the inflation rate is one of the main challenges facing the Egyptian economy. The average inflation rate reached 10.9% during the fiscal year 2014-2015 due to the devaluation of the Egyptian pound, increasing local food prices as a result of energy cost increases, supply shortages, poor storage capacity, and the decline in imports due to the deterioration of our international cash reserves, which added further pressure to domestic production. - Deterioration of Egyptian foreign reserves: Egyptian foreign reserves declined from $35 billion at the end of 2010 to $16.4 billion at the end of October 2015. This was due mainly to the decline in tourism revenues and in foreign direct investment, in addition to the use of foreign reserves to finance imports during that period and maintain the stability of the exchange rate. Egyptian foreign reserves covered 3.2 months of imports at the end of October 2015.  Employment Challenges: Egypt’s economy has suffered from high rates of unemployment since the global economic crisis in 2008, despite the decrease in the unemployment rate from 13.4% in December 2013 to 12.8% in September 2015. The employment challenges can be presented as follows: - High unemployment rates among young people: the high unemployment rate, especially among young people, is a real challenge facing the Egyptian economy. Around 66.4% of the unemployed were under the ages of 15-29 in June 2015. To make this worse, unemployment is most concentrated among the most educated groups. 28 - High unemployment rate among females: the unemployment rates vary by gender. It 1st Pillar: was about 9.3% among males by the end of June 2015 compared to 24.1% for Economic Development females at the same period. Participation of girls and women in the labor force continues its decline despite population growth, due to the rigid conditions in the private sector and its long working hours. - Inefficient labor market: the labor market is characterized by weak efficiency due to the absence of professional management, lack of links between productivity and wages, and lack of links between the education output and the needs of the labor market. This results in poor ranking in the Global Competitiveness Indicator of the World Economic Forum (Egypt ranked 137 in 2015). - Large informal sector: The informal labor sector size increased dramatically since the beginning of the global economic crisis. Some believe that this sector has provided jobs for a large number of young people, but working in the informal sector may not be a decent option because of the low wages and the absence of security and safety. The sector is concentrated in the trades and distribution sector, which negatively affects its productivity and lowers the quality of products that are not subject to controls and may harm the consumer’s interests. The challenges of the informal sector will be discussed in more detail later.  Investment Challenges: The Egyptian economy saw a decline in the investment rates after the revolution in January 2011. The contribution of investment in the GDP was nearly 24% during the period between the 2006-2007 and 2009-2010. It decreased to around 14.4% during the fiscal year 2014-2015. The Egyptian economy is suffering from challenges that prevent the increase of investments such as: - Low domestic savings rates: The Egyptian economy is characterized by low domestic savings rates. The domestic savings contribution to the GDP was around 11.3% during the period 2010-2014. These rates are considered very low compared to the BRICs countries, which include Brazil, Russia, China, India, and South Africa. The contribution of domestic savings to the GDP of these countries represented about 30.4% during the period 2010-2013, and this percentage is higher in the Asian emerging countries. As a result of the decline in the savings rates, the savings gap increased to 8.4% in 2014-2015 after being only 2.3% in 2004-2005. - Decline of foreign direct investment: Foreign direct investment (FDI) plays a big role in stimulating Egyptian economic growth, especially with the weakness of domestic savings and investments rates. The FDI inflows have declined from an average of $6.5 billion during the period 2006-2007 to 2009-2010 to an average of $4.1 billion during the period 2013-2014 to 2014-2015. There was a gradual increase in net FDI in 2014-2015 to about $6.4 billion. - Weak business environment: The Egyptian economy has been a weak business environment to stimulate and attract local and foreign investments, which is one of 29 the major challenges for Egypt. It is characterized by the presence of difficulties and long periods in the administrative procedures to start a project, for the issuance of any building licenses, and in property registration. The mechanism for land allocation is ambiguous, as are those for executing contracts, protecting investor’s rights, the phenomenon of ‘informal payments’ within some agencies, and generally governance and transparency. All these negatively affect the competitiveness of the Egyptian economy. The new Investment Law No. 17 of 2015 was a good step to improve the business environment and make it more attractive for economic activity.  Institutional Challenges: The most important institutional challenges facing the Egyptian economy are concentrated in the following: - Multiplicity and complexity of laws: The government has made efforts to develop the legal framework regulating economic activity, but the age of some of these laws and their inadequacy in light of the economy’s progress during recent years indicate that this body of laws needs further development. - Governance, transparency, and accountability: Citizens have low trust in government. The absence of transparency and accountability are the most important challenges for the Egyptian economy. The government is trying to provide data regularly and continuously, to follow-up the implementation of governance principles in all institutions, in the private sector, and in civil society, and to increase the horizontal coordination among governmental bodies, and between the central and municipal departments. - Centralized decision-making: Decision-making power is concentrated within the administrative bodies in management, which increases the levels of bureaucracy and delays economic development. We need delegation to authorities in order to accelerate development and enable the governorates to realize their developmental needs.  Informal Sector Challenges: Egypt has a large informal sector, and the transformation of this sector to the formal sector is one of the major challenges in achieving sustainable economic development. The informal sector companies are characterized by their small size and the low level of organization, and there is no separation between labor and capital resources as factors of production. Another hindering factor is the non-official work relationships such as the personal and social relationships and the absence of contractual agreements. Estimating the size of the informal sector is difficult and inaccurate, which represents a challenge in developing an integrated strategy for the economy, where there is no representation of the informal sector in the GDP or the economic indicators such as national income and unemployment. According to some estimates, the size of the informal sector in Egypt was 35.1% of GDP in 2002, according to the method of 30 demand for the currency. 32 In a recent study on the informal economy for the Arab 1st Pillar: Organization for Industrialization, the volume of informal economic activities in Egypt Economic Development in 2013 represented about 40% of GDP, produced by 66% of the total non-agricultural employees in the private sector. The most important reasons behind the spread of the informal sector is the increase of social insurances, the complexity of labor market legislation, high rates of unemployment, migration from rural to urban areas and the decreasing government role in hiring. Other reasons include poverty, illiteracy, poor health status, as well as the economic pressures faced by many Egyptian households. The main negative effects of the informal sector on the Egyptian economy are the following: - The problem of income inequality: The capital intensive production is concentrated in the formal sector, while the labor-intensive production is concentrated in the informal sector. This causes a kind of hierarchical sequence for wages, with high wages in the formal sector compared with the informal sector for the same work. The low level of wages in the informal sector is due partly to the absence of a minimum wage in the informal sector and also is associated with the number of unskilled workers in this sector. - Gender discrimination in the labor market: Female workers in the informal sector do not only get relatively low wages but she also earned lower wages than the male worker in the informal sector. Moreover, child labor is concentrated in the informal sector, which is a violation of the child’s rights. - High poverty rates: the workers in the informal sector earn low wages, and work without formal guarantees such as contracts or social insurance. - The negative impact on domestic and foreign investment: with tax evasion and costly labor force laws, production costs in the informal sector decrease, and then increase the price competition between the informal and the formal sector products with a difference in quality between the products of the two sectors. - Reduction of tax revenues: As the firms in the informal sector are not paying taxes, this prevents the government from collecting higher levels of public revenues, in addition to the disparity of the tax burden between the informal sector and formal sector firms. 32 Schneider, Friedrich, and Robert Klinglmair. 2004. Shadow Economies Around the World: What Do We Know? Center for Research in Economics Management and the Arts. Department of Economics, Johannes Kepler University, Working Paper No. 0403 Demand for the currency approach is based on assuming that informal transactions are usually carried out through cash payments and therefore increase demand for the currency reflects the expansion of the informal sector size. 31 Economic Growth Challenges at the Sectorial Level: After presenting the economic growth challenges at the macroeconomic level, it is important that we address the economic challenges at the sectorial level. 33 The economic development pillar for the strategy of sustainable development: Egypt’s vision 2030 is broken into nine sectors: agriculture, water and irrigation, manufacturing, tourism, transport, information and communication technology, supply and internal trade, housing and utilities, and foreign trade. The following are the most important challenges facing each sector:  Industry Sector: - Complexity of the energy subsidy system for energy-intensive projects - Industrial products are not produced to international or environmental standards - Weak linkages exist between small, medium, and large industries - Necessary resources are insufficient to provide utilities in the industrial areas - Expenditures on research, development, and technological capabilities are low - Different authorities for the issuance of licenses and the centralization of business services - Lack of a suitable exhibitions system to restore Egypt’s position among international exhibitions  Foreign Trade Sector: - Large trade balance deficit: Egyptian foreign currency revenues from exports cannot cover the needs of imports from abroad - Bureaucratic barriers: These include the complex examination methods, slow customs procedures, lack of transparency in price announcements, and the evaluation systems - Difficulties in internal transport: This is due to unexplained increases in the prices and the lack of the transport companies’ commitment to the rules, laws, and shipping dates - Low capability of the navigation lines 33 Despite the importance of addressing the challenges faced by different sectors, but dealing with these challenges is the responsibility of these sectors and the different strategies should reflect the mechanisms to deal with these challenges in details. 32 - Services trade barriers: such as the government’s implementation of a maximum 1st Pillar: value for the capital of the international firm to limit access to the markets. Economic Development  Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Sector: - Weakness of business environment to motivate and attract local and foreign investments - Non-proliferation of digital culture and the weakness of e-commerce systems and the linkage with the mail network - Weakness of Arabic digital content and decreasing the proportion of its existence - Inadequate legal and regulatory environment for advanced technological needs such as protection of intellectual property rights - Low government expenditure on the communications and information technology sector localization - Egypt’s belated rank in the e-friction index, which measures the factors that prevent access to the Internet and its uses, which limits the optimization benefits from the digital economy  Agriculture Sector: - Increasing losses ratios in agricultural products34 - Relatively limited advanced agro-industrial sector - Rigidity in marketing systems and the absence of contracts and lack of attention to post-crop harvesting transactions - Increasing infringement rates on agricultural areas, which exceeded about 20 thousand acres annually - A lack of interest in developing and innovating facilities, services, and marketing systems - The absence of quality standards for commodities in the majority of agricultural products - Increasing raw materials and agricultural inputs prices and lack of fuel used in machinery and equipment operation 34 The agricultural sustainable development strategy in 2030 (Agriculture Ministry) indicates that the agricultural losses constitutes 10-15% from agricultural income. 33 - High environmental pollution rates from agricultural wastes (about 26-28 million tons per year) - Limited agricultural development investments - Rigidity of credit policies, which are based on traditional patterns - Poor monitoring of agricultural inputs, especially fertilizers, seeds, and agricultural chemicals - Limited and inadequate information and market studies for export markets, and the poor participation of small farmers in the trade system - Occurrence of infringements on the waterways and changing the irrigation systems from advanced irrigation systems that ration consumption to flood irrigation, leading to the need to obtain land at the beginning of canals more than the legalized space - Planting crops with high water consumption needs, such as rice, in quantities in excess of allowable limits - Lack of water resources due to insufficient Nile River revenues, in addition to poor water quality due to pollution and salinity  Water and Irrigation Sector: - Continuous population growth resulting in an increase for potable water services with limited availability to meet this demand - Deterioration of water quality due to pollution - Spatial and temporal distribution of limited water resources - Lack of funding and targeted investments to provide water services at the domestic level  Tourism Sector: - Political and security instability over the past few years, irregular flights, and absence of low price flights segments - Poor electronic system to deal with tourists - Poor motivational policies, for example, incentives for entertainment - Poor marketing ability for Egyptian tourism 34 - Poor infrastructure necessary to link the various tourist regions, and the lack of 1st Pillar: linkages between infrastructure services and tourism trends Economic Development - Lack of diversification for the different kinds of tourism. Currently, marketing and other resources are limited to resort tourism and omits others, such as health, religious, eco-tourism, desert safaris, oases, and conferences and exhibitions tourism.  Supply and Internal Trade Sector: - Weak infrastructure and logistics of storage and transportation, and the inadequacy of supply chain services - The absence of specialized trade zones such as industrial zones - Increasing rate of losses at the various stages of bread preparation such as the storage and transportation process - Low wages and low-skilled workers in the wholesale and retail trade activity - Dominance of the informal sector in distribution services, which has a negative impact on the efficiency of the provided services  Housing and Public Utilities Sector: - Expanding gap between population needs and the available supply of housing - High housing prices for middle-income households, especially with their slight increase in incomes and the increasing number of homeless people - The relative increase in the cost of building housing - Slow-moving procedures and their complexity to obtain licenses from specific authorities - Low incentives to rent unused units - The poor condition of housing units that are rented according to the old rent system - Increasing phenomenon of slums and the lack of a comprehensive and effective solution to address slums - Obstacles preventing growth of the mortgage market - Continuous decrease in land suitable for building, which led to a significant increase in the price of land and expansion onto agricultural areas - Migration of the population, especially young people, to the capital and major cities 35  Transportation Sector: - Poor level of networks and transportation services, and lack of public transport networks coverage - Poor safety and security in all transportation services, and increasing traffic accidents - Limited infrastructure capacity and resulting traffic jams - Lack of necessary financial resources to finance investments in the transport sector, and the poor participation of private sector in the implementation and management of transport projects due to its poor financial returns - The sector’s contribution to pollution and CO2 emissions - Lack of dependence on rail and river transport for goods and increasing dependence on roads, which led to increased traffic jam and accidents - Insufficient coordination among sustainable transport plans and urban development plans for the new cities - Poor institutional and administrative capabilities Social Development Challenges According to the Human Development Index, Egypt’ rank improved from 110 in 2013 to 108 in 2014, with a value of 0.69. The human development challenges include the challenges of poverty alleviation and access of all population segments to social services (education, health, and family planning). We need to invest in our human resources to compete in the global economy and achieve the best benefits from the current demographic transition and age structure. The following are the most important of these challenges and they will be presented in more detail in the social justice, health, and education pillars within the strategy.  Income and resources unequally distributed: Egypt’s economy suffers from income inequality at the governorate level and among individuals. This is illustrated as follows: - Economic and social development imbalance: economic activity is concentrated in the capital and the major urban governorates while Upper Egypt and other rural governorates have limited investment opportunities and low levels of economic growth resulting in high rates of internal migration. - Income unequally distributed: in spite of relatively high growth rates that reached an average of 7% during the period 2006-2008, poverty rates rose during the same period and this growth was not felt by the majority of citizens. Those high growth rates did not generate sufficient productive jobs opportunities for new entrants in the labor market and the business environment has not seen any marked improvement. 36 We need further reforms to achieve the desired social justice in spite of efforts to 1st Pillar: date. Economic Development  Education challenges: the educational system in Egypt suffers from some problems and challenges that represent a real obstacle to the Egyptian education process and its development. These include increasing illiteracy rates, the high level of school dropouts, the existence of a gap between educational outputs and the needs of the labor market, insufficient funds for higher education and capacity research, dependency on private lessons, a high degree of centralization, the low level of investment in schools, in addition to the problems with the technical education and vocational training problems. The backward Egyptian education system increases the gap between educational outputs and the needs of the labor market for skilled, trained, and qualified labor.  Health challenges: the health of Egyptians suffers from many diseases especially the hepatitis C virus, which negatively affects labor productivity especially among young people. Women also suffer from health problems that lead them to reduce their participation in the labor market. Economic Development Policies to 2030 These include the most important policies at the macroeconomic level: investment from fiscal and monetary policies, supporting the transition of the informal sector into the formal economy, and the most important sectorial policies. The following is a review of these policies in some detail: Policies at the Macroeconomic Level  Fiscal Policies - The achievement of fiscal stability: by finding alternatives to decrease the deficit, improve the expenditure structure, reduce the size of the public debt, develop a government procurement system, develop a subsidy system, administer taxes, and financing the budget deficit. - Increase Revenue: Raise tax revenues compared with non-tax revenues, and begin tax reform that depends on broadening the tax base. That would decrease distortions resulting from non-tax revenues. The government would also work to combat tax evasion in order to completely eliminate the phenomenon of total or partial smuggling, and implement a special tax system for small projects. The value-added tax should be considered as one of the structural reforms, as it works to develop a uniform tax rate on goods and services and deduct taxes on equipment and machinery, broadening the tax base to cover a larger range of services. - Change expenditure priorities: Re-prioritize government spending and change the expenditure structure by reducing the current expenditures on subsidies, wages, and 37 interest payments and increasing expenditures on supporting economic growth. This would be accomplished through increased investment on education, health, and other fields of social justice, which is compatible with constitutional provisions and helps achieve sustainable development. This would be done through: o Subsidy System Reform: Continue efforts to rationalize the different kinds of subsidies and ensure that subsidies reach those who deserve them. The government is planning to increase fuel prices by about 20% annually until the price is in line with the cost by the year 2018-2019. In addition to the government's efforts towards the implementation of smart cards in the fuel distribution system with complete data on the consumption and distribution, in order to improve the targeting, prevent smuggling and the emphasis on access to eligible consumers of subsidized fuel. The government also intends to remove subsidies on electricity by the financial year 2018-2019 and cut energy subsidies by up to 0.5% as a percentage of GDP. This is not limited to price reform only, but the reform of the energy subsidy policy taking into account increasing energy efficiency, diversifying the energy mix, and promoting the transition to clean and renewable energy sources. o Control the wage bill: Implement maximum wages for the government and the public sector, revise distortions in the wage structure, and reduce the gap between wages in different sectors. These reforms would reduce the burden of wages on the State budget, which would have a positive impact on the State’s finances, and would increase current and investment expenditures on sectors that affect citizens’ lives, such as education, health, housing, utilities, and transportation. - Determine the credit limit: This policy is linked to Egypt's external debt management and returning to a credit limit commitment, which was exceeded by Egypt in recent years. - Establish the nature of debt for development: Implement developmental debt on the most profitable sectors, which would make the government able to pay down debt burdens without increasing the pressure on the State budget. In addition, address aid in the form of grants to the social sectors that do not generate revenues such as health and education.  Monetary Policies - Maintain price stability and lower inflation rates: Control inflationary pressures as it is an important tool for macroeconomic stability. The monetary policy is planned to achieve a balance between price stability and intensive growth, and a balance between controlling inflationary pressures, maintaining Egyptian competitiveness for exports and increasing foreign demand. 38 - Take into consideration the impact of the policies that curb inflation on different 1st Pillar: socio-economic groups: To avoid the negative effects of higher interest rates on the Economic Development most vulnerable groups, such as women who are already suffering from resource scarcity, as well as small and medium enterprises. - Increase the financial intermediation effectiveness and achieve financial inclusion: Through an increase of credits to the private sector, provide funding to support small and medium enterprises, and enhance the rural banking system.  Employment Policies This includes policies targeted to increase labor demand, develop labor supply, and achieve a balance between demand and supply through active labor market policies: - Short-term policies o Public works programs: Implemented by the Social Fund for Development in cooperation with the World Bank and a number of donor institutions in the governorates, where these projects provide job opportunities for unskilled labor from young people in the construction and building sector. o Effective labor market policies: The Ministry of Manpower in cooperation with the International Labor Organization (ILO) are drafting a program for effective labor market policies that are related to education, training, and rehabilitation, encouraging entrepreneurship and establishing small and medium enterprises in order to provide more jobs and decrease the gap between labor supply and demand. - Long-term policies These policies are targeted to implement structural reforms that will have positive impacts on the labor market: o Raise economic growth rates of the private sector, and encourage links between large companies and small and medium enterprises. o Reform the education and training system, to increase labor productivity, address wage disparities in the government and public and private sectors, enhance the labor market’s flexibility, support decent work through the Decent Work Agenda adopted by the Ministry of Planning, monitor and administer reform with the ILO, as implemented since the beginning of 2016. o Macroeconomic support policies that help to provide job opportunities for young people, especially in the private sector. o Focus on providing job opportunities in the highly skilled service sector, as ease of access to education among this generation of young people has led to increased demand for professional jobs. 39 o Enhance vocational guidance and public employment services, helping to guide young people to technical jobs that require more labor, especially in the sectors of assembly, electronics, information processing and software technology, processing of agricultural products, and the wood and furniture industries. o Review the Labor and Social Insurance Law to achieve a balance between employees and employers.  Investment Policies Investment policies that will be implemented in the next period include: - Complete legislative environment reform to become less complicated, more transparent and effective, and provide an attractive environment for investment. - Simplify business procedures through expansion of the one-stop shop in the context of Investment Law No. (17) for the year 2015. - Continue dispute settlement efforts in a short time. - Restructure the state administrative system through retraining administrative unit cadres and the simplification of government procedures. Facilitate the way the administrative system deals with citizens. - Encourage more foreign and domestic investment in the booming industrial and service sectors. o Review the share of social insurance companies in order to encourage employers to increase the number of insured workers. o Accelerate VAT implementation in order to achieve a balance between encouraging investors and tax vision clarity. o Complete modification of the bankruptcy law, including institutional governance and strengthen investors’ rights. o Provide industrial lands with needed infrastructure and facilitate procedures to use it, such as: grouped approvals from the civil defense organizations. o Complete settling the investment map that divides industrial zones in accordance with activity objectives. o Simplify the land allocation system. o Provide incentives for projects that take place in remote areas such as Upper Egypt. o Expand the partnership system between Public/Private Partnership(s) (PPPs), which aim to improve the quality of services available in the country, 40 reduce the financial burden on the government, and work to create a local market 1st Pillar: for long-term financing. Economic Development  Policies that support transition from the informal to the formal economy in order to enable small investors to participate in the economy through the integration of the informal sector and the promotion of small and medium industries to participate in the economy through positive incentives as follows: - Adopt macro and sectorial policies that support employment through providing more job opportunities for the formal sector, achieving higher equality for job opportunities, especially for the poor and enhancing inclusive growth. Focus on high value-added and labor-intensive sectors, which would have a multiplier effect and forward and backward linkages with the domestic economy, as well as enhancing the value-added chains. - Provide a favorable environment for the establishment of projects such as facilitating registration and licensing and reducing costs to help enterprises to integrate into the formal sector. - Provide programs to develop skills and to facilitate access to credit through the provision of micro-loans for small and micro projects to provide job opportunities and increase revenues. - Develop programs to empower women and expand the provision of health care services for women and children in the informal sector in order to achieve gender equality and fight discrimination against women. Expand the coverage of social security through the provision of health care and education, which would contribute to improving the health status of employees and increase their productivity. Policies at the Sectorial Level:  Industry: - Correct the market imbalance, support fair competition, and provide additional resources to support industry and other sectors. - Continue the export orientation and openness to the world, through the achievement of greater coherence between industry and the growth of exports, and convert part of trade activities to industrial activities. - Combine the horizontal policies that affect all industrial activities and the development of sectorial strategies to achieve industrial development objectives. - Achieve regional development through industrial strategies at the regional level. - Protect the environment as one of the fundamental objectives of industrial policy. 41 - Rationalize energy use and take advantage of renewable energy and recycling wastes. - Increase the value added and the shift towards knowledge-based products. - Achieve geographically balanced industrial development. - Support high knowledge and technological content industries. - Deepen the domestic component in industrial goods and move up the value chain. - Achieve coherence and integration among industrial and free zones, and domestic, regional, and global value chains. - Encourage investment in industry and facilitate establishment by streamlining procedures, especially for land availability and issuing licenses. - Review and develop investment incentives, encourage domestic products, and support exports. - Complete the road network and infrastructure in the industrial zones. - Expand technological centers services to cover the producers and exporters of all categories and various community needs. - Promote the adoption of typical rates of spoilage and wastage rates by industrial control authority in coordination with the concerned authorities and update it continuously to remove obstacles to take advantage of special regulations. - Review companies’ share in social insurance to encourage employers to increase the number of insured employees.  Foreign Trade: - Review the import and export laws and update them to be compatible with local and global standards. - Change the terms of import and export laws and their implementing regulations, particularly Law No. 770 for year 2005 in order to facilitate foreign trade and improve Egypt’s rank in international classifications. - Review institutional structures in order to achieve coordination among all government agencies that provide services to exporters and to prevent interference between them. - Facilitate customs procedures according to international best practices and international, regional, and bilateral trade agreements. 42 - Expand accredited laboratories to examine products at the ports so as to not waste 1st Pillar: time and money. Economic Development - Adopt a risk management system. - Raise the ability of customs officers to classify goods and apply decisions on targeted goods. - Simplify customs procedures and improve temporary access and customs and duties drawback systems management. - Develop an electronic link among the specific authorities for import and export and automate its processes. - Develop border procedures to protect intellectual property rights in accordance with international best practices. - Exchange information to protect intellectual property rights and increase cooperation among customs authorities to prevent infringement on intellectual property rights. - Expand establishment of logistical areas such as yards and refrigerated storage. - Improve and develop ports and reduce the time and cost of customs clearance. Extend the working hours of both ports and customs officials. - Restore navigation lines that increase trade between Egypt and Italy and the direct navigation line to Morocco and provide regular transport lines between Egypt and the Eurasian Economic Union (EEU) countries. - Complete the Nile Navigation Project to connect Victoria with the Mediterranean. - Take advantage of the transport project to establish links with the countries of Central Africa (Lakes Region) and with the east coast of Africa. - Restore the direct navigation line to Morocco. - Exploit regular shipping to Africa. - Reduce expenses that are added to the sea and land freight known as risk allowance in some navigation lines. - Support Exports o Increase export subsidies in light of the diversity of subsidy programs in competitive countries and link between export incentives, value-added, and the right economic definition. 43 o Complete automation of work funded by the Exports Automation Fund. o Activate the infrastructure service support programs for exports. o Promote Egyptian products abroad through participation in foreign exhibitions and promotional scholarships. - Finance o Develop a mechanism to stimulate the banks to finance the feeding industries. o Develop and diversify financial services, taking into account different needs through establishment stages. o Activate the role of the Export Development Bank and the Egyptian Company for Ensuring and Financing Exports to finance exports, ensure risks, provide services with facilitating conditions, and expand export risk services, especially for the African countries. - Quality o Activate the Supreme Council for Quality to play its role in the publication, adoption, and commitment to quality standards in all fields. o Modernize Egyptian specifications on a regular basis to keep abreast of global developments. o Design training programs specializing in production, shipping, and transport quality. o Create incentives to encourage domestic producers to commit to quality standards and facilitate export. o Expand the implementation of supplier development programs to raise the quality of the feeding industries. o Develop market surveillance systems in accordance with developed countries’ best practices. - Human Capital o Provide financial and tax incentives to encourage them to develop and support training programs. o Design programs for industrial care and apprenticeships on the lines of the German model. - Export Marketing and Promotion 44 o Maximize benefit from commercial representative offices in providing necessary 1st Pillar: information on export opportunities, particularly in emerging markets, and make Economic Development such information available on the website. o Reap benefits from preferential trade agreements signed by Egypt to increase export opportunities for Egyptian products. o Complete free trade agreement negotiations with the EEU countries after completing studies of its impact on Egyptian exports. o Revitalize trade relations with other countries by holding joint trade committee meetings between Egypt and the other countries in order to overcome difficulties and problems that affect movement of trade. o Establish logistics and storage centers for Egyptian products in the important African markets so that they become centers for the distribution and marketing of Egyptian products to those and surrounding markets. o Improve mechanisms to provide information for all exporters about the privileges granted in the various markets, especially countries that have trade agreements with Egypt. o Take advantage of international trade networks to maximize e-commerce outcomes and enhance the efficiency of the Egyptian international trade point in this activity. o Direct marketing efforts to emerging markets, especially Asian and African markets. o Encourage companies in the marketing field to promote the products of small and micro enterprises. o Develop a system for electronic promotion and marketing for Egyptian products.  Information and Communication Technology Sector: - Integrate Information Technology (IT) into the various sectors of the economy to increase its efficiency and productivity. - Open new markets for the IT and electronics industries and support its exports. - Optimize the benefit from current trade agreements with the African and European countries and with the United States to support the IT industry and increase its trade volume. - Liberalize telecommunications service prices in Egypt to increase use and achieve the consumers’ well-being. 45 - Provide telecommunications and IT services at low prices for the poor and marginalized areas. - Further activate the consumer rights laws. - Develop and activate the laws of privacy and intellectual property.  Agriculture Sector: o Horizontal expansion of agriculture and agricultural localization. o Rationalize the use of water resources. o Protect agricultural lands. o Develop fisheries and aquaculture. - Agricultural productivity for land and water o Develop agricultural technology. o Develop an agricultural guidance system. o Activate the role of the media about agricultural development issues. o Improve the performance of farmers’ voluntary institutions. - Agricultural product competitiveness o Encourage contract farming. o Develop e-commerce and electronic marketing systems for the agricultural sector. o Promote regional agricultural cooperation. o Develop an agricultural information system. o Develop the agricultural investment climate.  Water and Irrigation Sector: - Develop and manage water resources and rationalize the use of water in all fields. - Complete and rehabilitate the national infrastructure for water systems and horizontal expansion. - Develop an integrated water resources management system. - Strengthen relations between Egypt and the Nile Basin countries. 46 1st Pillar: - Develop methods for groundwater, rainwater, and flood harvesting. Economic Development - Desalinate sea water and brackish water. - Construct and rehabilitate pump stations. - Maintain the quality and efficiency of the High Dam and Aswan Reservoir, and protect the Nile River, its subsidiaries, and Lake Nasser. - Rehabilitate canals and drains networks and all irrigation facilities. - Execute studies and scientific research about technical and scientific applications in agriculture, using up to date databases and electronic government facilities.  Tourism Sector: - Promote Egypt as a tourist destination while highlighting the country’s modern character, hospitality, and safety. - Develop existing tourist destinations and create new ones on the western northern coast, the oases, and the southern Red Sea. - Attracting segments of tourists that spend more per night. - Encourage repeat visits, increase the visit period, and reduce the impact of the country’s seasonal nature on tourists. - Decrease the gap between domestic and international tourism. - Promote new products in the Egyptian market to reach different segments, such as health and hospitalization, religion, eco-tourism, deserts, oases, and conferences and exhibitions tourism. - Cooperate with efforts of the Ministry of Tourism and other concerned parties in the tourism industry to ensure decisions are consistent with tourism objectives in achieving growth in this sector. - Expand the promotion and activation of tourism through the organization of tourist convoys, participating in international conferences and exhibitions, and increasing media campaigns in foreign markets. - Open up to new promising tourism markets, especially in East and Southeast Asia and the new Commonwealth countries. - Expand infrastructure projects serving the tourism sector. 47 - Develop human skills for workers in the tourism sector and related services. - Encourage the private sector to invest more in this sector. - Add tourism material to the primary education curricula and highlight its importance and the importance of citizens’ good behavior to attract tourists. - Give attention to technical education and introduce a special section for tourism and hotels for distinguished students with specific conditions for enrollment. - Develop qualifications and capabilities for accepting students in tourism and hotel management education, whether technical, secondary, or higher education. - Identify numbers for admission to tourism or hotel management schools depending on the labor market needs - Disseminate awareness programs via various channels of communication to explain the importance and value of the tourist. - Address the phenomenon of harassment by publishing awareness programs in various channels of communication, and implement strong punishment for the harasser in coordination with the Ministry of Justice.  Supply and Internal Trade Sector: - Develop internal trade through implementation of logistics projects. - Increase the marketing space up to 20 cm for each individual instead of the current marketing space. - Ensure the availability and quality of rationed commodities linked to the ration cards. Ensure the availability of goods and services, and their flow without complications or problems. - Protect consumer rights and ensure the quality of goods and services offered to the Egyptian citizen. - Continue the subsidy development system to ensure access to food subsidies to those who deserve them, and continue developing the bread distribution system. - Review the laws and decisions that prevent fraud and anonymous commodity trading and other irregularities that are harmful to the consumers’ welfare. - Ensure the sufficiency of goods and services in the markets. - Address harmful business practices. 48 1st Pillar: - Respond to attempts to raise prices, especially for basic food commodities. Economic Development - Develop and conduct research relating to goods, especially strategic goods, to study their production, pricing, and circulation conditions. - Develop legislative frameworks critical to the movement of internal trade in line with local, regional, and global developments. - Protect intellectual property rights, especially in the fields of trademarks, trade data, industrial models and designs, and geographical origin. - Promote the role of consumer cooperation in the trade movement. - Forecast crises related to basic and strategic commodities and develop scenarios necessary to face them in the future.  Transportation Sector: - Achieve a balance among different means of transportation, and develop their regulations, with attention to multi-modal transport, especially maritime ports, railways, and river transport. - Support the importance of multi-modal transport to decrease traffic congestion on roads and take necessary measures to achieve this, especially in the field of container transport. - Activate the role of the railways in terms of both operating and management, as railway transport is the main sector that would lead to the success of efforts to achieve a balance among the different means of transport. Raise railway participation for goods transport by 20%. - Encourage river transport, which is an essential transportation link with some maritime ports, in order to decrease traffic congestion. Increase river transport participation by 5% for goods transport. - Support the vital role of maritime transport, as the Egyptian maritime ports are important for the economy, since they are used intensively for goods transport in foreign trade. - Enhance the role of the private sector participating in developing the transport system and providing facilities, services, and opportunities for this sector so it can play its role in investing or participating in transport sector projects. - Maximize the quality and efficiency of safety levels for travelers, especially long- distance travelers, and transport providers. 49 - Support human resources development of the training and incentives programs for the professional cadres in the Ministry of Transport. - Achieve high safety levels in the transportation sector, especially road transport, and set the necessary regulations and procedures to reduce road accidents. - Update legislation and develop regulations that ensure free competition in the transportation services, leading to improved standards of living and raising the citizens’ economic level. - Determine the environmental objectives that enhance the transport sector’s sustainable development, particularly with regard to reducing all types of pollution, such as air pollution, marine and river pollution, visual pollution, and noise pollution. 50 Programs and Projects for Economic Development to 2030 1st Pillar: Economic Development Mega national programs and projects are the starting point that will lead to the recovery of the Egyptian economy and achieve sustainable development. It is expected that the rationalization of government expenditure programs, energy subsidy reforms, and increased public revenues will lead to the reduction of the budget deficit and public debt. Giant national projects will produce a positive impact in reducing unemployment and creating new job opportunities for young people. Such projects include a reclamation project for 4 million acres, a project to develop the Suez Canal axis, the Golden Triangle project, and other projects. It is important to note that the first steps towards sustainable development and the implementation of the strategy have already been taken through the government program that covers the years 2016-2018.35 The government program presents the projects and programs that are to be implemented within the next 2 years, but the strategy incorporates a number of projects that are more comprehensive, covering a period of 15 years with various maturity dates. The following are the most important projects at the macro and sectorial levels that will contribute to achieving the strategic objectives of the economic development pillar, reflecting the trends and policies previously mentioned: Programs and Projects at the Macroeconomic Level (Mega Projects) Suez Canal Development Project  Project Description: This project aims to maximize use of the enormous potential of the Suez Canal, generate many jobs, and make the region a navigable global center for shipping, a logistical and industrial center, and a gateway for trade between East and West by 2030. This is a high cost project.  Project Key Elements: - In accordance with the provisions of Law No. 83/2002, as amended, the land located in the Suez Canal Zone, an area of about 460 km2, is deemed an economic zone of a special nature consisting of West Port Said Port, East Port Said Port and their industrial zone, an industrial zone in West Qantara, the Technology Valley east of New Ismailia, Adabia Port, the Ain Sokhna area and Port, the El-Arish Port, and the Al Tour Port. - The project includes development of an area Northwest of the Suez Canal, which contains a major industrial zone near the Sokhna Port, covering an area of 200 km2, and including an industrial park with an area of 176.5 km2 and an area of 22.5 km2

35 For more information about the work program of the Government of Dr. Sheriff Ismail during the period from January 2016 till June 2018, kindly see the website of the Ministry of Planning, Follow-up and Administrative Reform. 51 connected to the port and containing an economic zone comprising an area of 20.4 km2. - The Ministry of Trade and Industry contributed to achieving the set objectives of the project by funding small and medium-sized enterprises, providing vocational training for the activities required by the labor market on the canal, community development and public works in the Canal governorates, establishing a licensing unit for small- sized projects (one-stop shop) within the administrative building of the Canal, and a permanent exhibit of products—especially environmental, crafts and traditional products—and establishing an entrepreneurship center in the administrative building of the Canal. Construction of the New Administrative Capital  Project Description: aims to create a new economic and administrative city in the Greater Cairo region including residential and commercial areas and other service areas.  Project Key Elements: - System depends on the partnership between the public and private sectors. - Residential areas represent about 67% of the project area. - The project includes about 285,000 housing units for low-income people, 185,000 units of middle-income housing, and 15,000 housing units for the highest income strata

4 Million Acre Development Project  Project Description: The main objective of this project is to build an integrated society within the new land and to support the overall objective of the strategy for sustainable development: Egypt’s vision 2030, and increase the urban area by about 5% of the total area by 2030 at a rate of 1% every 3 years. In addition its impact would support economic diversification, provide productive and decent jobs, and increase the participation of all the provinces of the republic in achieve sustainable growth. This project includes the industrial Zraaa-integrated approach for specific vegetables and fruits, and the provision of facilities required to mobilize and manufacture products. The land will be allocated among large, medium, and small companies.  Project Key Elements: - Implementation of the first phase of the project will start with development of 1.5 million acres in the reclamation and cultivation areas within the 1.5 million acres project, Al Moghara in the Western Desert with an area of 170,000 acres, Al Amal Village in Ismailia with an area of 3,500 acres, an area southeast of Al Monkhafad of 50,000 acres, Al Tour with an area of 20,000 acres, an extension of the area southeast of Al Monkhafad of 50,000 acres, an area east of Siwa of 30,000 acres, three areas 52 west of Minya of 225,000, 220,000, and 183,000 acres, Old Farafra with an area of 1st Pillar: 100,000 acres, New Farafra with an area of 100,000 acres, Al-Mrashadah with an area Economic Development of 41,500 acres, extension of Al Dakhlah with an area of 50,000 acres, an area west of Kom Ombo (underground) of 25,000 acres, Toshka with an area of 142,000 acres, and Toshka Wells with an area of 25,000 acres. - The first phase was launched on 30 December 2015 for the development of 10,000 acres in Farafra fully prepared for cultivation. Pivot irrigation equipment was installed and laser leveling and soil fertilization was completed. The new villages and housing units established were opened, comprising approximately 2,500 units, in addition to the government and service facilities with full utility connections. - Integrated agro-industrial development: cultivation of water-saving crops, vegetables and fruits such as pomegranates, palms, medicinal and aromatic plants, figs, and olives, and the establishment of factories for packaging and production of oil and processing of medicinal plants. It also includes projects for breeding cattle, sheep, and camels in addition to other projects for the development of fisheries with the aim to bridge the gaps between the demand and supply of commodities and reduce imports from abroad. - Adoption of a refrigeration and transportation system, where products go from the producer to the consumer directly to eliminate intermediaries that leads to higher prices of commodity and crops. Sinai Company for Investment and Development  Project Description: The project aims to develop and change Sinai into an advanced and integrated society that utilizes its competitive advantages and exploits the natural, human, and agriculture resources within the Suez Canal Development Project. The project contributes to the accommodation and redistribution of Egypt’s human resources by investing in labor-intensive sectors to provide job opportunities for the people of Sinai and attract population density from the Canal and Valley governorates.  Project Key Elements - Establish economic zones with a special nature in Sinai at Bir al-Abed Industrial Zone of 150 acres, average space of the industrial pieces ranges from 2,000 to 6,000 m2, road space of 70 acres, services space of 13.5 acres, and green areas of 6.5 acres. - Establish a joint stock company for investment to support development in Sinai, with a focus on North and Central areas as a first phase, with the participation of the private sector and local capital of the people of Sinai. - Establish projects including fish processing, raw salt-based industries (sodium carbonate), building materials industries using local materials of cement, clay, marble, 53 white sands, glass sands, processing, flat glass, and the establishment of a cement plant, gypsum cracking and grinding factory, marble factory, and fodder factory. Northwest Coast Development Project  Project Description: The project aims to develop the Northwest Coast through establishment of a set of linear and transverse roads and routes between this area and the rest of the governorates in order to strengthen the roads and transportation network, transport population and labor, and achieve population and commercial deployment and diverse economic activities. It also plays an important role in solving the problem of energy shortages through power generation by solar energy, in addition to generating electricity through nuclear energy in the region of Dabaa. The project extends from the city of Alamein to the town of Saloum, approximately 500 km and 280 km. This project aims to create several ways to support the road networks and improve transport.  Project Key Elements: - The roads and routes include the Al Qattara–Monkhafad Road (Cairo–Alexandria) eastward along 220 km down to Raas Al Hekma and its sub-links to the El Alamein (Al Dabaa), Al Bhensa route (Minya), Al Wahat Al Bahariya (Siwa), Hof (along the Libyan border), Assiut–Farafra route and Ain Dallah–Siwa. - The project also includes land reclamation and cultivation of about one million acres due to availability of groundwater resources in the desert hinterland with coastal ranges where rainwater accumulates, in addition to a source of irrigation from the River Nile through the Al Hammam Canal. This project contributes to the promotion of agriculture and reclamation of these lands and restoring leadership to the area which was previously called the Roman granary through the cultivation and export of this grain, mainly wheat, to the old Romanian State. - Tourism also has the largest share in development in this area due to its proximity to the Mediterranean Sea through the coastal shores along 400 km west of Alexandria down to Egypt’s western borders. - The Northwest Coast area is filled with many mineral resources including limestone, clay, bentonite, dolomite, gypsum, quartz sand, and rock salt crystal, in addition to oil and natural gas. This represents a great opportunity for establishing industrial and mining projects in this region and urban, agricultural, and tourism development along with the roads and routes network that will be implemented. The area will represent a center of attraction for the population and the establishment of diverse urban communities accommodating about 34 million people in the coming years. Golden Triangle Project for Mineral Resources in Southern Egypt  Project Description: The project aims to create a new economic zone in Upper Egypt by establishing an integrated global center to achieve sustainable development in the 54 Upper Egypt Region. It is planned to implement this project over six phases, each phase 1st Pillar: lasting 5 years. Economic Development  Project Key Elements: - The Golden Triangle area is located in the Southeastern region of Egypt in the Red Sea Governorate stretching along the coastal road in the triangle area between the boundaries of the city of Safaga in the north, Qoseir in the south and Qena in the west. - The project aims to establish four mining and industrial areas and mining logistics storage areas, each specialized in specific types of mining industries. West of Safaga the area is specialized in the quartz and glass industries. North of Mersa Alam is the gold refining industry, with an industrial zone north of Mount Al Dawa. The cement industry would be at Mount Al Gir with an industrial area proposed to be 60,000 acres. - The project includes establishment of a power station with a capacity of 4 gigawatts (coal/oil clay), a 250-megawatt solar power station, and desalination plant with a capacity of 100 m3 per day, supported by a salt factory and chlorine factory, a refinery with a capacity of 200,000 barrels/day linked to petrochemical production units. - The project also includes establishment of mineral development units specialized in the extraction of raw materials and 5–7 new mining pools in addition to road and route connections to connect the regions of mineral exploitation with major regional roads. - The project aims to establish a center for finance, business, and logistical services and the main minerals stock exchange in the region of the city of Safaga in addition to Safaga Port to serve as the main central port for the export of mining materials and main mining industrial products at the Red Sea States level and at the national level. - The project includes strengthening the new cities of Safaga/Qena to serve as poles of growth that motivate the mechanisms of human settlement, increasing the size of population for each city to 250-350 people, and linking Safaga and Al Qoseir cities to the map of sustainable tourism development. - The project includes the establishment of the network of roads necessary for the development of the golden triangle, mainly completing the 2-way Qena-Safaga road with an expected completion date of 3 years, provision of LE 615 million for the completion of the first phase of the 2-way road of Upper Egypt-Red Sea, establishment of an industrial business and 2-way road on the Red Sea coast from Al Qoseir to Mersa Alam, and establishment of a new road in the desert east of the Nile as an extension of the Qena link on the Upper Egypt-Red Sea road. 55 - The project also includes the establishment of maritime ports necessary for the development of the golden triangle including the establishment of a maritime port at Safaga with multiple docks for containers and general cargo with a length of 5 km along the coast with a total capacity of 40 million tons and the establishment of Abu Tartour port with a dry and a liquid bulk terminal and multi-purpose docks along 300 meters, at a total cost of $135 million. New Development Axis  Project Description: The project aims at the development of about 5,000 km of roads, which represents about 20.4% of existing roads estimated at 24,000 km, in addition to the development of the surrounding areas. The project will be completed in two phases, the first phase includes the development of approximately 3,400 km and will be completed in September 2015, and the remaining part will be completed before the end of 2016.  Project Key Elements: - These roads include all the regions and governorates, including Al Qaws–Al Gharby road off the regional ring road of Western Assuit–Cairo road down to Cairo–Alex desert road, development of Arish–Rafah road, development of Taba–top of the Negev, completion of Shalatin–Sohag road, interchange Ismaili–Port Said route, development of Wadi Natrun–El Alamein road and the regional ring road (Banha– Alex desert) and others. - The project provides employment opportunities, reduces the cost of transporting goods, attracts investment, and improves the infrastructure and road safety. 30th of June Axis and the New Galalah City  Project Description: The project aims to establish the 30 June Road, which starts from the International Coastal Road south of Port Said down to Cairo–Ismailia desert road. The project is planned to complete to intersect with the Cairo–Suez road down to Wadi Hagoul tunnel on the Cairo–Ain Sukhna road and the start of Gabal Al Galalah road crossing Al Galalah City, which is located on top of Al Galalah mountain in the Eastern Desert on the Gulf of Suez at an altitude of 700 m from sea level. The city is located on an area of 17,000 acres.  Project Key Elements: - Al Galalah city contains King Abdullah University. It is a globally-recognized medical city with residential areas and tourist and services destinations. The tourist resort of Al Galalah is located on the shore of the Gulf of Suez covering an area of 1,000 acres and including tourist and leisure facilities and a yacht marina. 56 - Al Galalah City is connected to the resort by an ascending road to the top of the 1st Pillar: mountain with a length of 17 km and a cable car with a length of 6 km. Economic Development Completion of Underground Phases IV and V Project  Project Description: Completion of phases IV and V of the metro.  Project Key Elements: - Complete the 4th stage of the metro line from Heliopolis to the Cairo Airport, a distance of 18.2 km. The final line will extend from the Aaron station to the Cairo Airport and include 15 stations. This project will take 5 years. - The 4th line (6 October–Fustat–New Cairo) connects the city of 6th of October in central Giza and other parts of the metro network. The line provides passenger service and links them with high population density areas in the pyramids, Faisal, and urban Giza areas. This line is being developed in two stages: the first includes the last station at the west ring road on the border of 6th of October City and the Fustat station, a length of about 19 km with a total of 17 stations. The second phase extends from Fustat station via Old Cairo to Nasr City and New Cairo. Much of this phase has been completed and new studies were implemented at the beginning of 2016. Building One Million Housing Units within the Framework of the Social Housing Program  Project Description: The project aims to provide one million housing units for for low- income citizens in all governorates at a total cost of LE 150 billion in 5 years. The Egyptian government issued a Social Housing Act that was endowed with the establishment of the Social Housing Fund, which aims to reduce the burden of the cost borne by the State for the construction of these units.  Project Key Elements: - It is expected that this project will provide about 250,000 jobs and contribute to support the achievement of the objectives of social justice, according to the Strategy for Sustainable Development: Egypt's vision 2030. - The project is currently focusing on implementation of the national program for social housing to provide complete housing facilities for low-income young people and provide space to found suitable industrial and commercial communities. - Subsidized for low-income residents over 5 years, an area of 50 and 70 m2 per unit would provide one million housing units. - Implementation of the project began in July 2012, and about LE 7.4 billion had been disbursed to March 31, 2015. 57 Legislative Reform Program to Improve the Investment Climate  Project Description: This program aims to improve the investment climate to provide an attractive, fair, and competitive investment environment, governed by the legal and legislative framework. The program works on reforming the regulatory environment over the next 3 years.  Project Key Elements: - Modify the Companies Act. - Modernize the Commercial Registration Law. - Prepare the Bankruptcy Code. - Amend the legislative framework governing the labor market. - Reconsider the distribution system and allocation of land. - Develop an integrated investment map geographically and by sector in cooperation with all concerned ministries and agencies, the private sector, and civil society. Curb Inflationary Pressures for Macroeconomic Stability  Project Description: Construct a number of storage and logistics centers to reduce inflationary pressures by 2020.  Project Key Elements: - This project aims to create global storage and logistics centers that will contribute to the achievement of food security in Egypt. This includes the establishment of a global logistics center in Damietta on an area of 3.5 million m2, including an industrial zone, at an investment cost of up to nearly $2 billion. - This project would have a significant positive impact on the implementation of the objectives of economic development, according to Egypt's vision in 2030, particularly with regard to diversity and increasing the contribution of the service sector in economic growth. Sovereign Wealth Fund “Amlak”  Project Description: The “Amlak Fund” aims to make optimum use of the State’s wealth and raise the efficiency of management of State assets and possessions. Amlak is a sovereign, wholly State-owned fund and represents the State’s investment arm and one of the basic tools in partnership with the private sector in infrastructure projects. The Fund aims to engage with financial institutions and sovereign Arab and international funds in large projects. 58  Project Key Elements: 1st Pillar: Economic Development - The Amlak Fund aims to achieve sustainable financial returns and social and economic benefits for the people of Egypt, to achieve the following objectives: o Stimulate investment in infrastructure. o Amlak represents a channel for direct foreign investment to finance major national projects in the areas of energy, transport, logistics, and others and provide investment packages for development into other key sectors. o It represents a mechanism for facilitating investment packages to promote the optimum use of capital in other major sectors and maximize the impact of the public investment program to achieve the objectives of social and economic development. o It contributes to improving the bargaining power with private investors and supports Egypt’s position on the map of global sovereign wealth funds. Decent Work Program  Project Description: The program aims to promote decent work opportunities for all young people especially those with disabilities in all governorates. The program works to provide decent work opportunities over the next 5 years.  Project Key Elements: - Develop a strategy for decent work and an integrated program of work for the next 5 years. - Coordinate with the Ministry of Manpower and Immigration and labor offices in the provinces to promote the concept of decent work. - The Social Fund for Development has an important role in the program in the context of non-financial services for small enterprises in cooperation with development partners for entrepreneurship and training such as the ILO, Shell Oil, the organizer of the United Nations Gender Equality and Women’s Empowerment Program, the Egyptian Junior Business Association, EGB, and trade unions and universities with the aim of the rehabilitation and training of young people and improving their capabilities through supported software to be able to generate and evaluate the success and continuity of ideas and management of special projects. Regional Economic Development Program  Project Description: Support for programs and projects of regional economic development during the period 2016-2030. This project is high cost. 59  Project Key Elements: - The development of the Local Administration Law and issuance of Unified Planning Law supporting the idea of setting up and activating the economic regions and supporting the idea of integration and coordination between the bodies entrusted with economic development. - Granting local authorities in a wider area of local resource development. - A greater role for local councils elected to manage the local economy through integrated plans for economic development at the regional level. - The establishment of economic development at the regional level forums. - Support for local economic competitiveness. - Support the trend towards decentralization in the field of investment and activate the idea of one on the geographical and sectorial levels. - Encourage economic integration among the regions in accordance with existing competitive advantages. - The Social Fund for Development operates through 31 regional offices in all governorates of the Republic and through extension services complexes the one-stop system allows the beneficiary to license and register commercial enterprises and receive tax card services. Under this development, His Excellency the Prime Minister issued Decision No. 1034 dated 04/30/2015, which is designed to enable the units one-stop shop to do all the procedures to establish and license small and micro enterprises, approve licenses, and permit operation of the projects. “Irada” Program  Project Description: This project aims to contribute to achieving some of the objectives of the economic axis and the axis of transparency and efficiency of the private strategy of sustainable development in 2030. Government institutions are helping the state build better government regulations and implement policies leading to economic and social development in a sustainable way while sending messages important for all parties at the local, regional, and international levels concerned with the extent of interest and commitment of the Egyptian government on the following matters: - Consistency with international best practices and standards and applying them appropriately. - Commitment to transparency and the availability and accessibility of information for all parties concerned. 60 - Work on the unification and integration and interdependence of legislative 1st Pillar: frameworks and lack of inconsistency and complexity. Economic Development  Project Key Elements: - Build and develop a database and electronic record of the legislative tools, including the organization of business climate, the legislation record, database preparation, and record-mail services provided by the administrative authorities of the investor. Also included will be a Log of Investor Services to support the achievement of raising the efficiency and effectiveness of the administrative system and provide excellent services using technology. - Review and study issues of economic importance to the ministries involved to ensure the initiatives keep pace with changes to the legislative framework of the Organization of Economic Activities. Build mechanisms to help increase competitiveness and the degree of diversification of economic activities. - Participate in simplifying procedures related to the business environment so as to help enhance the efficiency of the state administration’s performance in dealing with government services associated with doing business and remove the costs and unnecessary procedures imposed by legislative instruments that would limit economic competition. - Introduce a legislative impact assessment system before and after the issuance of legislation of legal and economic terms or Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA). Determine the desired objectives of the legislation and the study of different alternatives to be presented to the decision-maker to ensure the quality of economic legislation and sustainable development. - Establish a mechanism for consultation, dialogue, and community building to take into account the interests of management bodies, the business community, and civil society to establish the rules of transparency and the creation of a mechanism to receive the views of those concerned and affected by government policies. Programs and Projects to Formalize the Informal Sector  Develop a strategy and definition for the informal sector in an institutional and legislative manner to formalize the informal sector.  Develop a national ID card for enterprises to take advantage of and use in financial transactions and to standardize their transactions with government agencies, to accept bank deposits and withdrawals, and download special incentives for small and medium projects, according to segments of the common definition.  Develop a package of incentives for integrating the informal sector businesses, for example for taxes, training, land, and technical services. 61  The Social Fund for Development review Act 141 of 2004 as part of broadening the base of the definition of small projects and optimal use of incentives available from concerned authorities.  Coordinate with the General Authority for Financial Control to provide education about the Non-governmental Organization (NGO) law regulating the activity of microfinance (Law No. 141 for the year 2014) and help the association in the issuance of licenses to practice business activities and provide loans for microenterprises to create jobs, increase incomes, and raise living standards. Programs and Projects at the Sectorial Level Industry Sector In addition to the projects contained in the Government’s program for the next 2 years, which include a stalled factories support program, the 1,000 factories project, expanding local industry with the aim of replacing imports and increasing exports, continuous efforts for technology and innovation transfer, simplifying procedures, and project development, the following are examples of the major programs contained in the strategy for strengthening industry and increasing its contribution to economic activity: Industrial clusters for small and medium industries:  Project Description: Establish industrial clusters as a solution to support industrial integration between large, medium, and small factories and contribute to raising the industrial added value and creating jobs. This would link small- and medium-sized enterprises with the development of a range of projects. The project is high cost.  Project Key Elements: - This project aims to establish 25 industrial complexes in 14 provinces, specializing in the fields of furniture; garments; feeding industries for household appliances, cars, and industries; nutritious components; food; marble; building materials; aluminum; household appliances; electronic industries; software; engineering; petrochemicals; and spare parts for heavy transport vehicles. - Develop small industries: the government aims to increase the contribution of these industries in the industrial output growth rate of about 5%, increase investment and employment and exports about 10%, and reduce the consumption of energy for these industries by about 10%. The government has developed a strategy for the development of small industries, providing programs for factories at the sectoral and geographical levels to increase competitiveness, contribute to sustainable development with a focus on maximizing the value added, increase exports, provide decent and productive jobs, reduce energy consumption and production costs, produce awareness campaigns about the importance of specifications, provide reductions in prices for services for small industries including tests, calibrations and 62 standards, training, and help small- and medium-sized industries in the application of 1st Pillar: the standards through the authority experts in various fields. Economic Development Leather City project in ‘Al-Robeiky’:  Project Description: Create an attractive city for national industry by encouraging the movement of tanneries and their employees to develop a sector and increase the added value of the Egyptian product in order to achieve competitiveness in the global market by the year 2030. This is a project with a high cost.  Project Key Elements: - Adapt existing tanneries to the use of modern technologies. - Increase productivity, raise quality, and increase value added. - Improve working conditions and environment, raise entry-level workers through training, and protect employee health. - Remove pollution from tanning processes. - Maintain the ‘Magraa el Oyoun’ area because of its archaeological and historic character. - The government is targeting the completion of the first phase of the project in 2 years so that by the end of 2017-2018 the internal and external infrastructure and treatment plants for the second phase would be completed, in addition to allocation for housing of tannery owners in the production units of the first phase. - The government aims to transfer tanning activities from Misr Al Qadima to Al Robiki by the year 2030 to establish a specialized city for leather tanning and associated industries, doubling production capacity from 95 to 200 million feet2, providing 20,000 jobs, and ending the pollution in Misr Al Qadima. Establishment of a Furniture City in Damietta:  Project Description: This project aims to increase the percentage of exports of furniture from 2% to 8% of the global market.  Project Key Elements: - This project involves upgrading the infrastructure surrounding the city including roads and ports to facilitate the movement of goods, raw materials, and final product. In addition, a set of attractive incentives would be developed for investors. - By the end of 2017-2018, the infrastructure of the city and the first phase (industry and services) would be completed. 63 - Establish an Egyptian joint stock company for the implementation and management of the project with the purpose of the establishment and development of the city. This is underway. Support heavy industries:  Program Description: Resettle heavy industry on economic, environmental, and scientific foundations to build a strong industrial base. Develop an economic database to attract medium and small craft industries. The program would take more than 10 years to support heavy industry in full, and is high cost.  Program Key Elements: - Target expansion of the industrial map aimed to increase value-added products for industrial projects. - Develop logistics associated with development of various industries, as well as roads and ports. - Expand use of renewable energy. - Recycle industrial waste. Improve and develop the industrial zones of the Suez Canal project:  Project Description: Intensify effort to exploit the location of the axis of the Suez Canal industrially to work on Egypt to be a central hub where economic activity is distributed through the expansion of the development and the establishment of industrial zones within the axis of the Suez Canal by the year 2025. This is a project with a high cost.  Project Key Elements: - Integration of the Sinai in the industrial sphere of other Egyptian provinces and regions. - Develop the geographical area within the axis of the industrial areas. - Resettle industrial activities within those areas. - Establish a legal framework for the development and utilization of industrial land. - Attract and encourage investment and increase and diversify high value-added industrial exports. 64 Industrial map project: 1st Pillar:  Economic Development Project Description: Provide adequate data on industrial uses of all land to serve the purpose of industrial planning based on the analysis of information including geographic potential of the land, the natural resources of metallurgical and mining wealth, and the basic logistics and infrastructure—hubs, roads, services, population, and urban communities existing and new by 2030 data. The project is high cost.  Project Key Elements: - Expand efforts to increase value-added products for industrial projects. - Develop logistics associated with various industries. - Provide opportunities for expansion in new and renewable energy applications in industry. - Increase recycling of industrial waste applications. Establish small projects in the field of mobile retail outlets:  Program Description: There is a need to develop retail services for mobile marketing outlets that use vehicles instead of shops, reducing investment and operating costs and increasing the desired profit margin along with ease of service and availability in places where they are needed. These mobile shops operate on the principle ‘from the producer to the consumer through a single intermediary.’ The project provides various job opportunities for young people and women.  Program Key Elements: - Targets young graduates and job seekers across all governorates. - Establish about 5,000 projects. - Provides nearly 10,000 jobs. - Provides a market for traditional and handicrafts, and implements a quality assurance program in coordination with the Egyptian governorates. Ships manufacturing strategy:  Project Description: The project aims at activating the strategy of ship manufacturing, which has been prepared for the development of the industry in Egypt by 2030 because of its impact on the economy.  Project Key Elements: - Develop and complete the Suez Canal ports and industrial areas. 65 - Activate marine logistics. - Form shipping companies for the operation of vessels and the establishment of dry docks for repair and shipbuilding. - Attract navigation agencies and companies to charge, discharge, bunker, tow, and rescue. - Establish companies for the manufacture and repair of containers as well as plants for container handling. Create clusters of agro-industries:  Program Description: This program aims to expand the agro-industry and export subsidies from the sector through the empowerment of the agro-industrial centers and the creation of an enabling environment for the establishment of these industries. It also aims to achieve integration between the agricultural sector and the industrial sector and raise the value-added in irrigation water and agricultural crops by creating a relationship between the farmer and the manufacturer and to increase the economic value of agricultural products by 2020. The program is high cost. The project is expected to provide job opportunities for young people and women in rural areas.  Program Key Elements: - Establish agro-industrial complexes. - Support the provision of a transport network and ports for these industries. - Provide incentives that encourage the expansion of agro-industries. - Develop the infrastructure of the agro-industrial complexes through partnerships between the public and private sector. - Prepare economic and social studies for each zone. - Prepare a clear map of the proposed areas. - Prepare pamphlets with the conditions required for private sector tendering. - Provide facilities and infrastructure for the agricultural and industrial areas. Achieve transformation in the mining industry sector to support the development and competitiveness of the private sector and promote job creation in Egypt:  Program Description: Create a major shift in the mining industries sector by assessing the current state of ore mining in Egypt and selecting five strategic raw materials. Create a favorable and enabling environment for private sector investment in improving the 66 added value of these raw materials that can be used to appropriate a mining environment 1st Pillar: for other ores in Egypt, and encourage the establishment of new companies, including Economic Development small and medium enterprises. Provide decent and productive job opportunities, especially in remote areas, in addition to reducing the negative effects of mining activities on the environment and on the health of Egyptian citizens over the next 4 years. The program is medium cost.  Program Key Elements: Support the mining industry sector to contribute to economic and social development in Egypt, over the short, medium, and long term by: - Increasing the added value of Egyptian mining ores. - Encouraging local and foreign investment in the mining industry. - Increasing Egypt’s exports of mineral raw materials manufactured with high added value. - Creating jobs, especially in remote areas. The green economy program:  Program Description: Support for the industrial sector to introduce the concept of the green economy in various activities in order to increase competitiveness and access to global markets, ensure environmental conservation and energy efficiency, make use of alternative energy, reduce the cost of production, optimize use of resources, and increase productivity.  Program Key Elements: - The project is to be implemented as a pilot project in three industrial cities (Burj Al Arab, El Obor, and Sadat) over 3 years and then the model would be transferred to other industrial areas. Foreign Trade Sector The government’s program for the next 2 years includes preparing a comprehensive strategy for the development of non-oil commodity exports and the trade balance control, resolving the Egyptian exporters’ problems, developing the global markets, developing plans to control and reduce imports and adopt an import substitution strategy with domestic production, and attract more foreign direct investment. The following are examples of additional major programs in the sustainable development strategy to enhance the foreign trade sector and increase its contribution in the economy: 67 Construction of the Egyptian Trade Network (Egytrader)  Project Description: Establish an integrated technological platform at the national level to link service providers (Port Authorities, Customs Agents, Supervisory Boards, and Logistics Centers) and beneficiaries (Exporters, Importers, Shipping Agents, and Customs Authorities) by 2020.  Project Key Elements: - Provide a safe, rapid, and accurate exchange of information within the trade and logistics community inside and outside the ports. It would provide a transparent and fertile environment for investment consistent with applicable international regulations. - Maintain confidentiality of information and internal systems for all devices operating within the ports and provision of selected data points related to the organization in accordance with the rules of Service Level Agreements (SLAs). - Reduce the time, cost, and documents required to lower limits. Support companies in the sectors of trade and logistics for the formation of unions to integrate key trade and logistics unified platforms at the level of the Republic. - Adapt to completely or partially mechanized models at different ports. - Use technology that has proved efficient in international ports, airlines, banks, and others. - Provide services according to their availability and readiness of the various parties to provide services to the public, such as electronic files for exports and imports and follow-up examination of exports and imports of services and electronic payment messages in addition to the provision of external trade data and analysis. The green economy project as a tool to achieve sustainable development in Egypt:  Project Description: The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) to provide technical and administrative assistance to developing and least developed countries to maximize exports compatible with the environment (green products) and increase their access to markets by 2030 through a review of the national strategy for the sectors of green goods in these countries.  Project Key Elements: - Implement and develop green economy policies. - Develop regulatory and institutional frameworks and cooperation mechanisms to enhance the capacity and efficiency. 68 - Support the competitiveness of the sectors of the green economy (environmental 1st Pillar: goods), which generate jobs and creates export opportunities. Economic Development - Achieve sustainable development through national policies that encourage the green economy. - Increase Egyptian exports’ access to markets. Trade and Domestic Market Program (TDMEP)  Program Description: Ensure access of Egyptian products of the highest quality to European markets, ensuring quality through control of the market over the next 3 years.  Program Key Elements: - Provide technical support to the laboratories of the Public Authority for the Control of Antibiotics and Imports chosen for ISO 17025 certification. - Support and rehabilitate the currency dependence global specification 17020 as a global inspection and according to the international specification 17065 as a global version matching products certificates. - Provide equipment and technical support for the central management of information technology to support based on risk management examination. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Sector In addition to continuous progress in building infrastructure, human capacity, and the legislative and institutional frameworks for the development of this sector, raising its contribution to economic activity, the strategy provides other programs and projects that will advance the telecommunications sector to achieve sustained economic development: Transformation of Egypt into a global digital hub:  Project Description: Exploit the various national assets for the development of Egypt as a global digital center, focusing on three areas: optimization of submarine cables, services of the Suez Canal Development Project, and advantages of the Technology Valley. The project aims at making use of Egypt’s unique geographical location, whereby 18 submarine cables with a total capacity of 8 terra house/second pass through, enabling us to enhance the benefit of cable passage and add many value-added services to make Egypt a digital services provider and an online global hub. In addition, the country would develop industries and information technology centers and improve the Egypt Centre in providing outsourcing services at the international level, in particular digital service in general by 2030. 69 The project aims to create new jobs especially for young people and women, as well as promote economic and social development as a means for realizing the state’s plan for sustainable development. The project is a mega national project as it contains a number of mega-projects that relate to many different industries and sectors of the state that require the installation of the necessary communications and information technology infrastructure for the implementation of these projects. The cost of this project is high. The project is divided into two phases; the first phase entails developing the exporting capacity of the telecommunications sector and information technology, while the second phase addresses the role of the ICT sector as a principal participant in the development of other sectors.  Project Key Elements: - Develop the Egyptian ICT sector to transform Egypt to a global digital path to increase its share in the GDP growth rate. - Promote outsourcing industry in the various governorates through the establishment of communication centers with a competitive rent value and high-quality services for global corporations and through the creation of the technological investment zone to export information and communication technology services located in Maadi. - Increase the number of skilled people that contribute to the Suez Canal Development Project (Technology Valley) through modern technological disciplines and applications from 17 to 40% from the total university graduates of the region with an employment rate of at least 80% by 2018, and increasing the percentage of graduates in the of modern technological disciplines and applications to 60% by 2030. - Launch mega national projects such as Real Estate E-registration, smart water meters, and court automation. - Promote e-commerce through the provision of an enabling and legislative environment, and provide electronic payment infrastructure through banking and non-banking systems. In addition to supporting small and medium enterprises and entrepreneurs to increase their business on the Internet in order to increase the expected rate of electronic commerce in the internal market to 7% of total e- commerce by 2015-2016, and 12% by 2018. - Establish a global center to provide telecommunications services related to marine cables. - Establish a free zone for telecommunications services and information technology. - Establish companies for ICT in the free zone. 70 - Develop models for incentives and building human capacity. 1st Pillar: Economic Development - Establish large data centers and facilities for cloud computing and hosting. - Establish digital media companies, and companies that specialize in the digital content industry. - Support research and development and innovation in the ICT sectors. - Provide infrastructure and information technology for the development of other sectors such as shipping, logistics, and energy. National Project for a high-speed Internet:  Project Description: The deployment of broadband services in Egypt through the enhancement of networks and services by the development of a combination of regulatory and investment packages over the next 4 years, where broadband service is a key driver for social and economic development required by many sectors of the state. The project is a medium cost.  Project Key Elements: - Support the spread of high-speed Internet by 10%, leading to an increase in national income in small and medium-income communities by 1.38% (50,000 jobs). - Develop the required infrastructure. - Encourage governmental contribution to broadband projects and services. Build a digital society to support and enhance the efficiency and transparency of all institutions:  Program Description: Building an environment in which ICT helps to build a digital society where the technology is used to drive sustainable development and enhance the efficiency and transparency of government and private institutions. Provide high-quality IT services to citizens over the next 5 years. Develop a national digital platform to ensure seamless integration among the various systems and government databases, open those services to the private sector, develop necessary protection of rights and freedoms, and preserve the higher interests of the country. The project is of medium cost.  Program Key Elements: - Integrate government systems to provide complex electronic services and ensure they are accessible to persons with disabilities. - Develop availability of governmental and non-governmental digital services and provide affordable and easy-to-use communications channels. 71 - Increase the proportion of acceptance of the use of electronic services among citizens and employees. - Develop governance institutions and governmental and non-governmental bodies systems. - Restructure national institutions. - Implement and apply digital services. Establish technological areas:  Project Description: This project aims to create a knowledge-based society, a friend of the environment, and an atmosphere to encourage investment and strengthen the global position of Egypt. It would increase technological export earnings, increase competitiveness, and support economic development in the governorates. This would be made possible through establishment of a series of technological areas throughout Egypt as an attractive environment for local and regional companies and investors to work in various urban cities over the next 5 years. Establishment of these areas is expected to reduce internal migration from the provinces to Cairo by providing thousands of jobs in many sectors in the governorates outside Greater Cairo. The project is a medium cost.  Project Key Elements: - Prepare feasibility studies for each business and technological area. - Prepare and establish the company that will manage construction and development of technological areas. - Develop partnerships with the private sector. - Plan, establish, and implement the main stages in all technological areas. - Design and implement a marketing strategy. - Manage facilities and technological infrastructure for the technological areas. Develop cloud computing:  Program Description: The project aims to increase and support reliance on cloud computing in the government sector to enhance performance and reduce costs, as well as to encourage a private sector model, and build a base for the development of an environment of public cloud, which in turn will support local companies. The project is medium cost. 72  Program Key Elements: 1st Pillar: Economic Development - Prepare an initial policy for government cloud governance procedures and cloud development. - Standardize data centers. - Develop architectural framework. - Develop and apply EG-Cloud. - Develop general rules for using the cloud. - Build and deploy public cloud services. Develop information and communication technology industry:  Program Description: Develop the telecommunications industry and information technology in order to increase its contribution to the GDP and its ability to generate new jobs.  Program Key Elements: - Provide adequate funding. - Develop the capacity of companies. - Organize and regulate trademarks in the markets. Electronic design and manufacturing:  Program Description: Enhance the electronics industry in Egypt by focusing on two main sectors: manufacturing solid electronic parts and systems, which in turn depend heavily on innovation, technology, and the electronic industrial services sector. Both are characterized by being labor-intensive and capable of generating new jobs.  Program Key Elements: - Establishment centers of excellence and innovation. - Invite foreign direct investment in these industries. - Develop the local and regional markets. - Increase the yield of the electronics industry to $10 billion by 2020 and $80 billion by 2030. - Attract manufacturers to the special economic zones. 73 - Develop trade agreements with Europe and Africa in this area. - Support Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC)-based companies and develop a program to stimulate exports. - Provide funding mechanisms and incentives to attract investment. Develop entrepreneurship:  Program Description: Take advantage of the creative energies of Egyptians and use them to ensure economic growth. This project aims to create small- and medium-sized enterprises and create jobs. The project also focuses on the importance of cooperation and integration between the government, industry, and citizens to promote economic growth over the long term. Such economic growth based on innovation and creativity would bring more job opportunities that would improve the quality of life for all Egyptian citizens.  Program Key Elements: - Build capacity through education and training. - Develop innovation centers. - Develop funding methodologies. - Develop partnership programs. - Encourage innovation and entrepreneurship. - Develop innovation and systems management of intellectual property rights in small and medium-sized companies. Agriculture Sector: Increase agricultural area and support agro-industrialization:  Project Description: The project entails reclamation of 4 million acres in a number of regions of the republic, and encouraging investment in agro-industrialization fields.  Project Key Elements: - Promote inclusive societies within the new cities. - Support the overall sustainable development strategy objective related to increasing the urban area by about 5% of the total area by 2030 at a rate of 1% every 3 years. - Increase agricultural output and achieve self-sufficiency in some agricultural crops. 74 1st Pillar: - Take into account the environmental dimension and the trend towards sustainable agriculture. Economic Development - Support agro-industrial development. - Increase processed agricultural exports. - Provide decent and productive job opportunities in the green economy fields. - Promote modern biotechnology’s use in Egyptian agriculture to meet export requirements, improve food processing, benefit from agricultural wastes, and rationalize the use of chemicals to achieve food health safety. - Establish and optimize use of an agricultural information bank to provide agricultural information in a comprehensive and accurate way. - Support the government program to develop ago-industrialization to increase agricultural value-added through upgrading quality, preparing manufactured products for export, establishing productive villages specializing in industries based on agricultural products such as olives, dates, milk, summer silk, and rural traditional crafts, increasing the number of small and medium agro-industrial projects in different regions, and issuing a unified law for food production and handling. - Expand biotechnology use in agricultural development to develop new varieties tolerant to limited water, soil salinity, and high temperatures and produce varieties resistant to diseases and pests. Improve the nutritional content of some plants as well as increasing dairy and meat productivity. - Introduce nanotechnology in agricultural development to improve water quality, solve the water pollution problem, and have our own technology instead of external dependency until 2018. - Expand organic agriculture to allocated space in reclaimed areas and open new prospects for export. Increase the production of bio-components and develop their efficiency (pesticide alternatives, vital fertilizer, and organic substrates), through recycling agricultural wastes and production of organic substrates. Prevent or rationalize the use of fertilizers and chemical pesticides, and benefit from natural materials as sources for non-chemical fertilizers that are allowed in organic agricultural systems. - Issue and activate the Egyptian organic agriculture law and legalize the Egyptian registration and inspection offices. Establish compost manufacturing units. - Implement an inclusive national program for agricultural guidance for all Egyptian villages over the next 2 years. 75 - Increase production of major crops such as wheat through planting 4 million acres to produce 11 million tons by 2018, while improving productivity by deploying the cultivation of new varieties and implementation of the specific technical recommendations packages, and reducing waste, which would save about 1 million tons of production. - Allocate 33,000 acres until 2018 to increase cotton production and pure seed for all varieties either for export or those suitable for the textile industry, with expansion into modern varieties to produce sufficient quantities for the local textile industry. - Continue efforts to reduce water-consuming crop production, with a focus on reducing rice-cultivated area, which would save large amounts of irrigation water, while maintaining total production and export surplus through increasing productivity and expanding hybrid rice cultivation. - Increase areas in the new territories within the future expansion plan for the 1.5 million acres, and increase horticultural crop production through expanded use of glasshouses. - Expand sweet corn and maize production and reduce areas of white corn to fill the gap in domestic sweet corn production, which represents 75% of demand. - Promote rural industries and export-oriented industries in the rural sector, as the rural non-agriculture sector is one of the most promising sectors in contributing to generate job opportunities for low-income groups, particularly women. - Enhance the efficiency of field irrigation in the Valley and Delta lands by replacing canals with plastic pipelines or lining them and establishing uniform lifting points and valves for water inlets, expand land grading by laser, and upgrade water rations for crops by using climate data. Create assembling points and storage facilities for strategic goods:  Project Description: This project aims to build a network to collect and store agricultural crops in strategic locations throughout the country, in order to strengthen farmers’ access to markets and reduce losses resulting from transport and storage. This project provides job opportunities for young people, women, and the disabled.  Project Key Elements: - Establish logistical-agricultural centers through partnerships between the public and private sectors. - Increase profitability through leasing or trade. 76 - Develop the surrounding areas of strategic logistics centers for major foods such as 1st Pillar: flour, tomato sauce, and oil projects. Do the same for lesser foods such as frozen Economic Development corn, pickle, and olive industries. - Build strategic storage centers and 330 collection points. - Coordinate in order to maximize the use of domestic production of strategic goods. Develop aquaculture projects:  Project Description: This project aims to promote and facilitate investment in fish farming activities in order to reduce the challenges of food self-sufficiency, and reduce Egypt’s imports of fish, and to build on the competitive advantage of Egypt from the availability of inputs required for this activity including water, land, labor, and climate.  Project Key Elements: - Establish new fish farms. - Reform the legislative environment to attract investment in this economic activity. - Establish cooperative societies for fish cultivation. - Establish a committee to encourage exports of fish under the supervision of the Export Council for Agricultural Crops. Establishing a ‘center for modernization of agriculture’:  Project Description: This initiative aims to establish a new entity that is capable to lead and manage the implementation of the development of the agricultural sector initiatives, in collaboration with the private sector.  Project Key Elements: - Establish a center for the modernization of agriculture as an independent entity under the supervision of the Ministry of Agriculture and Land Reclamation. - Encourage collective farming through the reform of agricultural cooperatives and the promotion of agricultural exports. Launch a program for land allocation, purchase, and re-allocation to stimulate the acquisition of land and improve infrastructure. Establish legislative agricultural extension centers. National program for the development of livestock, poultry, and fish resources:  Program Description: Develop an inclusive national program to maintain and develop the current livestock and poultry industries, and the fisheries, to meet growth in demand, increase supplies, improve quality, and reduce costs. 77  Project Key Elements: Livestock - Reduce or eradicate infectious animal diseases, raise animal productivity and re- productivity, start a national project for livestock insurance, and expand support for projects to fatten veal at the national level. - Establish an integrated system for numbering and registration of animals, expand livestock production projects on reclaimed land, and increase the percentage of artificial insemination and embryo transfer. - Support early warning systems for internal and external diseases and update the epidemic map for various factions of diseases. - Activate the insurance umbrella—the livestock insurance fund--to promote cooperatives in the area of animal production and the use of non-traditional feed. Establish slaughterhouses, model dairies, and milk collection centers. Poultry - Take necessary measures to contain avian influenza and provide poultry vaccines to cover the needs of birds through encouraging the participation of civil society associations and pharmaceutical and vaccine companies in the awareness programs. - Simplify the licensing procedures for the establishment and operation of farms in the new desert areas. - Expand model slaughterhouses, particularly in the governorates with higher density in production. Continuously develop vaccines in accordance with the viral alterations and disease map. Fisheries - Increase fish production to around 12% annually so that production from the Nile River would rise by 7% annually, and about 13 and 20% annually from lakes and seas respectively. - Reduce the number of agricultural drainage sources to reduce pollution and create fish hatcheries in the lakes on the Mediterranean and the Red Sea shores. Water and Irrigation Sector: The government will launch an ambitious program to preserve water resources, rationalize irrigation, and reduce water loss based on several major pillars including: 78 Establish new communities to achieve inclusive development: 1st Pillar: This project includes the development and reclamation of 1.5 million acres (the new Egyptian Economic Development countryside), the project to complete the national infrastructure for the development of the Northern Sinai on 400,000 acres (Al Salam Canal), and the project to complete the Sheikh Zayed Canal in the South Valley on 540,000 acres (Toshka). Rationalize water use: This project aims to switch from flood irrigation to modern irrigation systems and develop efficiency of canals, while reducing the cultivation of rice. Strengthen and rehabilitate main canals and lift stations: This project aims to achieve optimum control of water flows and improve irrigation through implementation of the protection of the High Dam and reinforcement of the Aswan reservoir, establishment and strengthening of barrages, and improving irrigation facilities and lift stations. Address climate change and coast and facilities protection: This would develop the inlets of the Northern Lakes and develop and protect the coasts and beaches from the risks of erosion and sea level rise. It would also introduce the use of solar power to operate lift pumps and wells to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Water resources development: Develop new ways to reuse treated agricultural wastes and wastewater according to modern specifications, and expand use of ground water and rainwater collection. Improve water quality: Preserving the environment and protecting public health is one of the top priorities in the government program. It intends to cover the waterways into residential blocks and implement programs for monitoring and following-up the water resource system of Lake Nasser and the Nile with its two branches, canals, and drains, and groundwater along with sewage treatment on the waterways. Expand the sustainable development programs for Nubian sandstone and brackish water reservoirs: Increase the efficiency of surface irrigation of increased agricultural production in developed irrigation areas by about 30%. Develop a strict system to prosecute unlicensed well users and issue a water law to ensure efficiency of use. The draft law stipulates punishment for whoever causes pollution of water, as well as non-compliance with the requirements for obtaining licenses. Develop groundwater and combat violations: Develop the management of groundwater systems and periodically monitor underground reservoirs in quantity and quality. Implement groundwater treatment plants. 79 Develop a covered drainage network program: Increase area for covered drainage networks by 100,000 acres through construction and replacement projects. Increase the area of the covered draining system by 480,000 acres by 2017- 2018. Establish industrial works such as bridges. Expand general and covered drainage projects for broadening and deepening open public drains in new and reclaimed areas to add an area of 10,000 acres in 2015-2016, and an area of 44,000 acres by 2017-2018, covering an ownership of 25,000 acres at the present. Tourism Sector: Develop the Pyramids area:  Project Description: Revive cultural tourism around the pyramids through the design of an integrated tourism project. The project is high cost.  Project Key Elements: - Design investment and model operations plans. - Develop a detailed work plan. - Produce detailed engineering and architectural drawings taking into account the availability of the status code. - Prepare a feasibility study for the project. Create resorts taking into account the environmental quality in the Western Desert:  Project Description: Exploit domestic assets as oases to attract tourists with high spending power. The project is medium cost.  Project Key Elements: - Identify areas of convenience for the establishment of these projects. - Ensure adequate infrastructure and logistics for easy access for tourism development. Establish archaeological museums in Sharm el-Sheikh and Hurghada:  Project Description: Introduce cultural products to attract repeat visitors who come to the beaches in Sharm el-Sheikh and Hurghada. The project is medium cost.  Project Key Elements: - Design theme and the story of the museums. 80 - Develop a plan of action, including economic and financial feasibility of the 1st Pillar: museums. Economic Development - Secure necessary approvals from the Ministry of Culture to take advantage of original and replica artifacts. Create healthy eco-friendly resorts:  Project Description: Exploit natural domestic assets such as therapeutic waters to attract high spending visitors to tourism with a healing nature. This is a high cost project.  Project Key Elements: - Develop logistics infrastructure necessary to ensure easy access and mobility. - Develop an agreement with investors for therapeutic tourism development of the region with economic security guarantees. Encourage transformation of the tourism sector to a green economy:  Program Description: This program is based on the principle of preserving the environment, the increased importance of the role of environmental and climate protection in sustainable tourism, and that tourist activities require a clean environment, and society-friendly tourism should be economically feasible.  Project Key Elements: - Design and implement initiatives to promote the introduction of clean energy technologies in the tourism sector, obtain the ‘Green Star Hotel’ certification, expand use of renewable energy by using solar water heaters and the use of energy-saving systems, including energy-saving light bulbs and adopting smart lighting systems. - Design and implement a pilot program to meet the challenges facing the hotel sector in terms of higher prices for energy products as well as reduced occupancy. - Build strong working relationships based on mutual interests with business partners at the local, regional, and international levels to disseminate and apply the concepts of green tourism. Continue to exchange experiences with international partners including the World Council for Sustainable Tourism and the African Alliance for Green Tourism. Coordinate with relevant local actors such as the Egyptian Council for Competitiveness, the New and Renewable Energy Authority, Electricity Regulation and Consumer Protection Agency, the investors’ associations in the tourism sector, and the Chamber of Hotel Facilities. 81 Create racetrack and yards for sporting championships:  Project Description: Exploit the vast land available in tourist areas for the implementation of complementary projects to attract international sports tourism. This is a high cost project.  Project Key Elements: - Determine proposed sites for the establishment of sports racing tracks and assess the legal and technical situation of the project. - Implement measures to facilitate the acquisition, leasing, and licensing of the land. - Provide incentives for investment in the field of sports tourism. - Provide supportive services for such projects. Review and apply sustainable regulations:  Program Description: Review existing regulatory environmental laws in line with global trends, and allowing application and reduction of the negative impact of tourism on the environment. The project is low cost.  Program Key Elements: - Move towards achieving outstanding green tourism destinations. - Formulate regulations to motivate service providers such as hotels and restaurants to abide by the concepts of sustainability. - Coordinate workshops with key partners and service providers to increase environmental awareness. Establish tourist and residential clusters on the North Coast:  Project Description: Create tourist concentrations over large areas containing all living requirements and provide high quality facilities to attract foreign and Arab families to spend their long-term vacations in Egypt. The project is high cost.  Project Key Elements: - Conduct feasibility studies and identify suitable land for the project. - Provide infrastructure for the project. 82 Apply a refunded value-added tax system to increase tourist spending on shopping: 1st Pillar:  Economic Development Program Description: Review existing tax systems that apply a refund of the value- added tax on goods to increase the amount tourists spend on goods. The project is low cost.  Project Key Elements: - Study programs in place in many countries of the region. - Launch an international tender to select a company with better access to such programs. - Establish the proposed tax structure. - Develop a model to assess the proposed tax structure. Adopt an open sky aviation policy:  Program Description: Evaluate the requirements of open skies aviation programs and their repercussions on the ecosystem, on tourism, on aviation, and the implications of the open skies aviation programs on the various stakeholders such as airports, tourism, and Egypt Air. The project is medium cost.  Project Key Elements: - Studying the open skies aviation programs and their implications for existing regulations in the Egypt Air Requirements. - Assess the readiness of Egyptian airports to implement open skies aviation programs. - Develop a plan for implementation phases. - Develop service level agreements with service providers to ensure the highest standards of quality in services. Establish training centers according to international standards:  Project Description: Build training centers to provide programs designed specifically to describe the development of the necessary skills for workers in the tourism sector. The project is high cost.  Project Key Elements: - Adopt a national plan of education and training for human development in the field of tourism. 83 - Prioritize implementation of the training centers on the basis that implementation of the project would start in low-skill areas. - Identify programs and courses to meet staff requirements and improve skills, for example, focus on language skills for individuals who do not speak English. - Employ professional trainers. - Create centers for the dissemination of awareness programs. Legislative and legal development:  Program Description: Speed up revision of laws and legislation in the field of tourism, hotels, and the aviation industry. The program is medium cost.  Program Key Elements: - Plan legislative and legal development. - Identify priorities to amend laws and legislation. - Employ professional law experts. Supply and Internal Trade Sector: Establish a global logistics center for trading and manufacturing grain and foodstuffs in the Damietta project:  Project Description: This project aims to make Egypt a global logistics center for handling, storage, processing, and all value-added activities associated with grain, including manufacturing and packaging of oil producing grain and seeds and refining oil and raw sugar and other related foodstuff that are strategic commodities and products to achieve food security for Egypt and the states of the region.  Program Key Elements: - Receive and handle grains and cereals such as wheat, corn, and soya received from producers in Northern and Eastern Europe, Central Asia, and North and South America through 4-6 berths. - Store grain and seeds in modern silos and fiberglass domes with advanced systems for maintaining quality and ventilation of grain with the latest scientific methods. - Establish value-adding industries for processing grain and seeds for the service of domestic and international markets with a total capacity of approximately 7.5 million tons annually over four modern industrial zones: the Industrial Zone for Milling and Production of Fine Flour, for Soya Industries, for Corn, and for Sugar Refining and 84 Filling, in addition to an industrial zone for complementary industries based on the 1st Pillar: above mentioned industries. Economic Development - Re-export seeds, grains, and manufactured goods to foreign markets. - Ship processed and unprocessed seeds and grains and various food commodities within the Republic by using river transport and railway networks. Develop subsidiaries of the Holding Company for Food Industries:  Project Description: A development plan has been prepared dependent mainly on the optimum economic management of the holding company for food industries and subsidiaries, using modern scientific management mechanisms with a focus on the development of the performance of all activities of the holding company and its subsidiaries to achieve higher production of different products, which contribute effectively to the achievement of desired abundance of goods in the markets and helps stabilize prices and increase the rates of growth of the Egyptian economy to achieve the key strategic objective of the “Sustainable Development Strategy: Egypt Vision 2030.”  Program Key Elements: - Develop employment policies by reviewing basic work regulations and financial regulations in line with current developments, while achieving the future vision for different activities. - Develop and update the organizational structure of the subsidiaries of the Holding Company for Food Industries to implement key tasks such as marketing, production, supervision, follow-up, and control efficiently; and complete the study of the current shortage of possibilities and effects on the specialized efficiency of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries such as transportation of all kinds, specialized equipment, production equipment and lines, modern automated systems, and trained personnel. - Assist in strategic projects for food industry projects such as logistic areas, industrial cities, factory development, new Suez Canal project, North and South Sinai governorates, and Upper Egypt. - Establish or construct no new projects without economic feasibility studies using specialized experienced firms. - Automate all activities of the subsidiaries using information systems software to achieve many advantages, most importantly the provision of the best alternatives for specialized decision making, rapid access to data, and development of the current performance method for tasks to achieve full control. 85 - Integrate the performance of all subsidiaries in matters such as information exchange, deployment of scientific thought, uniting efforts to provide raw materials, equipment, and similar product lines, and expanding and optimizing exploitation of sites and assets for the highest comparative advantage and value added. - Cooperate with all specialized scientific and research parties to improve performance for all disciplines to achieve management of production and sales operations using scientific methods with optimization of their use for the benefit for the companies. Develop garner projects:  Project Description: This project aims to raise available storage capacity and reduce the rate of loss of stored wheat and grain by connecting the garners with electronic operating systems with a high level of precision that ensures safety and monitoring of the garners and wheat.  Program Key Elements: - Develop and implement a number of garners, including 105 garners out of which 23 garners would be at company sites by fiscal year 2015-2016. - Connect the garners with electronic operating systems with a high level of precision that ensures safety and monitoring of the garners and grains. Silos projects: UAE-funded silos projects:  Project Description: This project is an enormous addition to the available storage capacities of the country.  Program Key Elements: - Establish 12 silos with a storage capacity of 60,000 tons each and a total capacity of 720,000 tons. Italian debt exchange project:  Project Description: Establish 10 horizontal silos, 2 logistics areas and 1 vertical silo.  Program Key Elements: - Establish 10 horizontal silos with a total capacity of 165,000 tons over 5 sites. - Establish 3 logistics areas in Kom Abu Radi, Al Wasta in Beni Suef Governorate, and Abu Khalifa in Ghantara Gharb, Ismailia Governorate. - Establish a vertical silo in Shata in the Damietta area. 86 Building a network to monitor markets and provide early warning: 1st Pillar:  Economic Development Project Description: This project aims to prevent harmful practices to the health and safety of consumers and prevent unjustified changes in prices of products, especially of fruits and vegetables.  Program Key Elements: Exchange information among the various regulators in the Egyptian market about products that have reached the market and are causing a risk to consumer health and safety to achieve the following: - Using the system as an effective tool for market monitoring. - Prevention of harmful products reaching the Egyptian market and protecting consumers from possible risks. - Registering notifications of foodstuffs to be withdrawn from the market. - Taking advantage of daily monitoring by the Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics (CAPMAS) through 15,000 monitoring points nationwide to identify areas of unexplained changes in prices of goods, particularly of fruit and vegetables. The Ministry of Agriculture, Ministry of Supply, young graduates, and the armed forces can then increase supplies at outlets at reduced prices, resulting in automatic balance for commodity prices. Develop partnerships between the public and private sectors in the internal trade sector:  Program Description: Establish commercial projects and logistics zones in different Egyptian governorates during three phases: First phase: governorates of Dakahliya, Kafr el-Sheikh, Beheira, Beni Suef, and Luxor. Second phase: governorates of Port Said, Gharbia, Dakahlia, and Kafr el-Sheikh. Third phase: governorates of North Sinai, South Sinai, Ismailia, Eastern, Fayoum, Minya, Assiut, Sohag, Qena, and Aswan.  Program Key Elements: Divide the governorates into three divisions per capita: - 18 cm2 in urban governorates: Cairo, Giza, Alexandria, Port Said, and Marsa Matrouh. - 50 cm2 in tourist governorates: South Sinai, Red Sea, and Luxor. - 4 cm2 in other governorates: Damietta, Dakahlia, North Sinai, Ismailia, Kafr el- Sheikh, Qalubia, Suez, East, Lake, Menoufia, Qena, Aswan, Fayoum, Beni Suef, Minya, New Valley, Assiut, and Sohag. 87 Housing Sector: Reform the institutional environment in the housing sector:  Program Description: This program aims to restore balance in urban development and increase private sector involvement in the housing sector, in addition to providing affordable, decent housing for a large segment of citizens.  Program Key Elements: - Develop and implement a framework for land management to facilitate allocation of land to real estate developers. - Activate the real estate market and the Real Estate Registration Act as well as establish and operationalize the union for real estate developers, and the creation of a fund that guarantees the development of real estate projects. - Expand the services provided in the housing assistance program to cover the low- income residential sector that is unable to buy a residential unit. - Complete development of slums with application of the availability code in accordance with the priorities of the national plan. - Monitor implementation of the property registration system for all regions. - Establish a system for monitoring the maintenance of buildings in order to extend the life of existing structures. - Develop a plan for the gradual liberalization of rents. Create a new generation of new cities on the new national roads:  Program Description: This program aims to establish the new administrative capital East of Cairo (as described in the framework of great national projects), the new city of El Alamein, the new city of Toshka, the new city of Farafra, and East Port Said City.  Program Key Elements: - The total area of the new city of El Alamein is 49,000 acres with a target population of about 2 million people. - The total area of the new city of Toshka is 3,000 acres to accommodate 80,000 people, to provide 30,000 job opportunities, and to be integrated with rural villages surrounding the Toshka Project, including services and light manufactories, agricultural industries, and recreational activities. 88 - The new city of Farafra includes three villages, including two farming villages and a 1st Pillar: full services and utilities village with a total area of 1,600 acres. Economic Development - The total area of East Port Said City is 12,000 acres and is the first new coastal city east of the Suez Canal to serve the purpose of the development of the Suez Canal area aimed at absorbing more than half a million people at the completion of its growth. Transportation Sector: Develop and extend the road network for development purposes:  Project Description: Develop the existing network of roads in order to facilitate movement of people and goods throughout the Republic and improves connectivity indicators.  Program Key Elements: - Develop the Mediterranean and Sinai routes for the development of traverse roads along the Mediterranean coast and within Sinai Governorate. - Implement the Cairo–Damietta–Port Said route to develop the roads from Cairo to the ports of Port Said and Damietta on the Mediterranean coast. - Implement the Red Sea route and develop the coastal road on the Red Sea, contributing to the service of the Safaga mining port development project. - Implement the Upper Egypt route for the development of roads and railways along Upper Egypt on both sides of the Nile. - Implement the Suez development route and develop the roads in the Delta. Development of the railway network:  Project Description: Develop an inclusive program for Egypt’s railways with the aim of improving the service provided by the road transport sector.  Program Key Elements: - Renovate and develop mobile units and renewal of wagons. - Supply, manage, and operate the VIP line between Cairo and Aswan at a special price. - Establish the Alexandria–Aswan high-speed rail. - Create a new power line linking the governorates of Luxor and the Red Sea. 89 - Develop the productive authority and subsidiary workshops to raise the efficiency of maintenance of tractors and wagons. - Create a workshop for manufacturing railway and metro wagons in Abu Zaabal district over an area of 126 km.2 - Develop control systems and provide security through developing and updating the crossings and signal control systems. - Develop and update the fixed installations on the lines in stations, at railway crossings, and replace the rails. Develop the maritime transport sector:  Project Description: This program aims to increase the capacity of many ports including the ports of Alexandria, Port Said, Damietta, Nuweiba, Sharm el-Sheikh, Suez, Hurghada, and Safaga, and enhance the services provided.  Program Key Elements: - Establish projects to replace and develop piers and dry docks and establish logistics zones. - Develop the loading and discharging systems to reduce ship waiting time. - Develop and update the work environment within the ports and electronic connectivity for work systems within each port. - Exploit all available space and warehouses within the ports. - Implement the one-stop shop project to facilitate dealing with the public. - Upgrade the equipment used in securing the ports. Develop the river transport sector:  Project Description: Raise efficiency of maritime transport across the river Nile and its shipping lines and develop it to achieve optimal exploitation based on technical and economic foundations.  Program Key Elements: - Cleanse, improve and maintain shipping lines to achieve optimum use and to divide them into lines for the transport of goods and of passengers. 90 - Enhance river transport infrastructure to attract internal and external investment in 1st Pillar: maritime transport projects for passengers and for goods to participate in projects, Economic Development reduce dependency on the government budget, and achieve self-implementation of the Authority’s projects. - Contribute to reducing roads damage by transferring 28% of goods across the Nile and its tributaries. 91 92 2nd Pillar: Energy Second Pillar: Energy Overview of Current Situation The energy sector is mainly responsible for providing for the energy needs for all economic sectors as well as families, in addition to increasing the sector’s contribution to GDP. In order to achieve sustainable development, the energy sector has to take into account national and global environmental considerations and standards, besides reaching the 7th goal of SDGs, “affordable and clean energy.” The energy sector in Egypt is mainly dependent on fossil fuels (oil and natural gas), particularly natural gas due to the expansion of explorations for new gas fields in the Western Desert and offshore, as well as relatively stagnant oil production. Egypt’s oil and natural gas production rates have decreased in the last few years due to the general political and economic unrest, also because of the unsigned concession and exchange agreements during the years 2010-2012. As for electricity, most is produced via thermal power plants, whose main operational capacity depends on steam turbines. One-third of the production facilities have been in service for more than 20 years. 1 The energy sector contributes nearly 20% to GDP, especially through direct foreign investment. Notwithstanding that, it’s been noticeable lately that there has been decreasing investment during the period from 2009-2013 by 6% especially in the exploration and development fields.2 Energy subsidization represents a burden on the Egyptian economy. The state general budget for the fiscal year 2012-2013 included subsidies of LE 120 billion for petroleum products, whereas it reached LE 126.2 billion for the fiscal year 2013-2014; however, due to the government’s approach towards phasing out subsidies in the 2014-2015 budget, it was reduced to LE 100.3 billion.3 Egypt is earnestly trying to increase energy production: 36 new concession agreements were signed during the fiscal year 2013-2014 in addition to 20 other agreements currently being drafted.4 Also, the state is seeking new variations in its energy mix through relying on renewable energy sources, especially wind and solar power. Egypt exploits almost all of its hydroelectric energy and nearly 5% of Egypt’s electricity generation depends on it.5 The Egyptian government has launched several initiatives to reform the energy sector institutionally and legislatively to encourage the private sector’s participation, especially for building wind and solar power farms, in addition to encouraging technological solutions and applications for rationalizing energy consumption and optimizing exploitation of available energy

1 Egypt Economic Recovery Plan, unpublished report 2 Ibid

3 Ministry of Finance, the financial monthly report, September 2015

4 Egypt Economic Recovery Plan, unpublished report, and the American Chamber of Commerce's report on energy in Egypt, 2015.

5 Ibid 93 resources and reducing the west. And in its quest for variation of the energy mix, the government approved the use of coal in electricity generation or as an alternative fuel for some industries since 2014 and encouraged applying sustainable and environmentally friendly technologies. As the State continues its efforts to expand the use of nuclear energy, it has started building Al Dabaa nuclear power plant project. For the short-term, the State’s initiatives will concentrate on supporting the production of oil and gas alongside with the reform of the subsidization system. Strategic Vision for Energy to 2030 An energy sector meeting national sustainable development requirements and maximizing the efficient use of various traditional and renewable resources contributing to economic growth, competitiveness, achieving social justice, and preserving the environment. A renewable energy and efficient resource management leader, and an innovative sector capable of forecasting and adapting to local, regional, and international developments and complying with SDGs. Strategic Objectives for Energy to 2030 Energy strategic objectives to 2030 include: Objective Definition Ensuring energy security Providing the required energy while maintaining the aspired growth rates Increasing the contribution of Increasing the share of energy sector to the GDP energy sector to the GDP Maximizing utilization of Increasing the energy production of local resources and maximizing its domestic energy resources reliability Enhancing rational and sustainable management of Working on the energy mix to reach international levels the sector Reducing the intensity of Reducing energy consumption rate for all sectors energy consumption Limiting the environmental impact of the sector’s Reducing the levels of sector’s emissions and pollutants emissions The first strategic objective aims to provide energy supplies required to fulfill the needs of the productive and household sectors in a sustainable manner. This objective includes providing the 94 2nd Pillar: Energy required infrastructure for importing and transferring energy to fulfill all needs of productivity, household, or other needs. In order to achieve that, the optimum energy mix should be identified as a cost and as an energy production rate. It also includes the role of stakeholders in developing the reliability of renewable energy resources and increasing the efficiency of energy use in order to achieve energy security. The second objective of the economic aspect of the energy sector including the energy contribution to GDP through export of petroleum or electricity products, or by providing sustainable technologies for the renewable energy fields and selling it to other countries such as smart meters and solar energy generation products. Also to provide the energy needs to economic sectors and household sector. The third objective aims to maximize the use of local energy resources through increasing the efficiency of production plants and sustainable rational management of the sector’s institutions. For example, increasing the efficiency of electricity production plants either administratively, economically, or technologically and reduction of losses in transfer and distribution. As for the petroleum sector, the sustainable technologies needed would be provided to achieving maximum efficiency of exploration in addition to enhancement of supply networks for petroleum products such as gas and oil. The fourth objective focuses on enhancing rational and sustainable management of the energy sector to reach international levels of the energy mix. The fifth objective aims to reduce the intensity of energy consumption by rationalization of energy consumption rates for all sectors. The sixth objective aims to limit the environmental impact of the energy sector’s emissions by providing the needed sustainable technology and applying legislative regulations to guarantee citizens’ safety against these various emissions caused by production, transfer, or usage. It is worth mentioning that this objective concerns enhancing the efficiency of the current energy production plant and limiting global warming gases. 95 Key Performance Indicators for Energy to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N. Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target Measures the State’s ability to meet its energy needs by Ratio of primary comparing the primary supply of energy supply to energy (domestic production 1 the total planned and imports) with expected * 100% 100% energy energy consumption. It will be consumption (%) measured quarterly in order to meet any significant increases in demand Measures the degree of Average duration electricity provision, taking into

2 Strategic * 0 0 of outages account the access degree to the results consumer The intensity Percentage value of the Reflects trends in the ratio of 3 change in energy total energy use to the GDP base year -1.3% -14% intensity (2010): 0.65 (1) Contribution of Measures the contribution of the 4 energy sector to 13.1% (7)) 20% 25% energy sector to the GDP GDP % Percentage Measures the total greenhouse decline in gas emissions produced during 5 greenhouse gas * -5%* -10%* the production, transfer, and use emissions from of energy the energy sector Shows the future ability to meet Crude oil reserves 6 the needs of domestic crude oil 15(2) 15 15 (years) production Outputs Shows the future ability to meet Natural gas 7 the needs of domestic natural 33 years(2) 33 years 33 years reserves (years) gas production Measures the thermal efficiency Efficiency of for electricity production by 8 electricity 41.3%)3) * * comparing the total input with production the total input 96 2nd Pillar: Energy Measures the efficiency of Efficiency of electricity systems by calculating electricity 9 the total losses during the 15%(4) 12% 8%* transmission and transmission and distribution distribution process Percentage of residential, Measures the progress achieved commercial, and regarding the connection to 10 industrial 99(5) 100% 100% electricity service for all kind of buildings building units connected to electricity Gas: 53% Oil: 41% Renewable: 1% Percentage of Shows the optimal fuel mix of

11 Coal: 2% * * primary fuel mix all primary resources. Hydro- electric: 3%)1( Oil and Gas: 27% Oil and Gas: 91% Hydro- electricity: Percentage of Shows optimal mix of various Hydro- 5% fuel mix for resources used to produce electricity: Solar: 16% 12 * electricity electricity, including both fossil 8% production fuels and renewables Wind: Solar and 14% Wind: 1% Coal: 29% )4( Nuclear: 9% LE 126.2 Measures the value of fuel Value of fuel billion in 13 products, which are planned to 0 0 subsidy 2013- be redistributed 2014)6(

1 Egypt, Economic Recovery Plan, unpublished report

2 BP Statistical Review, 2014

3 Electricity Regulation Authority and Consumer Protection report, the Holding Company of Electricity, 2013

4 Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy

5 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, statistical yearbook, 2014

6 Ministry of Finance, the financial monthly report, September 2015

7 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring, and Administrative Reform (GDP data in 2013/2014) 97 Suggested New Indicators Indicator Indicator Reason Measurement Mechanism Category Will be measured by an equation that includes the demand, supply (includes Efficiency of Reflects the efficiency local production and imports), and transportation and of delivery systems for Outputs inventory of various petroleum distribution of petroleum products to products, whereas consumption will petroleum products different consumers be measured via new smart cards introduced by the government Challenges of Energy The energy sector faces three groups of challenges: The first group of challenges is high impact and relative ease of control:  Legislative and monitoring trends affecting feasibility of the decision making process. This challenge leads to stalling business activities and increases bureaucracy due to fear of legal responsibility in case of worker problems; hence there is a need to create balance between disciplinary actions according to the type of violation to be deterrent to officials who waste the country’s national resources and play around the nation’s future and hold everyone who cause delays to the work’s achievement to be accountable for his deeds.  Lack of investors’ trust in the government’s ability to commit to financial responsibilities due to the public debt accumulation and the delay of financial payments due. These causes leads to reduce the investments in various levels of the value chain.  State monopolization of importing or exporting petroleum products. There is an urgent need to liberalize energy markets by preparing legislation to encourage the private sector to participate in import and export of petroleum products and participate in achieving energy security.  The absence of a specific agency responsible for the preparation and implementation the sector’s strategy. The absence of an integrated and sustainable plan for energy production leads to multiple losses in various sectors and the inability to anticipate the recurring challenges in the various stages of the value chain, production, and trade. In addition to the need for a futuristic vision for the energy sector in order to raise production efficiency and achieve the desired development rates. 98 2nd Pillar: Energy  Lack of required accurate data and information. Data and statistics for the energy sector are the main determinant of the level of progress achieved in various objectives and indicators. Availability of required data must be ensured to decision-makers. The second group of challenges, which is of relatively low impact and less ability to control, includes:  Lack of integrated subsidy management plan. A unified plan should be prepared for the energy sector through coordination between the electricity and oil sectors, and to be integrated with Egypt’s unified subsidy plan.  Absence of clear identification of energy subsidy beneficiaries, which causes uneven distribution of subsidies and forms a significant financial burden on the State’s general budget while not delivering support to those who deserve it.  Absence of a unified utility for energy regulation. This challenge causes conflicts of interest between the electricity and petroleum sectors. In addition, there isn’t a specific authority responsible to prepare an integrated and sustainable plan for energy and to protect consumers and investors.  Unfair competition between the private and public sectors. There is conflict of interest due to the role of the State as regulator and investor and the government participation in various value chain levels, as the government plays the role of the regulator, investor, and operator at the same time and thus the energy sector needs liberalization.  Weakness of attraction factors for working in the energy sector, which reflect on migration of skilled manpower abroad, which raises costs and results in lack of investment and low productivity.  Limitation of sector’s ability to manage renewable energy operations. This challenge may lead to a reduction of renewable energy capacity to achieve the objective of new energy mix ratios, especially with non-developed technology. Also, this challenge includes the capability of control center and storage capacity management, as energy storage is a main element that needs to be addressed.  Development of institutional management for the energy sector. Inefficient management leads to breakdowns and interruptions that cause negative impact on productivity of electricity plants. This challenge consists of several issues, e.g.: economic management of plants and the absence of an electronic management system for plants and storage.  Insufficient expenditure on research and development and the limitation of research systems’ effectiveness. This challenge leads to the slow pace of efficiency in improving technology in exploration and using available solutions and to import foreign technology. 99  Inadequate infrastructure to import gas and petroleum products. The State’s plan needs strong infrastructure to import gas and petroleum products, including gas grid lines, extended oil pipelines, in addition to building re-gasification of liquefied natural gas processing facilities.  Poor infrastructure for deep water exploration. Exploration infrastructure needs renewal and development, as the current infrastructure represents poor design and non- developed technology lagging behind modern technology, and it is needed for foreign investment and foreign experts to carry on seismic surveys and other technical work.  Bureaucratic procedures of commitment and mutual benefit agreements that lead to weak participation of investors in the discussions of commitment agreements, mutual benefits, and modifications of current agreements.  Environmental impacts of energy production facilities. Current legislation doesn’t include control procedures to reduce emissions of various pollutants from companies or electricity production plants, as well as the use of coal as an alternative fuel for energy plants in the production of environmental problems. For that a treatment technology should be implemented and the control system for environmental performance.  Limitation of domestic refining capability. The current refining capacity doesn’t provide for local needs as many of the refineries are not well developed and this leads to limited capability.  Lack of consumer awareness of the importance of energy conservation. Lack of sufficient awareness of the importance of rationalizing consumption leads to electricity network wastage.  Poor mechanisms for encouraging decentralization in electricity production. The current situation depends on one source and one network for electricity distribution, and there is no mechanism to encourage energy transfer in different ways to connect remote locations through the decentralization of production and micro networks. The third group of challenges is the least in terms of priority and the most difficult to deal with, but that does not mean they should be ignored. All the challenges mentioned are important and must be addressed.  High cost of exploration. The high cost of search operation, exploration, and development, leads to reduce the investments, discoveries, and total production.  Shortage of dollar liquidity. The shortage of dollar liquidity keeps many local and foreign investors from investing, due to their fear of inaccessibility of their financial dues, thus leading to a lack of investment in the sector and causing a noticeable loss of energy available for local demand. 100 2nd Pillar: Energy  Increasing demand due to population growth. Continued population growth leads to an increase in total consumption, which needs increasing local productivity capacity and energy imports.  Difficulty of network planning due to overcrowding. This challenge causes an increase in the cost of network connectivity due to the difficulty in avoiding populated areas.  Increase of the number of laborers in the production, distribution, and transportation companies, causing an increase in wages, salaries, and additional sector personnel costs rising, in addition to many administrative problems.  Low efficiency of local companies. Poor technical capacity and the limited ability of human and financial resources cause a decrease in the productivity of companies and their ability to meet the needs of citizens.  Lack of coordination with other sectors to establish the Smart Grids. Smart Grids significantly contribute to the saving and rationalization of consumption and help reduce interruptions and must therefore be taken into account when planning and coordinating with other sectors, such as urban development.  The need for developing the education system curriculum to be compatible with the energy sector’s needs. Failure to develop and modernize the curriculum to keep pace with the requirements of the energy sector for competencies and qualified human resources forms a gap in the provision of technical expertise, which affects the level of efficiency and leads to the use of foreign expertise. 101 Energy Programs to 2030 In addition to the energy programs and projects included in the government program for 2016- 2018, other relevant programs and projects for the period 2016-2030 are presented in the following parts of the document. Programs and Projects Relevant to Implementation Mechanisms Developing an integrated medium- and long-term energy strategy: Program Description: The development of a medium- and a long-term integrated strategy for the energy sector that is approved by all stakeholders. It should be noted that this strategy is currently being prepared, and will begin to be implemented during the period 2016-2020. This is a low-cost program. Key Elements: An integrated plan for the energy sector includes the various elements of the value chain (planning, production, transportation, distribution and control, refining and petrochemicals, and consumption) including:  Ratios of energy fuel mix required for production  Exporting and importing plan for energy  Mechanisms for increasing efficiency of energy production  Policies to rationalize energy consumption for the following sectors: industry, transport, electricity production, and construction  A plan for energy pricing for the medium- and long-term in accordance with global changes  Studying the development of the refining capacity and petrochemical production in the medium- and long-term  Considering the development of energy production, transport, and distribution networks. Restructuring the energy sector:  Program Description: The development of a plan for restructuring the energy sector in order to increase its efficiency in achieving energy security and its contribution to the GDP, while maximizing and organizing private sector participation and creating a fair competitive market. It is targeted to start the implementation of this program in 2018 and to be completed by 2030. This is a high-cost program. 102 2nd Pillar: Energy  Key Elements: - Accelerate the establishment process of the "Energy Planning Agency" to be responsible for making general policies and integrated and sustainable strategy for the energy sector, monitoring and evaluation of its implementation, as well as ensuring agreement of all concerned parties - Consider merging the two energy ministries (Ministry of Petroleum and Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy) in order to increase efficiency in the operating, planning, and management process and to curb bureaucracy - Establish a unified energy regulatory utility including petroleum products, gas, and electricity networks to be responsible for consumer and investor protection and ensuring level of competence - Forming a specialized emergency management work team following the Supreme Energy Council, to be responsible for determining the current and future challenges of the sector, and developing a plan to manage and address the relevant risks behind it such as expectations of the global oil price, developing and modifying current importing procedures, and following-up and dealing with the international cases brought against Egypt. - Improving efficiency of some energy facilities including: o Companies affiliated to the Electricity Holding Company including raising their productive, administrative, and economic efficiency; and reconsidering their financial and administrative structure, and the role of the private sector in their management, as well as increasing the efficiency of the Electricity Transmission Company. o Companies affiliated to the Petroleum General Authority by determining a deadline for approving and updating of the mutual benefit agreements, and updating the necessary financial items of the research and development agreements and improving the efficiency of the Gas Company. Reforming the current legislative framework:  Program Description: Revision of laws that prevent achieving the desired objectives of the energy sector. It is targeted to start implementation of this program in 2015 and to be completed by 2020. This is a low-cost program.  Key Elements: - Providing a fair competitive environment for the energy sector through reconsidering laws related to the participation of the private sector in energy production in order to achieve energy system efficiency and identify the role of the government as a regulator. Introducing incentives to strengthen the role of the private sector, facilitate 103 investment procedures, provide guarantees for the payment of financial dues, and provide required dollar liquidity. - Drafting a unified law for energy (including electricity and petroleum) to identify and organize the relationships between different parties, especially the role of the private sector in production operations, transportation, distribution, and sale of energy, in addition to giving permission to the private sector to participate in the processes of importing and exporting petroleum products for the purpose of energy market liberalization. - Drafting supportive decentralization laws for both production and distribution of petroleum or electricity such as micro networks. - Enacting laws regulating information circulation, access, and ensuring accuracy to support decision-making processes in the public and private sectors, and the development of a system for energy information management. - Facilitating decision-making processes and reducing bureaucracy by updating laws to allow administrative accountability rather than criminal trials for decision makers, as well as to develop policies defining a matrix of powers and responsibilities for every decision-maker in the sector. - Amending laws and regulations that regulate coordination of entities working in the field of energy, to make coordination with the Ministry of Environment mandatory for the application of environmental standards. Developing the energy sector’s infrastructure:  Program Description: The development and modernization of basic infrastructure for the various stages of the value chain in the energy sector in order to achieve the objectives and realization of energy security. It is targeted to start implementation of this program in 2015 and to be completed by 2030. This is a high cost program.  Key Elements: - Development of the exploration and current oil and gas services infrastructure, especially exploration in deep water, to enhance Egypt’s competitiveness and support the exploration companies to improve their performance. - Develop the capacity of refining and petrochemicals in the medium and long term to help meet domestic market requirements. - Development and expansion of existing gas networks to raise the degree of access for citizens and industrial conglomerates. 104 2nd Pillar: Energy - Development of the basic infrastructure of import and storage of natural gas and coal, due to the expected increase in energy imports in Egypt from these resources. - Development and expansion of the infrastructure for the transportation of petroleum products, especially diesel and natural gas. - Modernization of the current electricity network to facilitate dealing with expansion of renewable energies and assimilation of its requirements, such as developing a control center for the management of the network and mechanisms of energy storage, the use of smart grids, smart meters, and management of demand-side. - Development of the infrastructure for energy exports, especially for electrical power to accommodate the renewable energy requirements. Promoting innovation in the energy sector:  Program Description: Enhancing innovation in the energy sector by increasing expenditure on research and development and promoting the use of modern technology to develop the sector. It is targeted to start implementation of this program in 2016 and to be completed by 2020. This is a high cost program.  Key Elements: Developing policies that encourage companies to increase their spending on research and development in the following areas: - For the Ministry of Petroleum: o Developing and improving the technology of exploration in deep water. o Enhancing the added value of the refining ability and petrochemical sector and improving efficiency. For the Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy: - Developing the electric power generation process and encouraging its decentralization, with the development of technologies and operating systems such as micro-networks. - Concentrating on means of developing renewable energy and raise its productive efficiency; - Improving efficiency of electric power generation and reducing of greenhouse gas emissions through the use of environmentally friendly advanced technologies. Skills development:  Program Description: providing and improving human resources in the energy sector in order to keep up with the requirements for achieving objectives. It is targeted to start 105 implementation of this program in 2016 and to be completed by 2020, and this is a low cost program.  Key Elements: - The Ministry of Petroleum and Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy should coordinate with the Ministry of Education and Technical Education and Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research for providing of required efficient human resources in order to help achieving the objectives of improving efficiency of electricity use and production, and fulfilling all needs of renewable energy, nuclear energy and energy produced from coal ,…etc. providing these competencies should be considered in all levels of education including Pre-university, Vocational and University Education. - Raising level of legal competencies within the energy sector in order to deal with administrative issues. - Developing the educational curricula to help instill the culture of rational use of energy. - Raising the level of administrative and technical competencies of the control center and improve the efficiency of power usage. - Improving efficiency of forecasting system for energy sector, in terms of supply, demand or price changes through human resources training and providing the required sustainable technology. - Developing a training program for responsible persons of economic management for companies and authorities affiliate to the Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources and Ministry Electricity and Renewable Energy, for help managing companies from an economic perspective and ensuring financial sustainability. Establishing the nuclear station in Dab’aa:  Program Description: The diversification of energy mix which mainly consists of oil and gas (about 96%), in order to reduce dependence on these resources and turn to more clean energies such as nuclear and renewable energies. It is expected that this program begin to be implemented during the period 2016-2030; and this is a high-cost program.  Key Elements: - The program includes establishment of 4 reactors from the third generation which is characterized by high level of safety, simplicity design, low cost and long life time which can reach more than 60 years. The production capacity of each reactor reaches about 1200 MG with a total of 4800 MG. 106 2nd Pillar: Energy - Capacity building of Egyptian scientists and engineers who are working in the field of nuclear energy technologies and creation many job opportunities for youth whether in the field of construction or complementary industries or other fields. - It is planned that the first nuclear power plant will start working in 2024 according to strict environmental and safety standards. - Currently, the first nuclear power plant is under construction including walls, guard towers, gates and residential building for workers in the plant with about 2050 residential units. In addition, the location for a new residential city with all facilities and general services for people who are living in El-Dabaa city has been determined according to the safety standards, the new city contains about 1500 "Badawy Houses" each one with an area of 300 m2. Initiatives Related to Specific Topics Applying environmental standards and accurate measurements:  Program Description: Limiting pollution produced from the energy sector and activating the supervisory system of environmental performance. It is targeted to start the program in 2020 and to be implemented by 2025. It is a medium-cost program.  Key Elements: - Designing the environmental performance unified supervisory system in cooperation with the Egyptian Environmental Affairs authority by: o Developing and applying regulatory actions for reducing the emissions of various pollutants (dust and debris) on all companies/energy production plants. o Ensuring that there are indicators for the greenhouse gas emissions rates. o This initiative will be implemented by activating the role of environmental departments at each establishment, and amending the laws and regulations, for both projects and entities working in the field of energy which stipulates compulsory coordination with the Ministry of Environment. Improving the efficiency of energy subsidies:  Program Description: Restructuring the energy subsidization system and coordinating between relevant authorities in order to ensure access to those who deserve support through a unified plan. This includes fuel subsidies provided to all consumers, including private electricity production companies, and the subsidiary of the Holding Company for Electricity. This program is scheduled to start in 2015 and be implemented by 2020. It is a high-cost program. 107  Key Elements: - Setting a unified price plan for petroleum products, gas, and electricity, and setting up a clear and transparent approach for raising the prices, based on a detailed analysis of consumer categories. - Defining compensation mechanisms for those who are affected by the change in the subsidization system, by converting fuel subsidies into monetary values delivered to those who are entitled to it. - Planning a strategy for communicating with citizens; to ensure smoothness of the planned development achievement. - Completing and updating the Feed-in Tariff and adding a fair tariff pricing for electricity production using new technologies such as critical mass. - The Supreme Council of Energy would be responsible for monitoring the implementation of this program in cooperation with the Ministry of Finance, and supported by the Egyptian Electric Utility, the Consumer Protection Regulatory Agency, and the Egyptian General Petroleum Corporation. 108 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, Third Pillar: Knowledge, Innovation Innovation & Scientific and Scientific Research Research Overview of Current Situation The concept of knowledge, innovation, and scientific research expands to include the production and transfer of knowledge in all forms within various education levels, mechanisms of nurturing youth, fostering talents, as well as encouraging innovation, scientific research, and academic cognitive contribution. The definition also expands to include different fields of application through which the effect of knowledge on "quality of human life" could be determined. The knowledge and innovation environment consists of the following group of elements and components:  General environment: Represents the role of the State in the creation of an environment that encourages innovation, including motivators and constraints, the economic system, policies, legislation, and principles of governance.  Infrastructure: Play a fundamental role in supporting the cognitive and creative production by setting standards and laying regulatory foundations of innovation and scientific research, supporting business and innovation, protecting copyright, ensuring availability of information, financing and encouraging investment.  Education and scientific research: Includes all research organizations and institutions, technical education and vocational training institutions, higher education and scientific research institutions, and research centers.  Industry: Represents all industrial sectors including large, medium, and small scale companies’ activities relevant to research and development.  Intermediaries: Includes the institutions that link between industrial innovation, and research and development on the one hand, with academic and research institutions on the other hand.  Development needs: Represents the required demand for innovation, knowledge, and scientific research to fulfill economic and social needs. The information and communications technology sector in Egypt is one of the driving sectors that encourages innovation and knowledge. The annual growth rate of the number of companies operating in the fields of IT and communications has reached 13.5%.[1] This sector succeeded in achieving increased growth rates that required speeding up the development of the information technology infrastructure all over the country and increasing the number of graduates from engineering and information technology educational institutes. Also, the research society

1 Business Monitor International, 2010, Egypt Information Technology Report, Q4 2010 109 succeeded in achieving many positive indicators such as the average success of Egypt in "Citation Impact Indicator" in the mathematical research field. Moreover, Egypt ranked 48th out of 132 countries in citation impact indicator (H-index) for the year 2013, while Alexandria University ranked 147th in the Times Higher Education World University Rankings for the year 2010, which highlights the first instance of an Egyptian University being classified among the top 200 universities internationally, due to the high quality of mathematics and physics research. Knowledge, innovation, and scientific research contribute in achieving the goals of sustainable development in general, whether national or international, where the increase in the contribution of a large number of economic sectors in economic activity can be achieved by connecting scientific research outputs and innovation by the needs of these sectors. Also, raising the quality of life of citizens and the development of public services in sectors such as traffic, drinking water, sanitation, housing, energy, environment, health, and education depends largely on knowledge, innovation, and scientific research. In order to achieve these goals, knowledge, innovation, and scientific research must overcome the challenges they face, especially their poor funding share in the government budget, and from the private sector and civil society. Also, efforts should be made to raise awareness of the importance of these activities to achieve higher rates of sustainable development and to encourage young people to participate in scientific research and innovation through small projects and entrepreneurial initiatives. The following is a description of the vision and strategic vision of knowledge, innovation, and scientific research and performance measurement indicators and the most important challenges it faces in addition to the most important programs to achieve this vision. Strategic Vision for Knowledge, Innovation, and Scientific Research to 2030 A creative and innovative society producing science, technology, and knowledge, within a comprehensive system ensuring the developmental value of knowledge and innovation and using their outputs to face challenges and meet national objectives. This vision is centered on the provision of all necessary factors that enable the conversion of knowledge, innovation, and scientific research into a valuable product that can be measured and satisfies the developmental needs of the State during the next 15 years. 110 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, Strategic Objectives for Knowledge, Innovation, and Scientific Research to 2030 Innovation & Scientific Research The strategic vision for knowledge, innovation, and scientific research focuses on accomplishing three main objectives within the next 15 years, as follows: Objective Definition Creation of a stimulating Maximizing knowledge production by enhancing the legislative, environment for the investment, and financing environments and providing the fundamental localization and production infrastructure of knowledge Enhancing the efficiency of innovation production by encouraging Activation and development creative production, increasing the links between innovation and of an integrated national developmental needs, the development of basic education and higher innovation system education as well as research and development Linking the knowledge Determining the sectorial priorities and challenges, how to address them applications and the by working on increasing the knowledge product for the priority sectors innovation outputs with and by raising the local content priorities The first objective is specialized in developing knowledge by creating a stimulating environment of legislation, investment policies, and financing facilities, in addition to the development of logistics, information technology, and environmental sustainability infrastructure. It also focuses on maximizing economic and social knowledge production. The second objective is to establish and develop a comprehensive national system for innovation, able to transform knowledge into a developmental value by developing primary education, higher education, as well as research. This objective also focuses on encouraging innovative production, increasing links between innovation and needs, and enhancing the companies’ ability to innovate in order to maximize knowledge impact. The third objective is to determine sectorial priorities and challenges and how to address them by increasing innovation expenditure within various sectors, whether from domestic or foreign resources or from the private sector, with a focus on private sector outputs and increasing the percentage of the sectorial local content. Key Performance Indicators for Knowledge, Innovation, and Scientific Research to 2030 Key performance indicators include the indicators that currently exist at the levels of inputs, outputs, and strategic results. Thus, current and targeted values, by the years 2020 and 2030, of 111 such indicators were determined, as well as suggested new indicators that will be added into a suitable framework for the purpose of evaluation in collaboration with the concerned parties, as per the following: Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target Measures the relative level of innovation in Egypt through high-impact factors, (e.g. Global human factors, legislative and 1 innovation 99 85 60 economic stimulating index (rank) environment, infrastructure, creative outputs, and its impact on the economy Measures Egypt’s innovation Innovation and knowledge efficiency 2 efficiency compared with other 0.8 0.85 1 ratio countries, which enhances the innovation system Measures the ability of Companies’ companies to innovate, which innovation

3 Strategic in its turn demonstrates the 132[2] 100 60 capacity Results development of the private index (rank) sector’s ability to innovate Knowledge impact sub- Measures the utilization index of the development from knowledge 4 89 80 60 global production in growth and innovation business management index (rank) Knowledge Measures the development in transfer exporting knowledge and sub-index of 5 consequently it reflects how 69 60 30 the global far knowledge is connected to innovation developmental objectives index (rank)

6 Innovative Measures the development of 98 85 60 products creative production at 112 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, Innovation & Scientific Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target and services domestic and international Research sub-index of levels the global innovation index (rank) Output Information and communica- Measures the ICT level and tions reflects Egypt’s progress in 7 technology using technology as a key 73 50 30 sub-index of factor in the innovation the global system innovation index (rank) Measures development in Public providing the required public infrastructur infrastructure for sustainable e sub-index 8 development and 121 100 60 of the global consequently the tools innovation required for knowledge index (rank) production efficiency Measures development in Environ- stimulating and controlling mental environmental performance sustainabilit required for sustainable 9 y sub-index 65 50 30 development and of the global consequently required for innovation knowledge production index (rank) efficiency Knowledge contribution Measures development in sub-index of 10 knowledge production at 71 50 30 the global research and innovation levels innovation index (rank) Intangible Measures development in the 11 assets sub- production of registered 89 80 60 index of the applications as a result of how global far knowledge is linked to 113 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target innovation business index (rank) Digital creativity Measures development in the sub-index of production of digital 12 74 60 30 the global creativity compared with innovation other countries index (rank) Innovation Measures development in linkages building linkages and sub-index of incentives for cooperation 13 70 60 30 the global between the knowledge innovation productive sector and the index (rank) beneficiary sector Quality of Represents the development scientific 14 level of scientific research 135 [2] 100 60 research institutions institutions Credit facilities Measures development in sub-index of facilitating and providing the 15 123 100 60 the global necessary funds in order to innovation stimulate innovation index (rank) Investment sub-index of Measures development in

16 Input the global providing investment in order 138 100 60 innovation to stimulate innovation index (rank) Trade and Measures development in competition facilitating taxation sub-index of procedures and achieving 17 124 100 60 the global transparency to guarantee a innovation competitive environment that index (rank) encourages innovation 114 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, Innovation & Scientific Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target Research Legislative environmen Measures development in t sub-index enhancing a legislative 18 131 100 60 of the global environment that encourages innovation an innovation system index (rank) Business Measures development in environmen enhancing the business t sub-index environment, which 19 105 90 60 of the global contributes to and enhances innovation the innovation system’s index (rank) efficiency Education Measures development in sub-index of education, which is necessary 20 the global 53 50 30 to stimulate sustainable innovation innovation index (rank) Higher education Measures development in sub-index of 21 attracting higher education 102 90 60 the global students innovation index (rank) Research and Measures the development developmen level of R&D and expresses 22 t sub-index 50 40 30 the evolution in knowledge of the global production innovation index (rank) Knowledge absorption Measures the knowledge sub-index of capacity and expresses the 23 119 100 60 the global technological development innovation level of imports. index (rank) 115 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target Knowledge Measures development in workers utilizing high-knowledge sub-index of 24 labor and consequently it 69 50 30 the global measures how far knowledge innovation is linked to business index (rank) [1] Source: World Intellectual Property Organization, 2014, the Global Innovation Index. [2] Source: The World Economic Forum, 2013, The Global Competitiveness Report. Suggested New Indicators Indicator Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Mechanism All expenditures on Measures how far the innovation and R&D shall economy of research and be calculated. Expenditure Ratio of knowledge development is contributing includes government, 1 economy contribution to GDP, representing the private sector, and civil to GDP importance of the society from domestic and knowledge economy in international resources as Egypt’s priorities a percentage of GDP. Measures the impact of expenditure on innovation A combination of on Egyptian society and qualitative and Social return on turns it into financial returns quantitative indicators,

2 Strategic investment in in order to ensure the measuring investments results innovation development of an returns of innovation on environment that encourages society in general innovation This indicator shows how far The ratio of local content local content is contributing in the various productive Ratio of local content to gross national sectors shall be 3 to gross national manufacturing in order to determined upon accurate manufacturing measure the development of collection of data and knowledge localization classification into sectorial indicators and then the Sectorial ratio for local This indicator shows how far overall percentage shall be 4 component to gross local content is contributing calculated 116 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, Innovation & Scientific Indicator Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Mechanism national manufacturing to gross sectorial Research manufacturing, which illustrates Egypt’s progress in knowledge localization in areas of national priority and interest Sectors with high priority at the national level shall It represents the be determined in light of Number of small and government’s efforts fully integrated future medium companies towards knowledge studies and then limit the 5 contracting with localization through number of small and government contracting with small and medium-sized companies medium-sized companies contracting with the government in those sectorial fields Internationally recognized awards related to Number of This indicator shows Egypt’s innovation, knowledge, 6 international awards in global place among others in and scientific research the innovation field the innovation field shall be determined and then limit the Egyptian share of such awards Outputs Number of newly Limit the number of new This indicator expresses the 7 founded companies in companies in sectors with priority sectors each sector high priority This indicator represents the number of companies efficiently contributing to the Ratio of companies role of the private sector in Limit the number of practicing innovation developing and growing companies practicing 8 and R&D for each knowledge as well as the innovation and R&D in sector ability of the government to sectors with high priority stimulate such contributions, which serve sustainable development priorities This indicator represents the Limit the number of Number of patents per 9 ability to innovate in the patents in sectors with sector priority sectors in order to high priority 117 Indicator Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Mechanism localize knowledge and protect its rights This indicator represents the Measure the percentage of Ratio of sectorial development of innovation expenditure on innovation budget expenditure on at sectorial level and 10 and R&D to the gross innovation, research, emphasizes the national expenditure on sectors and development priorities of sustainable with high priority development This indicator measures the Ratio of companies’ Estimating the percentage contribution of the private contributions to total of company contributions sector in developing 11 sectorial expenditure to total expenditure on knowledge, which serves the on innovation and innovation and R&D in priorities of sustainable R&D sectors with high priority development Estimating the ratio of Ratio of international This indicator represents the international funding Inputs funding for innovation, ability to attract foreign allocated for innovation 12 research and investments to priority and R&D to the total development to total sectors, in order to transfer funding allocated for funding and localize knowledge various national priority sectors Measurement is performed by determining This indicator represents the percentage of how far knowledge is international funding Ratio of foreign localized in terms of allocated for innovation 13 funding to small and knowledge transferred from and R&D of the total medium companies abroad to small and expenditure of small and medium-sized enterprises medium-sized companies on sectors with high priorities 118 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, Challenges of Innovation, Knowledge, and Scientific Research Innovation & Scientific Challenges related to innovation, knowledge, and scientific research are divided into three main groups: The first group is characterized by its high impact and relative ease to control, hence it attracts Research the biggest share of attention as they could be encountered and overcome much easier compared with others. It includes:  Legislative system being poor in motivating and protecting innovation: There is an absolute necessity to review legislation relevant to innovation protection, and develop an incentives structure, governmental expenditures, and protection of intellectual rights in order to achieve a motivating environment for innovation.  Poor coordination between social needs and innovation: This can be observed in the low proportion of local content in several vital sectors as well as not taking advantage of scientific research outputs in facing the main challenges encountering Egyptian society. The second group of challenges could be overcome, yet it has a relative and limited impact, including:  Inefficient sectorial planning: Sectorial planning must be focused on defining national priorities and linking them to the system of innovation, knowledge, and scientific research to achieve high levels of competitiveness and sustainability for industries and strategic sectors in Egypt.  Lack of a comprehensive mechanism connecting knowledge with innovation: Due to the lack of a proper comprehensive mechanism to connect knowledge with innovation, the development of curricula and educational methods became irrelevant to beneficial social or economic innovation production, which in its turn led to significant imports of technology.  Insufficient economic and financing incentives for innovation: Limited low expenditure allocated for scientific research and development has a negative effect on knowledge production as a result.  Medium and small companies’ inability to produce and market innovation: Due to the high costs of such activities, this consequently undermines their financial capacities. The third group of challenges is characterized by its high impact and its long-term nature to be overcome:  Poor innovation culture of society: This is one of the most difficult challenges facing the development of innovation, knowledge, and scientific research in Egypt, due to decades of inherited negligence, whether in the terms of instilling the culture of innovation in youth, or in fostering talents in schools, or in creative appreciation and motivation. 119  Poor awareness of the importance of intellectual property and its protection: In light of the limited implementation of Intellectual Property Laws in Egypt, researchers and innovators do not enjoy their intellectual rights. Violations and infringements are not being prosecuted properly because all parties, whether producers or consumers of innovation, are not aware of the importance of intellectual property protection and its role in motivating and protecting innovation in Egypt. Innovation, Knowledge, and Scientific Research Programs to 2030 In the comprehensive framework, strategic objectives of innovation, knowledge, and scientific research and performance indicators identified to measure the extent of progress provisionally made until these objectives are achieved and its positive outcome on the future visions of innovation, knowledge, and scientific research in Egypt by the year 2030, in addition to the government program policies, programs, and projects for 2016-2017 in order to develop innovation, knowledge, and scientific research, the following are the most important programs identified that are expected to make great contributions in achieving these visions, objectives, and indicators: Legislation and Governance Carrying out legal reform related to knowledge and innovation:  Program Description: A comprehensive review of all legislation and laws related to knowledge and innovation in various sectors such as higher education, scientific research, investment, tax incentives systems, governmental expenditures, and intellectual property protection. It can be done through serious communal dialogue in which all of civil society and the private sector are represented, to contribute in the formation of a motivating environment for the production of knowledge and innovation. The review and amendment of this legislation is scheduled to be performed by the year 2017. This is a low-cost program.  Key Elements: - Reviewing intellectual property legislation and implementation methods to promote the protection principles of knowledge, scientific research, and innovation. - Reviewing the investment law in the manner that provide incentives for investors investing in scientific research, as well as to motivate them to re-invest a minimum share of profits in the areas of research and development in their business. - Reviewing legislation on university regulations in the manner that integrates innovation into the course of career progression and promotion, in order to encourage the academic role in innovation. 120 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, - Reviewing the taxation legislation governing the investment system in the manner Innovation & Scientific that grants tax exemptions for research and investment in high-risk activities in terms of research investment volume or its returns. Research - Reviewing higher education legislation in the manner that motivates high-impact innovative and research production. - Reviewing scientific research legislation to provide innovators at universities and research institutions with the right to establish and incorporate companies without prejudice to their academic and research responsibilities. - Reviewing the legislation governing the customs system in the manner that motivates and protects the local content in the industry. - Reviewing the laws of tenders and auctions in the manner that gives priority to national companies, products, and services. Developing and restructuring the knowledge and innovation system:  Program Description: Enhancing the efficiency of knowledge and innovation management systems through the restructuring and implementation of rational governance rules and regulations in a manner that achieves coordination and integration among them and the strategic priorities for sustainable development. The implementation of this program is scheduled to start by 2016 and to be fully implemented by 2030. This is a low-cost program.  Key Elements: - Mapping innovation priorities through liaison and coordination among all outputs of future plans at the national and sectorial levels. - Achieving full integration among the ministries relevant to pre-university, university, and technical education as well as scientific research, to enhance institutional efficiency and to achieve better utilization of resources with respect to governance, management, rationing, and development of scientific, informational, educational, research, and innovative work. Programs to Support Achievement of the Vision and Strategic Objectives Adopting a comprehensive program to promote an innovation and knowledge culture:  Program Description: Encouraging creative thinking and the development of an innovation culture among youth and community through achieving integration between the concerned parties by a number of motivation and awareness initiatives. The implementation duration of this program is expected to start by 2016 and to continue until 2025. This is a medium-cost program. 121  Key Elements: - Reviving exploration centers in schools in order to support and develop talents required to serve national priorities. - Developing educational curricula and expanding the application of methods and tools that encourage creative thinking and develop the culture of innovation. - Expanding academic programs specialized in the field of innovation management in order to prepare and develop domestic qualified cadres. - Implementing adequate media coverage to spread success stories, awareness of the innovation concept, and its importance. - Launching a number of innovation events, competitions, and awards in the priority sectors in collaboration with private sector companies. Developing a comprehensive program to stimulate innovation activities by SMEs:  Program Description: Creating a motivating and enabling environment for small, medium-sized, and new companies allowing them the ability to innovate and maximize their investment returns and linking it to the national priorities in a manner that contributes to the maximization of competitive advantages and the added value of the domestic product. The implementation duration of this program is expected to start by 2020 and to be fully implemented by 2030. This is a high-cost program.  Key Elements: - Creating innovation clusters in the high priority fields to maximize the competitive advantage and the added value of the domestic product. - Establishing entrepreneurship incubators to enable new, small, and medium-sized companies to innovate. Activating public–private partnerships to support and stimulate innovation:  Program Description: Supporting the partnership between the public and private sectors to maximize the volume of investment in innovation and the creation of possible conditions to ensure rewarding returns, as well as integrating the knowledge output with the market needs. The implementation duration of this partnership is expected to start by 2016 and to be fully implemented by 2020. This is a low-cost program.  Key Elements: - Adopting a package of financial and marketing incentives to encourage the private sector in order to innovate. 122 3rd Pillar: Knowledge, Innovation & Scientific - Expanding partnerships between academic and research institutions and the private sector in order to link knowledge outputs with the needs of the market. Research 123 124 4th Pillar: Transparency Fourth Pillar: Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institutions and Efficiency of Overview of Current Situation Government Institutions The State’s administrative system is facing a wide range of challenges that have accumulated over many decades. One of the key challenges is the complexity of the organizational structure of the State due to the number of ministries, agencies, and different administrative bodies and the overlapping and conflicting jurisdictions among them. As well, there has been inflation of employment in the public sector and an increase in its total costs, which reached 26% of the total public expenditure of 2014-2015 budget, not including the salaries bill of the economic agencies. One of the main challenges that affects the efficiency of these institutions, in the light of the low productivity of the government employee and the spread of masked unemployment, is that the number of current public employees is estimated at nearly 6.4 million, with an average of one employee per 13.2 citizens, which is considered a low ratio compared to global rates. Besides, the public sector is suffering from the absence of transparency and accountability and the discrepancies of salaries between and inside the different entities, which led to the spread of corruption, favoritism, and power abuse. In addition, the large amount of conflicting legislation has led to the spread of fraud, and predominance of bureaucracy due to centralization inside the government’s organs. All these factors have contributed to a clear setback in the efficiency of the public sector’s institutions and the bad status of public services that resulted in citizen dissatisfaction and the increase of the trust crisis between the citizen and the government. As a result of these repercussions, Egypt ranked low in some of the global indicators measuring the efficiency of the State’s administrative organs. Despite the relative improvement of Egypt’s ranking in the World Competitiveness Indicator, from 119 of 144 countries in 2014-2015 to 116 of 140 countries in 2015-2016 and also the improvement of Egypt’s ranking that measures the efficiency of state institutions, from 100 of 144 countries to 87 of 140 countries during the same period; however, the road is still open for more improvements on this important indicator that significantly affects the competitiveness of the Egyptian economy and the flow of local, regional, and international investment that is necessary for the economic boost and jobs creation. On this framework and for 2 years, the Egyptian government has adapted a comprehensive plan for a reform program of the administrative system, including institutional development, and the development of government services, as well as the development of a planning and resource management system in government institutions, and the creation of a national database. The Civil Service Law, issued in March 2015, comes on the top of these efforts, which is considered an important step towards the reform of the State’s public sector apparatus, and aims at an increase of the efficiency of the service delivery process and the enhancement of transparency and accountability. Moreover, the law establishes a new system for recruitment, promotion, and appointment of senior positions in order to achieve justice and equality of opportunity, ending favoritism, in addition to the reform of the salaries structure in order to decrease the 125 discrepancies between the incomes of public employees, which helps end corruption, and contributes to the achievement of the targeted development. In addition, parallel to the law’s application, a modernization and reform of the internal organizational bylaws is taking place as well as the application of the public sector employees’ code of professional conduct, and the achievement of improving transparency and integrity. The internal restructuring process leads to the increase of performance, efficiency, and builds more administrative and organizational structures and the restructuring of the human resources system, and developing a comprehensive program for the rehabilitation of public employees, and linking evaluation to the target goals of every job. In spite of these efforts, it remains incomplete and unsatisfactory for the aspirations of Egyptian society towards achieving inclusive, sustainable development. Therefore, the Egyptian government, through this strategy, is pursuing the completion of these efforts in order to achieve a holistic improvement of the public administrative sector including its legislation, human capital, and information systems, in addition to changing the work culture, and to achieve better quality standards and the usage of modern techniques in service delivery, which improves efficiency and stops corruption and the promotion of transparency in order to achieve satisfaction for citizens and public employees at the same time. Hereafter is the introduction of the vision and strategic objectives for transparency and efficient government institutions and the Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), the important challenges facing it, and the important programs to overcome them. Strategic Vision for Transparency and Efficient Government Institutions to 2030 An efficient and effective public administration sector managing State resources with transparency, fairness, and flexibility. Subject to accountability, maximizing citizen satisfaction, and responding to their needs. This vision is elaborated under three main aspects that include improvement of the administrative sector’s performance with the objective of increasing the efficiency of the State’s financial, material, and human resources, and offering the necessary public services needed daily by citizens for their livelihood needs in an efficient manner in order to end their suffering and improve the services needed by the public enterprise in order to bring more investments, and finally, achieving the interaction between the government and society and its institutions through a comprehensive governance system. Besides, these pillars have been transformed into strategic objectives that have been determined carefully and transformed into a set of performance indicators and programs that can achieve these goals, in addition to the current efforts that are included in the government program for the upcoming 2 years. 126 4th Pillar: Transparency Strategic Objectives for Transparency and Efficient Government and Efficiency of Institutions to 2030 The strategic objectives are to increase the State’s administration efficiency, enhance the quality Government Institutions of governmental services provided to citizens and investors, fight corruption in the administrative sector, and increase the degree of transparency in the government. These strategic objectives include three different dimensions, the internal dimension related to the components of the administrative body, the external dimension of the services provided to citizens, and the dimension related to the relationship between the State, represented in its different institutions on the one hand, and the citizen on the other hand. The strategic objectives include the following: Objective Definition Build an administrative system based on good governance and Establish an administrative body that is management of the State’s resources by updating the efficient, effective, and in alignment with organizational framework, including legislation, human local and global changes. resources, and information database in addition to changing and developing the work culture within the administrative body Provide high-quality services that apply Achieve better quality standards and expand the use of modern modern techniques methods in services delivery Transparent system that interacts with Depend on transparency in policy-making as well as facilitating citizens, responds to their demands, and the availability and access to information to increase citizens’ is subject to social accountability confidence in the administrative sector and fight corruption With a focus on the internal dimension, the first objective is to develop and strengthen the internal components of the State’s administrative body, which could be divided into four categories as follows: ▪ The first category includes the legislative framework, which includes laws, regulations, and decisions that control the State’s administrative body. ▪ The second category is related to information systems, including modern technology, that facilitates collection and exchange of information within and outside the State’s administrative body. ▪ The third category pertains to the development of human resources through building capacities, raising efficiency, and encouraging innovation and sense of organizational belonging. 127 ▪ The fourth category deals with the work culture within the State’s administrative body, which must include values such as responsibility and work discipline, as well as the spreading of the culture of cooperation and teamwork among the State’s administrative body employees. The second objective focuses on the services provided to citizens, their availability, quality, and cost. This objective aims to enable citizens to satisfy their needs through a modernized service delivery system, within an acceptable timeframe and in a manner that suits the citizen’s income. The third objective deals with the governance of the administrative body to ensure the promotion of community participation and the consolidation of the principles of transparency, with the development of anti-corruption programs, in order to increase the confidence of the citizen on the one hand and ensure the sustainability of reform efforts on the other hand. Key Performance Indicators for Transparency and Efficient Government Institutions to 2030 A group of performance measurement indicators were selected in order to follow up achievements on the ground in order to achieve transparency and efficiency of government institutions. The current situation of such indicators has been specified in addition to the targeted values for the years 2020 and 2030. The following are the indicators and the targeted values: Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target This indicator monitors the quality of public services and Government the civil service as well as the 1 efficiency (score) (0 20(1) 50 70 quality of policy formulation worst-100 best) and implementation, and the credibility of the government Strategic results A composite indicator that monitors dissemination of Open government laws, access, stability, and

2 (score) (0 worst-100 petition submission to the 0.44(2) 0.5 0.6 best) government, and official information provision upon request 128 4th Pillar: Transparency and Efficiency of Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target Government Institutions A composite indicator that records government enforcement of regulations, Regulatory punctual implementation, and 3 enforcement (score) 0.42 (2) 0.5 0.6 respect of administrative (0 worst-100 best) procedures, and non- expropriation of properties without proper compensation Anti-corruption This index monitors the minor

4 (score) (0 worst-100 35(1) 50 70 and major forms of corruption best) This index monitors the ease of access to information Transparency in concerning changes in 5 policy-making (score) 3.9 (3) 4 4.2 government policies and (0 worst-100 best) regulations that affect the activities of corporates The number of This indicator measures the citizens per efficiency of the State’s 6 government employee administrative body in terms 13.2(4) 26 40 (score) (0 worst-100 of population and employee best) ratio Composite index that monitors procedures for Outputs establishing companies and starting businesses, dealing Ease of doing with construction permits, 7 business (score) (0 getting electricity, registering 59.5 (1) 70 80 worst-100 best) property, getting loans, investor protection, paying taxes, cross-borders trade, enforcing contracts, and resolving insolvency 129 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status(1) Target Target Favoritism in This index monitors the extent government decision of favoritism in decisions 8 making process taken by government officials 3.7)3( 3.9 4.2 (score) (0 worst-100 towards companies and best) individuals This index monitors the prevalence of undocumented payments and bribes Irregular payments concerning both imports and 9 )4( 3 4.3 4.8 and bribes exports, public utility services, annual tax payments, writing contracts and licenses, and issuing biased judicial decisions This index measures the Share of funds efficiency of the State’s allocated to training administrative body in terms

10 Inputs 0.04)4( 0.5 1 as a percentage of of the improvement and wage bill capacity building of its employees (1) World Bank, Doing Business, 2014 (2) Global justice project, .2014 (3) World Economic Forum, Global Competitiveness Report, 2014 (4) Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform, 2015 130 4th Pillar: Transparency and Efficiency of Suggested New Indicators Government Institutions Indicator S.N. Indicator Reason Measurement Mechanism Category The level of citizens' This indicator measures the By conducting polls by non- 1 satisfaction with citizens' satisfaction with governmental agencies government government services services Percentage of This index measures the government efficiency of the State’s services Surveying government administrative body in terms of provided services provided 2 the number of public Outputs electronically electronically and updating employees and time needed for from total them regularly completion of Interactive government Services services This index measures the Percentage of efficiency of the administrative Surveying the government electronic system in terms of quick pace transactions provided 3 transactions of completion of transactions electronically and from total among and between the modernizing them regularly transactions different State entities 131 Challenges of Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institutions For transparency and efficiency of institutions, the challenges are divided into three groups: The first set of challenges is characterized by high effectiveness and relative ease to control, and therefore is considered as a first priority. These include: ▪ Complexity of the of State’s administrative body: The administrative body of the State is suffering from obvious conflicts of jurisdictions and responsibilities as a result of the large number of ministries, government departments, and agencies, which has led to a lack of clear separation of roles and responsibilities and of coordination mechanisms. ▪ Insufficient allocations of financial resources for staff training: This negatively affects the low productivity of personnel and causes a decline in the quality of services provided to citizens. ▪ Weakness of accountability systems and their association with achievement of results and objectives: Workers are held accountable in front of the State administration based on their application of the procedural processes and not on results and achievement of the objectives, which in turn entrenches bureaucracy. ▪ Absence of an effective system for human resources management: Personnel Affairs Departments of all government agencies are weak and lack efficiency, which affects the efficiency of workers and causes brain drain out of the State administration. The recruitment system is not suitable for attracting skilled personnel. ▪ Lack of interest in the development of planning and follow-up systems: Planning Departments within the government institutions suffer from weakness and decline in efficiency as a result of the weakness of systems and methods of planning and follow-up, as well as the misconception about linking the concept of planning to communist regimes, and its irrelevance to market economies. ▪ Traditional methods of budget preparation and the lack of flexibility in the transfer between chapters and financial items: The current budget preparation system monitors the inputs of human and financial resources and energy and infrastructure systems but doesn’t measure the impact of investing those inputs in achieving the State’s objectives. ▪ Poor information and technological infrastructure: Lack of proper infrastructure of computers and communication networks and modern programs that enable decision makers to make sound decisions in a timely manner. ▪ The absence of a Freedom of Information Act: Failure to provide and exchange information leads to the lack of transparency and citizens’ lack of confidence, which negatively affects the integrity and credibility of the government agencies. 132 4th Pillar: Transparency and Efficiency of ▪ Lack of a standard framework for measuring the degree of public satisfaction: The weakness of the State administration’s capacity to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of various services offered by the government to measure the degree of public satisfaction with these services. The second set of challenges is characterized by being relatively low in impact or ability to Government Institutions control: ▪ Lack of discipline and lack of respect for the work culture and resistance to change: The absence of an effective system of monitoring and accountability has led to a lack of discipline and lack of employees’ respect for work ethics, which negatively impacts the provision of public services. Attempts to introduce change within the administrative body are faced with great resistance by undisciplined workers. ▪ Overstaffing (particularly auxiliary labor): The successive governments have been appointing workers in the governmental sector over decades in order to reduce unemployment without a real need, which led to overstaffing of the State’s administrative body and an increase in the cost of salaries. ▪ Numerous, overlapping, and conflicting legislations: This has resulted from the large number of regulations and decisions, their obsolescence, and widespread fraud and circumvention of laws, as well as reinforcing bureaucracy. ▪ Financial and administrative corruption: All the above factors, from the weak monitoring and accountability mechanism, to the overstaffing of the administrative body and lack of discipline led to widespread corruption practices and squandering of public money in violation of the law. In addition, the act of corruption is being widely justified among workers and labeled differently to ward off suspicion. ▪ The absence of automated connections among all computational units: This challenge is detrimental to knowing the full and exact financial status of the State and hinders proper decisions-making. ▪ Poor communication between citizens and policy makers: Poor communication between the government and the people leads to high levels of distrust, which negatively affects the integrity and credibility of the government. ▪ Centralized decision-making: Decision-making power is concentrated in senior management within the State administration, hence there is no delegation of power, which leads to slow and inappropriate decision-making. ▪ Widespread favoritism: Egypt suffers a widespread culture of favoritism in recruitment, promotions, and service delivery creating a lack of trust among the workers themselves on one hand and between them and society on the other. As for the third set of challenges, it includes challenges of lesser priority, nevertheless all mentioned challenges are important and must be addressed 133 ▪ The poor state of government buildings: Mismanagement of public utilities and State- owned assets, in addition to the weak revenue of these assets, leads to the waste of public money and poor public services, resulting in high levels of dissatisfaction among the citizens. Transparency and Efficient Government Institutions Programs to 2030 In the framework of the vision and strategic objectives for transparency and efficient government institutions as well as the performance indicators that have been set to measure the level of improvement in what is being achieved on every stage. In addition to the government actions in the period 2016-2018 in terms of policies, programs, and projects related to transparency and efficient government institutions. Hereafter we introduce the most important programs that have been selected, and are expected to contribute, on a large scale, in the achievement of the vision, objectives, and indicators: Improving the public management system: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to bring about structural and organizational changes needed to raise the State administration’s efficiency in the management of its affairs so as to achieve the strategic vision of the State and the requirements of development .It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2018. This is a program of low cost. ▪ Key Elements: - Setting a new vision for the form and functions of the State administration, including ministries and dependent and independent agencies, so as to ensure the separation of the State’s role as a service producer and provider on the one hand and its role as a regulator and controller on the other hand. - Identify the roles and responsibilities of each public entity and make sure to avoid overlapping responsibilities in order to ensure effectiveness and accountability. - Setting a timeframe for the new system, taking into account the social and economic implications of this shift. Improving the planning and monitoring system: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to bring about the necessary changes in the planning and follow-up system to raise the efficiency of the executive rule of the State. It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and to be completed by 2025 .This is a program of medium cost. 134 4th Pillar: Transparency and Efficiency of ▪ Key Elements: - Developing frameworks and mechanisms to develop and modernize approaches of sectorial planning, as well as monitoring and evaluation methods. - Change the approach towards national budget preparation to be a programs- and Government Institutions projects-based budget, and to connect the system’s input with its outputs. - Rehabilitate and empower the planning and follow-up units of each ministry and at the local level, and link them to the States’ general strategy and key performance indicators. - Introduce and entrench the concept of results-oriented management among the State’s employees so that results are evaluated periodically and linked to salaries, wages, and incentives. - Apply electronic control systems in order to improve the efficiency of the performance monitoring system. Developing the communication mechanisms between the government and citizens: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to consolidate the right of access to information and its exchange, in addition to developing means of communication and social accountability that contribute to the increase of transparency and citizen confidence in the policy making and service delivery process. It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2020. This is a program of low cost. ▪ Key Elements: - Plan for spreading the culture of information sharing and exchange that includes determining data type, the information to be published, and means of publishing. - The development of communication and media strategy at the level of ministries, authorities, and governments. - Unification and dissemination of citizens’ relationship management systems in order to receive complaints and proposals. - Establishment and development of communal participation of all segments of society in the processes of policy formulation and decision-making, in addition to the presence of social evaluation of the government’s performance. - Appointment of an independent General Commissioner who investigates citizen complaints against governmental agencies. - Issuance of a Freedom of Information Act. 135 Improving human resources management system: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to improve the means of management of manpower through conversion of personnel affairs and personnel departments into departments of human resources that are supposed to attract talented people and train them, evaluate their performance, and work to retain the most competent of them .It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2020. This is a program of low cost. ▪ Key Elements: - Conversion of personnel affairs and personnel departments of government institutions into human resources departments that apply modern concepts, attract and retain skillful and competent personnel, in addition to managing and monitoring performance. - The improvement of the Central Agency for Organization and Management to play its role in formulating of incentivizing policies for State employees, and to set standards for their selection, evaluation, and training. - Updating job descriptions for all government functions in order to develop them and eliminate unnecessary ones, and facilitate the selection, evaluation, and training process. - The development of a matrix of authorities to limit the conflict of competences among government agencies. - Preparing a guide for the flow of administrative processes and procedures in order to ensure flexibility and efficiency of all government agencies. Updating the legislative structure: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to develop and update the legislative structure of the State’s administrative body in order to cope with economic, social, and political changes Egypt experiences .It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2020. This is a program of low cost. ▪ Key Elements: - Compiling an inventory of all laws, decrees, and regulations enacted in all ministries and agencies. - Preparing alternative proposals for these laws, decrees, and regulations so as to prevent conflicts and motivate growth. 136 4th Pillar: Transparency and Efficiency of - Taking necessary actions for the introduction of proposals to the competent authorities for discussion, amendment, approval, and implementation. Improving the basic infrastructure of public administration: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to create the appropriate environment where Government Institutions workers can do their jobs in an optimal manner so as to ensure the quality of services provided to citizens and to provide support for the decision-making process, through the improvement of the infrastructure of buildings, tools, and equipment. It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2018. This is a program of high cost. ▪ Key Elements: - Determine the current status of the buildings and their need for renovation, maintenance, and prioritization based on: o The extent of their influence in the decision support system. o Its impact on the information infrastructure of the State. o The extent of its interactivity with the public. o Develop an annual plan for the implementation of various reforms based on the priorities. Updating the information database of public administration: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to update the information systems in order to facilitate the collection, storing, and use of data in policy-making, planning, and follow up .It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2020. This is a program of medium cost. ▪ Key Elements: - Complete the establishment and modernization of the government institutions and agencies databases and connect them so as to help the exchange of information among government agencies in a rapid and efficient manner. - Connect all the accounting units via the Government Financial Management Information System (GFMIS) and activate all the State budget items. - Raise the efficiency of different resource management systems in all government agencies such as public accounts, inventories, and procurement. - Use available data to generate periodic reports for the different agencies to support decision-making (giB Data Analytics). 137 Developing the human resources of public administration: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to raise the efficiency of human resources through the development of a specific vision and plan for general and individual training, in addition to working on a new generation of knowledgeable administrative leadership . It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2022 . This is a program of medium cost. ▪ Key Elements: - Increase administrative training budget as a percentage of total wages. - Develop an annual plan for staff training in accordance with their functional needs. - Improvement and modernization of the training programs and the introduction of new mechanisms for training, e.g., online education. - Creating a new generation of administrative leadership that is aware of the concepts of modern management. Improving government services provided to citizens: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to develop and improve the quality of government services provided by State institutions to citizens. It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2020. This is a medium cost program. ▪ Key Elements: - Create an automated services unit to be responsible for the automation of services provided to citizens, and to put a plan for the automation of all government services in accordance with the development priorities pack. - Activating the electronic payment system and electronic signature to simplify procedures for citizens and reduce informal payments. Combating corruption in agencies: ▪ Program Description: This program aims to make the necessary efforts to curb corruption in the various State agencies. It is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and finish by 2022 .This is a medium cost program. ▪ Key Elements: - Automation of all financial disclosure statements and subjecting them to electronic analysis to limit corruption. - Issuing a law for protecting witnesses, informants, victims, and experts. 138 4th Pillar: Transparency and Efficiency of - The issuance of a new law on government procurement and tendering. - Activation of the principle of accountability as well as the strict implementation of penalties. - Activation of the role of oversight agencies and providing them with the needed Government Institutions financial and technical support in addition to ensuring their independence. - Activation of rules of professional conduct for public employees. - Spread public awareness of the risk of corruption and the promotion of public participation in fighting it. 139 140 Social Dimension Social Dimension 141 142 Fifth Pillar: Social Justice Overview of Current Situation In the framework of the Sustainable Development Strategy: Egypt 2030, social justice strategy is based on a comprehensive concept that aims to achieve social inclusion. This target can only be fulfilled by strong institutional partnerships among the state, civil society, and the private sector as development partners. The social justice strategy ensures equal rights and opportunities 5th Pillar: among all Egyptians and effective elimination of all sorts of social gaps. The Egyptian Constitution of 2014 includes many articles that ensure social justice such as Social Justice protection of labor rights, provision of social insurance and retirement pensions for laborers and farmers, as well as the right to health care. The Constitution also allocates no less than 3% of the GNP for the health sector, no less than 4% for education, and 2% for university education. The Constitution also aims to eliminating illiteracy and digital illiteracy. Additionally, the Constitution ensures equal opportunities, fair distribution of development outcomes, reduction of income gaps, full adherence to minimum and maximum wage laws, and a progressive income tax. Each citizen has the right to healthy and sufficient food and clean water. Many studies refer to the increasingly widening social gaps that require quick and strong intervention in order to achieve the ambitions of Egyptians who raised social justice as one of their main slogans during the 25 January and 30 June revolutions. Social justice includes the following seven dimensions: 1 1. Economic Dimension: This refers to participating in the production process and reaping its benefits. 2. Social Dimension: This aims to achieve equal rights and social opportunities in the education, health, and other basic services. 3. Human Dimension: This aims to provide a decent life, human rights protection, and equal opportunities for all. 4. Regional Dimension: This aims to reduce the geographical gaps and address the misallocation of resources among different regions of the state. 5. Generational Dimension: This aims at ensuring justice among different generations. 6. Organizational Dimension: This deals with freedom issues, political rights, and political empowerment. 1 Center for Private International Projects, 2014, ‘The Way to Social Justice.’ 143 7. Cultural Dimension: This emphasizes the system of values and its role in achieving social justice. The role of development partners in achieving social justice is defined as follows: The role of the State: The State aims to provide basic quality services and ensure balanced distribution of these services among all the regions. General policies should aim to achieve economic development as well as fair distribution of its benefits. The State will be responsible for providing and expanding social welfare and protection networks. Also, the State should properly determine the legislative, institutional, and managerial regulations in order to fight corruption, eliminate monopolistic behavior, and emphasize consumer protection. In addition, the State should provide an Information Technology (IT) system that allows more transparency and efficiency in achieving social justice, and funding programs that focus on upgrading and empowering women, young people, and marginalized groups. The role of civil society: Charity aims to mitigate the effects of poverty and reduce the negative effects of societal gaps. It can focus on building capacities, achieving empowerment, and providing opportunities for social mobility. Civil society can cooperate with the State in achieving the priorities of social justice. The role of the private sector: The private sector could be engaged in social responsibility programs in coordination with other development partners in order to provide equal opportunities for decent work with no discrimination. In spite of the increase in GDP from LE 425.2 billion in 2004-05 to LE 878.4 billion in 2009-10 in fixed prices, the poverty rates have increased from 19.6% to 25.2% during the same period, according to Ministry of Planning (MOP) and data from the Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics (CAPMAS). Poverty rates are widespread in rural areas, especially in Upper Egypt, whereas more than half of the population lives below the poverty line, which refers to the geographical gap among regions in poverty and standards of living. 2 With higher population growth within the poor compared with higher income categories, the poverty problem cannot be tackled through direct subsidies and support, even though it is inevitably important in the short and medium terms. It is better to focus on social mobility and provide equal opportunities and quality basic services. Concerning public expenditures on education and health as a percentage of the GNP, the government will increase expenditures on services gradually to reach the targeted rate according to the Constitution of 2014 during the next period and to enhance the quality of services. Empowering women and youth is considered one of the most important factors in the strategy of social justice. Women represent around 49% of the total population while young people between the ages of 15-29 are about 30% of the total population. 3 However, Egypt’s rank in the indicator of gender equality published by the World Economic Forum, declined from 123 in 2011 to 129 in 2014. 2 Ministry of Planning, Follow-up and Administrative Reform and CAPMAS 3 CAPMAS 144 In addition, education indicators, such as illiteracy and enrollment rates, reflect a gender gap as well as notable geographic gaps. The illiteracy rate reached 23.2% in 2014, 15.7% for males and 31% for females. The highest rates of illiteracy were recorded in Assiut and Al Fayoum (33.3% and 30.4% respectively), while the lowest ones were in the Red Sea Governorate (7.1%) and Ismailia (10.5%). 4 On the other hand, the unemployment rate was 12.8% in 2014-2015 at the macro level. The structural imbalance witnessed by the labor market is also important it reached 9.3% among men and 24.1% among women, among young people age 15-29 it reached 26% for the same year, which indicates a widening generation/gender gap. Also, the rate of net enrolment in university education for urban areas was twice its counterpart for rural areas. 5 5th Pillar: In light of these challenges, the strategic vision for social justice was elaborated until 2030, in order to identify a clear roadmap to determine the objectives for social justice as well as the related Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). This will also contribute in achieving the United Social Justice Nation’s SDGs in general, and especially Goal No.1 that is related to poverty eradication, Goal No. 2 that focuses on hunger eradication, and Goal No. 5 that is concerned with gender equality. Strategic Vision for Social Justice to 2030 By 2030, Egypt is a fair interdependent society characterized by equal economic, social, and political rights and opportunities, realizing social inclusion. A society that supports citizens’ rights to participate based on efficiency and according to law, encouraging social mobility based on skills. A society that provides protection, and support to marginalized and vulnerable groups and protects the neediest. This strategic vision aims at developing some parameters for the country’s economic approach in order to guarantee the achievement of social justice. It also specifies the role of the government and the roles of the private sector and civil society in achieving social justice and the mechanisms of striking a balance between charity work and development work and between the priorities of the present time and the future considerations. 4 ) International Population Council 2014 Survery of Egyptian Youth. 5 145 Strategic Objectives for Social Justice to 2030 The strategic vision for social justice has been translated into a set of strategic objectives as follows: Objective Definition Enhancing social inclusion Increasing social inclusion and establishing an effective partnership among development partners (the state, civil society, and the private sector) Achieving equal rights and Promoting social mobility opportunities through an institutional system in opportunities order to achieve equal economic, social, and political opportunities. Providing protection for Guaranteeing fair distribution and reducing class divisions by providing the neediest groups support to marginalized groups The first objective aims to achieve comprehensive social inclusion, enhancing confidence among development partners, as well as empowering women and young people in order to reduce the gender and generation gaps, in addition to respect for human rights. The second objective targets equal rights and opportunities in order to establish social mobility, by reducing geographical gaps and providing quality main services including health, education, decent work, and social protection. All of these will be reflected in raising the standard of living for individuals and providing the basic standards of a quality life for the Egyptian citizen. Finally, the third objective focuses on positive discrimination towards marginalized and the most needy social groups, including those below the extreme poverty line, homeless children, people with special needs, the elderly, and residents of the most dangerous slums. Key Performance Indicators for Social Justice to 2030 These are tools for measuring achievements of social justice in the form of inputs, outputs, and strategic achievements. A set of indicators were chosen to monitor the real achievements registered towards ensuring social justice, as well as the current status of these indicators, and the values of those targeted for 2020 and 2030 were determined. The indicators and targeted values are as follows: 146 Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target Measuring the geographical gap Geographical gap in among the governorates in 1 human 0.086 (1) 0.06 0.043 human development indicator, development index coming out from UNDP Measuring the equity of GDP per capita

2 Strategic distribution of GDP among 3436.3(2) 4000 10000 5th Pillar: (USD) (6) Results social classes Measuring the geographical gap Social Justice Income and among rural and urban regions 3 consumption in income distribution and per 31(2) 20 10 distribution index capita share in national consumption. Measuring the international rank of Egypt in the gender gap International rank indicators, measuring the level of 4 of the gender gap 129(3) 100 60 achieving gender equality in index political, economic, and social rights and opportunities Confidence in Measuring how far citizens trust 5 government 60%(1) 70% 80% the government indicator (%) Measuring the geographical gap Geographical gap in among regions in providing 6 completing primary 7(4) 4 2 primary education in the age education index range 4-14 years of age Outputs Measuring the geographical gap Geographical gap in 7 in the child mortality rate for 8.2(2) 4 2 child mortality rate those less than 5 years of age Geographical gap in Measuring the geographical gap the percentage of 8 in the poverty rate among the 17%(5) 10% 5% population under regions poverty line (%) Percentage of female headed The percentage of female headed 9 households living households that live under the 26.3%(5) 12% 0% under the poverty poverty line line 147 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target Percentage of population under The percentage of the poor that 10 4.4%(5) 2.5% 0% the extreme poverty suffer from extreme poverty line (1) UNPD, 2014, Database of the United Nations Program for Development (2) CAPMAS, 2015, Egypt in Numbers report (3) World Economic Forum, 2014, International Report on Gender Gap (4) World Bank, 2014, World Bank Database (5) CAPMAS, 2014, Income, Consumption, and Expenditures Survey for 2012-2014 (6) This indicator is also mentioned in the Economic Development Pillar (7) *This indicator is measured according to gender and age groups Newly Added Indicators* Indicator S.N Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category The impact of social Forming a committee of concerned work on the personal authorities and international experts to Strategic Axial positive 1 behaviors by measuring define the positive values to calculate results values indicator the main values of the indicator and identify the society mechanisms of measurement The general situation of Forming a committee of the human rights in the concerned authorities and Human rights political, economic, and international experts to finally agree 2 indicator social aspects via on the indicator in order to measure quantitative and the human rights according to qualitative mechanisms quantitative and qualitative standards Forming a committee of the The concerned authorities and unemployment How job opportunities international experts to specify an 3 rate among are provided to appropriate methodology to estimate Outputs people with handicapped people indicators that focus on employment, special needs unemployment, and handicapped persons The percentage of elderly persons How poverty spreads Periodic survey of the elderly under 4 under the poverty among the elderly the poverty line line The percentage of The spread of slum Periodic surveys of the insecure slum 5 population in zones in Egypt areas insecure slum 148 Indicator S.N Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category areas The number of homeless children as a

6 Homeless children Periodic survey of homeless children percentage of the total number of children Forming a committee of concerned authorities and international experts to Political and civil How far the woman define the elements of the indicator 5th Pillar: 7 participation of participates in civil and via polls and data of political women political life participation in elections besides the indicators that measure the impact on Social Justice policy making Forming a committee of concerned How far the civil work authorities and international experts to Indicator of ease is easy via evaluating the suggest methods of measurement 8 of the civil work related procedures and including the procedures, laws complications, costs, registration restrictions, and activities How far the firms are Forming a committee of concerned committed to social authorities and international experts to responsibility besides suggest methods of measurement Indicator of social the degree of including assessing the information 9 responsibility for coordination of the provided by firms about governmental the firms national priorities in and environmental practices and the Inputs developmental and labors and their social responsibility as charity works well as the liquidity and market size Measuring the Forming a committee of concerned geographical gap among authorities and international experts to Geographical gap the governorates about suggest methods of measurement 10 in the education the quality of the including polls and data related to quality educational services via educational services and quality in the quantity and quality various governorates criteria Forming a committee of concerned Measuring geographical authorities and international experts to gaps in the quality of Geographical gap put up methods of measurement health services among 11 in health service include polls and data related to the the governorates via quality health services and its quality in the quantity and quality various governorates as well as the criteria health rate of the citizens Measuring the Forming a committee of concerned

12 Geographical gap geographical gap among authorities and international experts to in getting a decent the regions in getting a suggest methods of measurement 149 Indicator S.N Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category job decent job including polls and data related to the economy and employment in the various governorates according to the definition of decent work by the ILO and within the framework of decent work programs (as indicated in the economic development pillar) Measuring geographical gaps in the percentage Geographical gap of employees with Measuring the standard deviation of in the percentage health insurance in both 13 percentage of employees with health of employees with the governmental and insurance health insurance private sectors among the urban and rural zones Measuring geographical Geographical gap gaps in the percentage Measuring the standard deviation of in the percentage of employees with social 14 socially insured citizens throughout of employees with insurance in the the governorates social insurance governmental and private sectors Measuring the quality of Forming a committee of concerned the governmental authorities and international experts to

15 Subsidy efficiency system in targeting the suggest methods of measurement that classes that are in need include measures of the social effect of subsidy of the subsidy system Forming a committee of concerned How far the limited authorities and international experts to Beneficiaries from income and poor 16 suggest methods of measurement that micro-loans groups benefit from include various aspects of funding micro-loans small and micro projects How efficient are the Beneficiaries of programs of social Preparing a database to be updated 17 the social welfare welfare in full periodically about the beneficiaries programs absorption of eligible persons * Such indicators are measured according to gender and age groups 150 Challenges of Social Justice Social justice covers many challenges that can be classified into three categories: the first category deals with high priority challenges in the short term, the second category are characterized by their weaker impact and are classified as second priority. The third category of challenges are those with the least impact but which could easily be handled. We will discuss the challenges below according to their level of impact and the ability to handle them: The first group focuses on challenges that could be easily controlled and are characterized by their high impact:  Continuous increase in the social, economic, generational, and gender gaps as a result of 5th Pillar: a lack of all types of social justice.  Increasing rates of population growth especially among the poorest. This constitutes a Social Justice growing burden for the social protection networks.  Equality gap in the geographic distribution of services and providing the minimum level in the neediest areas, which could affect social inclusion negatively.  High rate of internal migration inside and among the different governorates, which would affect the ability and competitiveness of the areas that are most affected by this phenomena.  High cost of living (housing, clothing, food, education, and healthcare), which could worsen the social gap and exacerbate the status of the poor and the extremely poor. The second group of challenges is distinguished by its relatively low impact while being difficult to overcome:  Lack of confidence between the state and civil society, which is a heritage after decades as a result of bureaucracy and the absence of transparency and accountability in addition to the weakness of the governance system that the state is trying to develop.  Inefficiency of the subsidy system, which should contribute to achieving social protection and welfare.  Incomplete database of the marginalized and most needy groups, which represents an important step towards planning and distributing subsidies, measuring their efficiency, and better targeting those who need them.  Growing informal sector and the difficulty in protecting the rights of workers and employees in this sector, which constitutes an obstacle towards providing social protection and care to employees and workers in this sector.  Lack of institutional efforts that help in empowering young people, women, and marginalized groups, which could hamper effective efforts to achieve social justice. 151 The third group of challenges with limited impact and characterized by the ability to overcome:  Lack of coordination among government, civil society, and the private sector and linking them with the priorities of social needs, which would lead to the dispersal of the efforts supporting social justice and losing focus on the priorities of community requirements.  Poor legal empowerment for marginalized groups, which could hamper the efforts of government, the private sector, and civil society regarding provision of incentives, coordination, and monitoring. Social Justice Programs to 2030 According to the comprehensive vision and strategic objectives of social justice along with the performance indicators that were chosen to measure the rate of developments achieved to positively accomplish these objectives with a view to the future visions of social justice in Egypt by 2030, we will highlight the most important programs chosen and expected to facilitate fulfillment of the vision, objectives, and indicators. It is worth mentioning that these programs are integrated with the current State efforts to achieve social justice, including implementing a social housing program all over the country, developing social insurance and pensions system, extending the social insurance umbrella to include small farmers, developing the effectiveness of the subsidization system, and raising the quality of the food supply. These efforts are also integrated with the works of civil social organizations and the activities of the private sector through projects and initiatives with regard to corporate social responsibility. Developing the Legal and Governance Framework Program: Reviewing and developing laws and legislation related to social justice and integration:  Program Description: This program aims to develop the legislation and laws related to social justice and social integration to motivate social development work in order to reduce social and categorical gaps. This program is considered a low cost one and is targeted to be accomplished between 2016 and 2020.  Key Elements: - Review the Law on Non-governmental Organizations (Law Number 84 of the year 2002) in order to facilitate the registration procedures, work, and process for receiving donations; expanding the law’s effectiveness, and repealing the articles contradicted with political practice freedom. - Review the legislation concerning micro-loans and bankruptcy to motivate the establishment of small and micro enterprises and businesses. - Review the legislation concerning the endowments system to encourage performing the desired role in social development. 152 - Review the legislation concerning the free speech for journalists in order to achieve transparency and competitiveness in political action. - Amend the articles of the Penal Code that relate to all aspects of violence against women since harsh punishment shall come into force in order to guarantee the protection of women against violence and discrimination. - Develop detailed legislative rules determining the obligations of public and private institutions all over the state, relating to equality of opportunities and prohibition of discrimination among citizens. Institutionalizing the partnership between the State and the civil society:  5th Pillar: Program Description: Develop the institutional frameworks for partnerships between the State and civil society by adopting a policy to enhance the governance level in civil society with the aim of working side-by-side with the development efforts of the State, Social Justice and expanding its role to be more effective as a main partner in development. This program is considered a low cost one and is targeted to be accomplished between 2016 and 2020.  Key Elements: - Develop the regulations of civil society governance to increase transparency and enhance the controlling mechanisms for civil society’s work. - Integrate civil organizations into sectorial plans with executive functions in order to increase the efficiency of civil society and alleviate the burden on government institutions. - Encourage the role of the General Union for Associations and Non-governmental Institutions in coordinating between the governmental and civil society work to develop the efficiency of communication and coordination between the government and civil society. Developing and expanding the role of State authorities concerned with transparency and protection:  Program Description: Develop and expand the role of State authorities that are directly related to achieving transparency and guaranteeing protection in order to increase the citizens’ trust in governmental organizations. This program is considered a low cost one and is targeted to be accomplished between 2016 and 2020.  Key Elements: - Develop, expand, and encourage the role of the official controlling authorities to achieve transparency and ensure citizen protection, including the Consumer Protection Authority, Competition Protection Body, Labor Office, Central Auditing Agency, Administrative Control Authority, and Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics; and agencies responsible to forbid monopolistic actions. 153 - Activate the role of the ombudsman and the committee for equal opportunity in order to apply the legalization of equal opportunities and prohibiting discrimination, the ombudsman shall have the independence and necessary abilities to control both governmental and private enterprises and to investigate any complaints. Supporting programs to achieve visions and objectives of social justice: Improving the social protection and subsidy systems and expanding their coverage  Program Description: Develop social protection and subsidization systems to be linked to an accurate and updated database, evaluated according to efficiency assessment mechanisms to guarantee the protection and the delivery of subsidies in their various forms, and to meet its social impact. This program is considered a low cost one and is targeted to be accomplished between 2016 and 2030.  Key Elements: - Complete the citizens’ database that will be the foundation for planning the required volume growth for the social welfare network, raising the efficiency of the state administrative authority, and reducing corruption. - Implement an integrated program to expand the social protection and welfare network, including all kinds of subsidization, and determining priority groups, responsibilities, and annual coverage objectives in order to provide insurance against unemployment, illness, and old age, ensuring equal distribution of resources and charges and to protect the destitute class of the society. - Create an indicator for measuring the quality of subsidies via various quality and quantity census and statistics. Reducing the social generation and gender gaps:  Program Description: This program aims to achieve social inclusion by reducing social, generation, and gender gaps, while maintaining equal opportunities. This program has medium costs and is expected to start be implemented between 2016 and 2030.  Key Elements: - Support entrepreneurship to provide job opportunities for young people, especially for those in the neediest areas. - Apply the list election system to encourage young people and women to participate in political life. - Launch a program that aims to increase the number of students in poor zones to enroll in pilot schools/smart schools/schools with certified quality education. 154 - Launch a comprehensive program in all the governorates to increase the use of computers among the students of governmental preparatory schools and thus improve the level of social mobility. - Launch an integrated program in poor areas to increase the enrollment in higher education especially in fields with higher returns and thus improve the level of social mobility. Achieving a balanced geographical distribution of services:  Program Description: This program targets balanced geographical distribution of services by establishing development activities at the local level. This program has medium costs and is expected to be implemented by 2025.  Key Elements: 5th Pillar: Social Justice - Establish an integrated incentive program to encourage employees to work in the administrative system in the governorates and neediest areas. - Adopt a model for financing investments at the local level to provide public services while performing an ongoing review in order to guarantee meeting the annual investments of citizens’ requirements at the local level in addition to bridging the different development gaps. - Develop a motivating program for a gradual shift of civil society’s focus on charity towards establishing developmental activities for all civil society associations countrywide. 155 156 Sixth Pillar: Health Overview of Current Situation Human health is one of the main pillars of a strong society and an inherent human right. An individual of sound health has the ability to work and produce, benefiting society and consequently the state’s economy. Any state’s decision-makers must give the health pillar great importance, as it is an issue that directly impacts citizens and directly affects human and economic development, especially since the citizen represents the state’s human capital. The formulation of the Strategic Vision for the Health Sector should take into account all issues that impact, or are affected by citizens’ health, whether these issues fall under the scope of the 6th Pillar: Ministry of Health and Population or other ministries such as the Ministry of Housing, Ministry of Utilities and Urban Communities, Ministry of Supply, Ministry of Environment, and others. Health The 2014 Constitution affirmed the universal right to healthcare, where Article 18 states that each citizen has the right to enjoy a healthy life and to receive comprehensive healthcare in line with quality standards. The Constitution also says that the State shall allocate a percentage of GDP on health equal to not less than 3%, a value that represents almost twice the current governmental expenditure on the health sector, a step that reflects the growing awareness of society and policy makers to the importance of this issue during the coming phase. This echoes both Goals 3 and 6 of the United Nations SDGs, which tackle Good Health and Well-being and Sanitation respectively, as well as other goals that have an indirect correlation to the state of a society’s health. The healthcare system should tackle the positive and negative factors or determinants affecting citizens’ health, including (1) the general climate and context, consisting of economic, social, cultural, and environmental conditions; (2) living and working conditions linked to national policies and strategies that include aspects such as access to high-quality health services, clean potable water, and good sanitation; (3) community conditions influencing health; (4) individual lifestyles including aspects such as personal hygiene; and finally (5) characteristics that determine an individual’s condition such as age, sex, and genetic factors. The healthcare situation in Egypt can be analyzed at three levels: public health indicators, healthcare (accessibility and quality of services), and health sector management. The Ministry of Health and Population has taken many positive steps towards improving the health of the citizens, a matter that is reflected in the improvement of some health indicators such as the reduction in maternal and child mortality rates, which are now in line with the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), in particular, the Fourth and Fifth Goals. Despite the enhancement of some areas in the public health category, there are still many negative issues requiring action, in particular the diseases affecting citizens and existing causes of death. For instance, Egypt has one of the highest incidences of Hepatitis C, where more than 10% of the Egyptian people are carriers of the hepatitis C virus (HCV) carriers. 1 The medical treatment of such a staggering figure requires serious steps towards the reform of the entire

1 White paper, outlining the health policy in the Arab Republic of Egypt, Ministry of Health and Population. 157 healthcare system, especially since the spread of the disease is linked to unsafe medical practices as well as inappropriate community practices, such as folk medicine and female genital mutilation (FGM). It is crucial to note as well that the health condition of children directly affects the health of future generations. Estimates indicate that 11% of child deaths in Egypt are due to malnutrition, and that 81% of child malnutrition cases and related illnesses are not being treated medically. Comprehensive, universal health coverage, rooted in a system that is guaranteed to provide preventive and curative services needed by citizens and delivered at an acceptable quality and affordable price, is at the core of the public health sector of any state. The universal provision of healthcare is based on the accessibility and quality of services and the protection against financial risks, especially for the financially vulnerable. In Egypt, healthcare expenditure per capita stands at approximately $150, compared with $500 for higher middle income countries, while per capita healthcare expenditure in developed countries may reach more than $4,500.2 When considering the financial burden shouldered by the average Egyptian family it becomes clear that the health insurance system, in its current form, does not achieve its purpose, which may be due to the fact that the healthcare service provider is itself the financier of the service. The health sector management system consists of several entities that affiliate directly or indirectly to the Ministry of Health and Population, such as the General Authority for Hospitals and Educational Institutions, the General Authority for Health Insurance, the Ambulance Authority, and other entities. These entities play four main roles aimed towards the enhancement of the overall health condition of citizens and their access to services of satisfactory quality. The main roles include strategic planning, policy-making and implementation, and regulation of and control over the delivery and funding of healthcare services for all segments of society both rural and urban. In light of the current situation, the healthcare system is in crisis due to the lack of separation between roles (planning role, the executive role, financing role, and the regulatory and supervisory roles) whereby the Ministry of Health and Population is responsible for all roles. Based on the aforementioned, the enhancement of citizen health and the development of the health sector should not be dependent on the Ministry of Health and Population’s efforts only, but must also include the support and contribution of many parties both inside and outside the health sector. It has become necessary to address the health portfolio from a holistic perspective to ensure the consistency and integration of all reform efforts among stakeholders. Hence, the primary responsibility of the Ministry of Health and Population must be the regulatory and supervisory role, and not the role of a service provider. The following section will delineate the strategic vision and objectives, as well as key performance indicators, key challenges, and implementation programs for the health sector.

2 Ibid 158 Strategic Vision for Health to 2030 The strategic visions for health to 2030 aims that all Egyptians should enjoy a healthy, safe, and secure life through an integrated, accessible, high quality, and universal healthcare system capable of improving health conditions through early intervention, and preventive coverage, ensuring protection for the vulnerable, and achieving satisfaction for citizens and health sector employees. This will lead to prosperity, welfare, happiness, as well as social and economic development, which will qualify Egypt to become a leader in the field of healthcare services and research in the Arab World and Africa. This Strategic Vision for 2030 identifies the most important factors affecting the health of 6th Pillar: Egyptians, and the optimal mechanism to apply universal healthcare coverage for all. It also delineates a future management system for the health sector, the roles of the various Health stakeholders, and the role of the health sector in achieving the goals of sustainable development. Strategic Objectives for Health to 2030 The strategic vision for health focuses on the achievement of three key objectives until 2030, as follows: Objective Definition The improvement of the health of citizens within a Study all factors affecting the health of Egyptians including social factors, sector framework of justice and resources, general awareness, and lifestyle. equity Achieve universal healthcare coverage for all Egyptians Ensure the availability and affordability of preventive and curative services of and ensure high quality high quality to all Egyptians. services Ensure the availability of accurate data that leads to sound decision-making in a Improve health sector timely manner, while improving the efficiency, accountability, transparency, and governance resource management of the health sector. The first objective is associated with many duties and responsibilities that fall within the scope of several sectors, including the health sector. It deals with various factors that affect the health of citizens that have been identified earlier and include the general climate and context, living and working conditions, community conditions influencing health, and individual lifestyles. As such, the role of the Ministry of Health and Population focuses on the provision and enhancement of primary healthcare through awareness and preventive measures. 159 The second objective includes three elements of healthcare service delivery including financial burden, accessibility, and quality. The provision of quality healthcare services requires the increase of healthcare expenditure, the contributions of civil society and individuals to this end, and the accessibility of these financial resources by practitioners and beneficiaries, and continuity of service delivery without any financial or other burdens on citizens. The achievement of the third objective requires the diversification and alignment of the health sector’s relationship with other sectors, and the amplification of the role of the Ministry of Health and Population as regulator and guide. This requires the availability of accurate data that will aid in sound and timely decision-making that will improve the efficiency of sector resource management within a framework of transparency and accountability. Key Performance Indicators for Health to 2030 In light of the Vision and Strategic Objectives for Health, a specific set of Key Performance Indicators has been selected to be used to monitor progress until 2030. Current values as well as target values in 2020 and in 2030 have also been identified, in addition to those developed indicators where the required framework for their estimation has been developed in cooperation with the concerned parties, as follow: Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target The number of years a newborn infant would live if Life expectancy at prevailing patterns of mortality 1 71.1(1) 73 75 birth (years) at the time of its birth were to stay the same throughout its life. The number of women who die from pregnancy-related Maternal mortality

2 Strategic causes while pregnant and 51.8%(3) 39% 31% rate (%) Results during delivery; per 100,000 live births. Child mortality The probability that a newborn 3 rate, below 5 years baby will die before reaching 27%(4) 20% 15% old (%) age 5 years per 1,000 live births Composite Including 3 sub-indicators: (1) 21% 15% 10% 4 indicator for (1) stunting, (2) wasting and (2) 8% 4% 2% children nutrition (3) anemia among children less (3) 27%(3) 20% 15% 160 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target (%) than 5 years The share of all deaths for 20% Mortality rate due those between 30 and 70 years to uncommon by underlying causes. Non- diseases among 5 communicable diseases include 24.5%(5) 22% persons between cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular 30 and 70 years diseases, or chronic respiratory (%) diseases 6th Pillar: The spread of Local indicator measures the Health

6 Hepatitis C and spread of Hepatitis C 8.9%(11) 2% 1% infected cases (%) International indicator Per capita health measures the efficiency of 7 expenditure 152(5) 300 600 health financing systems and (USD) resource management International indicator Out of pocket measures the contribution of 8 health spending 59.6%(5) 40% 28% citizens in the direct health (%) services payment The number of Indicator measures the number deaths from road of deaths caused by serious 9 13.2(7) 10 8 accidents per injuries from road accidents 100,000 The percentage of persons whose age is 15 years and more Tobacco use who smoke any type of 10 among persons tobacco, including cigarettes, 26%(8) 24% 22% over 15 years (%) cigars, and pipes, except smokeless tobacco (including daily and non-daily smoking) A composite Including 3 sub-indicators: (1) 85% 90% indicator for the the ratio of pregnant women (1) 83% making at least 4 follow up 64% 74% 11 availability of (2) 58.5% More than More than primary health visits, (2) the ratio of using new (3) 94.2%(4) methods of family planning, 95% 95% services (%) and (3) the ratio of vaccinated 161 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target children by triple vaccine DPT The trade deficit for Local indicator measures the pharmaceuticals 12 intensity of pharmaceutical 1465(9) 700 0 and bio-medicine manufacturing in Egypt manufacturing (million USD) One of the basic indicators for The percentage of a health finance system as it citizens covered measures the health coverage

13 Outputs 58%(10) 100% 100% by social health through health insurance (one insurance (%) of the basic indicators of health finance system) The indicator measures the Response to ratio of achieving a set of International 14 specific items or functions that 88%(4) 90% 95% health regulations reflect the level of performance (%) and capacity This indicator includes 2 sub- indicators: (1) the proportion Composite of the population using safe (1) 99%(4) 99% 100% 15 indicator for social drinking water, (2)the Inputs (2) 50% 70% 100% services (%) proportion of the population with access to a sanitation system The number of years a newborn infant would live if Number of prevailing patterns of mortality 16 14.6(2) 22 30 hospital beds at the time of its birth were to stay the same throughout its life. Composite This indicator includes two indicator for (1) 58%(2) 12% 20% 17 sub-indicators: (1) the number employees of the of doctors per 10,000 (2) 15% 30% 50% public sector (%) inhabitants, (2) the number of 162 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target nurses per 10,000 inhabitants (1) Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics – 2014 (2) Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics – 2012 (3) Demographic and Health Survey 201 (4) World Health Organization, database, 201 (5) World Health Organization, database, 2012 (6) World Health Organization, database, 2018 (7) World Health Organization, database, 2010 (8) World Health Organization, database, 2011 6th Pillar: (9) Trade Statistics for International Business Development (ITC), 2014 (10) Ministry of Health, database, 2013 Health (11) Ministry of Health and Population and Zanati Office Demographic and Health Survey Suggested New Indicators: Indicator S.N Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category It indicates the quality of The proportion of health services provided to health institutions that citizens and measures the contain in their Building a database of proportion of health medicine stores, information on all medicines, institutions that contains in 1 supplies and basic medical supplies, and their stores medicines, life-saving equipment equipment to facilitate its supplies, and basic life- on the visit day and control. saving equipment on the the average of their visit day (and the average availability of their availability) Outputs Building data linking different This indicator was developed to reflect the health institutions to facilitate quality of health services the follow up of the number of provided to citizens. This infections acquired from The percentage of indicator is a composite hospitals and the number of 2 infections acquired indicator including the departures in the same period. from hospitals percentage of infections Develop specific and uniform acquired from hospitals standards throughout the and the number of health Republic for the accreditation institutions with of health institutions and to accreditation control them. 163 Indicator S.N Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category The accurate registration Automation of the registration The accurate of births, deaths, and of births and deaths and registration of births, causes of death in the vital developing a system to review 3 deaths, and causes of registration reports to the data and update the death in the vital make suitable decisions at regulations to ensure accurate registration reports the right time recording by facilities. Challenges for the Health Sector The challenges are divided into three main groups. The first group of challenges is characterized by its significant impact and relative ease of control, and therefore shall take greater precedence. These challenges include the following:  The poor state of the health insurance system and lack of compatibility with citizens’ needs. Despite the large number of health insurance service subscribers, most resort to the services of private sector providers or teaching hospitals.  The poor implementation of the Family Medicine system, which suffers from poor quality and medical staff shortages, despite the large number of health units across the country.  The absence of a health referral system from one service level to the next, which leads to great pressure on central tertiary service providers such as the National Heart Institute and the National Oncology Institute.3  Mismatch between the financial resources available to the health sector and international standards and local requirements, which reduces the quality and availability of nationwide health programs and services, in addition to the poor efficiency and effectiveness of employees in the health sector.  Lack of awareness of the importance of public health and proper nutrition, where most citizens are ignorant of the importance of maintaining their health and following a proper nutrition regimen, in addition to the lack of healthy lifestyle practices such as sports, which leads to an overall degradation of citizens’ health.  Lack of coordination between the service provider and financier, given that they are one and the same, leading to the existence of a conflict of interest, an inefficient governance system, lack of data accuracy, as well as poor service delivery.

3 Health Referral System 164  Modest technological and informational infrastructure that supplies data where there is no unified health information system that includes a unified database for beneficiaries, health services providers, or information about the spread of diseases, and the quality of services provided, which may lead to the lack of available data accuracy for the sector or even its unavailability.4  Modest quality control systems, due to the unavailability of periodic licensing for public hospitals or their employees. The responsibility of quality management in the Ministry of Health and Population is limited to the quality of services provided by the Ministry. These challenges are followed in terms of priority by a second set of challenges characterized by limited impact with relatively weak controls including:  Lack of economic feasibility for the private sector to invest in remote areas, due to 6th Pillar: unfavorable economic conditions. Also universal health insurance is unavailable in these areas due to the modest return on investment on healthcare for those areas, leading to Health lack of investment to establish health services projects that increase the burden on the governmental sector.  The low availability of supplies and equipment in many public health facilities in light of the modesty of the control system and absence of modern information systems.  Inadequacy of the legislative system that organizes human resources, since laws that govern the health sector and its employees are not keeping pace with technological or regulatory developments, leading to a reduction of career attraction factors. This challenge causes a large “brain-drain” to other countries.  Inefficiency of the current appointment system, which requires medical graduates to work in the government sector for 2 years. The system gives preference to jobs at entities within cities, leading to a gap in the quality of services between urban and rural governorates.  The absence of a mechanism for the circulation, prescription, and dispensation of medicines in hospitals, leading to the inefficient use of medication, especially antibiotics.  Modest social services, where lack of sanitation services, especially in rural areas, adversely affects the quality of water, in addition to the high rates of pollution in cities leading to the deterioration of citizens’ health.  Modest female educational attainment ratios, especially in Upper Egypt, leading to a decline in their health awareness that adversely impacts the nutrition and health of their children. The third and final set of challenges includes those that are low-impact but easily controllable including:

4 HW, SW, Networks 165  The absence of a nursing culture in Upper Egypt. It is hard for Upper Egyptian families to accept their daughters working in the field of nursing, leading to a lack of qualified medical teams in many health units and hospitals in Upper Egypt.  Mismatch of skills between higher education graduates and the needs of the health sector, where there is no certified mechanism for coordination between the needs and quality of graduates available to fill positions in required specialties.  High rates of unemployment among young people lead to increased rates of smoking and drug abuse, which threaten public health and community peace, and adversely affect the national economy.  Failure to enforce the law banning the sale of cigarettes to young people under the age of 18 years and non-punishment of the offender, where the failure to enforce such laws, in addition to the drug abuse laws, leads to the prevalence of smoking and drug abuse among younger people.  The lack of an independent body for accreditation, regulation, and control of health services adversely affects the level and quality of such services, and citizens’ health in general. Health Programs to 2030 In light of the challenges facing the health sector, which limit the achievement of its Vision and Strategic Objectives, as well as the National Sustainable Development Objectives beyond 2015, the State decided that its first priority in the coming period will be to enhance the quality of healthcare services through the development of periodic and compulsory licensing for healthcare facilities. The State also aims at creating a mechanism for healthcare facility accreditation to increase fair competition between different service providers in order to enhance the quality of services and attain generally accepted international standards. The State will also adopt the concept of continuing medical education as a prerequisite for the renewal of professional practice licenses for medical professionals. In addition to these efforts and to enhance and support the policies, programs, and projects related to health development included into the government’s work program for 2016-2018, we present the following top programs that have been selected for implementation due to their great positive impact: Application of universal health coverage  Program Description: This program aims to implement universal health coverage, including health services at all levels across the state, and universal health insurance coverage of citizens, especially underprivileged groups. This program is one of the higher cost programs and is expected to start its implementation in 2016 and to be completed by 2030. 166  Key Elements: - Expediting the issuing of a universal health insurance law to ensure the separation between the financier, service provider, and regulator. - Development of a coordination framework between the service provider and the service financier to ensure provision of service to citizens with economic sustainability for the service providers. - Develop a program to provide healthcare services at all levels across the country, especially in rural areas to ensure access to all Egyptians. - Encourage a partnership program between the public and private sectors in Public/Private Partnerships (PPPs) to increase investment in healthcare service provision. 6th Pillar: Improve the quality of healthcare service provision Health  Program Description: This program aims to enhance healthcare services provided through the application of several assessment and control mechanisms. This is a high- cost program and is expected to start its implementation in 2016 and be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Develop a mechanism for the periodic and compulsory licensing of health facilities in accordance with specific and uniform standards country-wide, in order to ensure a minimum level of quality healthcare service provision. - The gradual adoption of mechanisms for accrediting healthcare facilities to increase fair competition among different service providers in order to enhance the quality of services to comply with international standards. - Develop and maintain health facilities according to a group of development priorities as they are considered the basic constituents of improving the quality of health services. - Develop a professional licensing system for medical professionals to ensure the concept of compulsory continuing medical education for the renewal of professional practice licenses. - Activate quality control mechanisms and spot inspections to ensure quality of services across national, regional, and local levels. Enhancing Preventive and Health Programs  Program Description: This program aims at improving the population’s health through a package of preventive programs and awareness campaigns to promote the health of citizens and achieve social and economic development. This is a medium-cost program and is expected to start implementation in 2016 to be completed by 2030. 167  Key Elements: - Develop and implement the family medicine system as it is one of the basic components of primary health care and plays a pivotal role in protecting citizens from diseases and ensuring their health. - Maximize public health awareness campaigns for the prevention of communicable diseases as improving public health is not only related to raising the quality of health services, but it is also related to all factors affecting citizens’ lifestyles. - Improve social, economic, and environmental circumstances and individual characteristics and behaviors. - Improve control of non-communicable diseases including in particular stemming the rate of hepatitis C infections. - Promote reproductive health and proper nutrition programs so as to reduce stunting, wasting, and anemia. - Improve control of drug abuse and addiction through awareness campaigns and new ways to treat those problems, while also addressing the societal dimensions of unemployment. - Achieve the nutrition agenda of 2014 adopted by the United Nations. Improve Health Sector Governance:  Program Description: This program aims to bring about fundamental reform in the health policy-making system and implementation through identifying a framework of responsibility for all stakeholders to ensure prevention of overlap between them, in addition to introducing the organizational and structural changes necessary to enhance health sector governance. This program is a low-cost program and is expected to start implementation in 2016 to be completed by 2020.  Key Elements: - Update and activate the role of the Supreme Council of Health to include the preparation of the integrated strategy for health and develop a general policy for the sector and following up its implementation. - Identify the responsibility framework of the Supreme Council of Health and General Medical Council to ensure that there is no interference between the two councils. - Establish an independent body responsible for the delivery of healthcare services while ensuring the continued coordination between the different parties to ensure the quality of such services. - Strengthen and activate the regulatory and control role of the Ministry of Health to include everything that affects the health of citizens including food, medicine, health services provided to the public by the government, or by the private or civil sector. - Restructure the Ministry of Health to fit its new assigned role. 168 Enable Municipalities to Provide Health Services within a Decentralized Framework:  Program Description: This program aims to support decentralization in the health sector to enable municipalities to carry out their assigned role as part of efforts to raise the quality and availability of health services provided in all governorates. This program is in line with the provisions of the new 2014 Constitution that includes articles supporting the decentralization trend. 5 This program is a high-cost program and is expected to start implementation in 2017 and be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Update institutional, legislative, and financial frameworks in the directorates and departments of health in the context of their new role, and identify the map of services provided at various local levels. 6th Pillar: Review and develop the organizational structure and job descriptions of the health Health - directorates and departments according to their new roles. - Develop the infrastructure, equipment, information management, and means of communication for the directorates and departments of health to enable them to carry out their assigned role. - Develop strict and comprehensive programs to enhance employees’ capacity to acquire the necessary skills to manage health services according to various local standards of quality and efficiency. Develop IT Infrastructure, the Mechanisms and Methods of Correct Health Data Input, Collection and Availability:  Program Description: This program aims to raise the effectiveness of health sector management through supporting the decision-making system, which depends on the availability of accurate and updated health data. This is a medium-cost program and is expected to start implementation in 2016 and be completed by 2020.  Key Elements: - Establish a unified and integrated database to be linked to all health facilities, including quick assess and efficient information transfer among those facilities. - Develop a referral system that involves renovating the technical, institutional, legal, and financial frameworks to enable citizens to receive appropriate treatment by the right doctor, so as to reduce the financial burden on the service financer under the overall health insurance system. - Apply the Requirement Certificate System when purchasing equipment and medical supplies leading to stopping the waste of public funds on the one hand and ensuring optimal geographical distribution of supplies and equipment that fits the needs of the citizens.

5 Articles 176 and 178 of Fifth Part, the Ruling Regime, Section III of Chapter II of Executive Authority. 169 - Apply international codes when registering the cause of death so that the data can be analyzed statistically to monitor diseases, especially common ones, and the causes of death in order to work on the treatment and prevention if possible. - Control the birth registration process especially for births that occur outside health facilities to prepare a health file for each citizen that contains all health data. - Develop a overall database for all health insurance databases across the governorates. Developing Human Resource Management in the Health Sector:  Program Description: This program aims to enhance the means of managing human resources through a package of measures to ensure the stability and retention of medical professionals, as well as the availability of all specialties in all governorates. This program is a medium-cost program and is expected to begin implementation in 2016 and be completed by 2018.  Key Elements: - Develop a mechanism to record the number of employees in the health sector in Egypt in order to determine if there is a surplus or a gap in the labor market. - Develop a coordination mechanism between labor market needs and the number of colleges and institutes of medicine and nursing graduates. - Review and amend the current appointment system to ensure the availability of well- trained and qualified medical professionals to ensure the presence of all specialties in all governorates. - Develop and apply an incentives program the help promote job stability and professional development of the medical teams. Developing the Pharmaceutical Sector:  Program Description: This program aims to develop the drug sector in Egypt, its management, and the elimination of improper practices. This is a low-cost program and is expected to start implementation in 2018 and be completed by 2022.  Key Elements: - Define a clear policy for the drug sector and develop the pharmaceutical and raw materials industry so that Egypt can reach self-sufficiency in medicine. - Legislate drug descriptions and use activities to reduce the excessive use of medicine by citizens. - Establish an incentive structure to encourage investment in the field of establishing pharmaceutical raw materials factories. - Develop the framework and procedures that encourage Egyptian companies to use locally produced raw materials in producing medicine. 170 Seventh Pillar: Education & Training Overview of Current Situation The belief that social justice is a central right for citizens renders proper education, which 7th Pillar: liberates intellectual stagnation and expands horizons, an integral part of the central rights for citizens. The Constitution of 2014, Article [19], states that education is compulsory until the completion of secondary stage or its equivalent. An allocation of not less than 4% of the GDP for spending Education & Training on State educational institutions should be increased annually to global levels. Article 21 necessitates that an additional 2% of GDP should be allocated for university education, also to be increased annually to global levels. As for the institutional framework, there exist more than 47 thousand schools and more than 450 thousand classrooms, whose capacity is more than 18 million students. In addition, there are about 6 thousand private schools, serving 1.6 million students, representing about 9% of total enrolled students. There are 11 sections of specialized industrial and commercial education and each one of them is divided into different divisions. Commercial education includes a General Division, one for Legal Affairs, for Purchases and Warehouses, and for Insurance. Technical education includes secondary schools for hospitality that comprise several divisions such as Internal Supervision and Touristic Services. Moreover, vocational schools for hospitality include Production and Service, Internal Supervision, and Public Service divisions. Technical agricultural secondary schools include animal and poultry production, crop production, food and bakery industries, land reclamation, agricultural mechanization, fish processing, and production technology. As for higher education, Egypt has seen significant quantitative and qualitative developments regarding the programs introduced at its institutions. One important program is Distance Education, which is available in two forms: partial and complete. The partial form is called hybrid or blended education, offering face-to-face interaction along with distance education. The complete form of Distance Education is fully based on distance learning and has witnessed significant development in the Egyptian Market. Education saw efforts that aimed to apply decentralization. The competent ministries adopted initiatives aiming to enhance the opportunities for social participation; they performed financial operations at the local level in the fields of school nutrition and simple maintenance. These initiatives were further accompanied by capacity building efforts that are exerted at the various administrative levels. However, these efforts, in spite of being highly significant, still face a variety of obstacles. 171 The education system in Egypt, at the various levels, faces a number of challenges, which will be described in detail. However, they could be summarized in the challenges that are relating to the availability of educational services. Availability of education is strongly linked with the need to obtain the required finance from the public budget of the State or through social participation. The reduction of the density rate of students in classes, especially in the primary stage, requires more than LE 15 billion. As well, there is a need to plan for the increase in the number of students that will be the result of the current population growth. Moreover, the improvement of the quality of education requires allocation of additional resources and is linked with the human element that relies on the educational process. Developed and developing countries strongly focus on "learning," not "education," and use up- to-date technological means to develop various educational instruments. Egypt is still far below the level of such developments. Moreover, technical education and vocational training are not given much interest due to cultural legacies for which the time has come to change in order to be able to provide suitable job opportunities for the graduates of such type of education and promote their social levels. Moreover, university education requires much development in order to cope with the needs of the job market and produce graduates capable of facing competition nationally and internationally. The education system is heavily burdened in the course of achieving sustainable development targets that are sought by this strategy. Development of any economic or service sector is strongly linked with the human element. The United Nations properly considers that a separate target should be set for education, namely, the fourth target. Please find below a description of the strategic view and targets of education, the performance measurement indicators, the most significant challenges that face such targets, and the most significant programs aiming to implement this strategy. Strategic Vision for Education to 2030 A high quality education and training system should be available to all, without discrimination, within an efficient, just, sustainable, and flexible institutional framework. It should provide the necessary skills to students and trainees to think creatively, and empower them technically and technologically. It should contribute to the development of a proud, creative, responsible, and competitive citizen who accepts diversity and differences, and is proud of his country’s history, and who is eager to build its future and able to compete with regional and international entities This strategic view is applied to the three types of education: general and technical education (or pre-university education) and higher education. Nevertheless, the strategic targets, performance measurement indicators, and assisting programs for each type of education could vary. Therefore, we shall describe the strategic targets, indicators, and programs for each type of education (general, technical, and university education) separately. The institutional framework of pre-university education places both general and technical education under the umbrella of the Ministry of Education, but the strategic targets, 172 performance measurement indicators, and programs that aim to promote technical education are separate from those of general and university education. Technical education and vocational training are given particular significance due to the major role they perform in qualifying a large number of young people and providing them with skills and capabilities allowing them to meet the needs of the job market for highly-educated, well- trained, and greatly-skilled laborers who are able to deal with up-to-date technology. The development of technical education and vocational training allows such young people to seize appropriate job opportunities both in Egypt and abroad, thus raising their income level. Please find below the strategic targets, performance measurement indicators, and most significant 7th Pillar: programs that cope with the strategic vision of education at the primary, technical, and higher or university levels. The vision and strategic objectives for Education and Training conforms to the fourth goal of the SDGs proposed by the United Nations aspiring to “Ensure inclusive and equitable quality Education & Training education and promote life-long learning opportunities for all.”1 The various objectives of the Fourth Target do conform to the strategic targets and performance measurement indicators of education. These objectives are planned to make education available to all people, to consider the various availability levels, to guarantee education to persons with disabilities, and to focus on technical education and vocational training in a manner qualifying young people for the job market. These objectives also conform to the national and UN targets with respect to qualifying the educators. Public Elementary Education (Pre-university) Strategic Objectives for Public Elementary Education to 2030 The strategic vision addresses both the supply and demand sides, and aims at empowering governance and its role in planning and monitoring. Demand for educational services is expected to surge when citizens feel the actual value added by quality education; that complies with global standards, at the level of the teacher, curricula, and other media that enables competitiveness. The supply side addresses the availability of educational services for all without discrimination, including males and females, those from rural and urban areas, people with special needs, and distinguished and talented students. The Ministry of Education and its different subsidiaries must be able to plan, follow-up, and implement programs and policies without conflict of interests. In this framework three strategic objectives determining the strategic trend of pre-university education until 2030, have been set. 1 https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/?menu=1300 173 Objective Definition  Activate quality and accreditation rules that conform to global standards  Empower the learner with the requirements and skills of the 21st Century  Provide comprehensive and sustainable professional development for teachers  Develop curricula to cope with global developments and information updates, taking into consideration the age of the learner and his biological and psychological needs, so that curricula are integrated and contribute to Improving the building up personality Educational System’s Quality to  Developing the organizational structure of the ministry, educational Conform with directorates, departments, and schools to improve educational services International Systems  Reach effective technological techniques in presenting and sharing knowledge among students and teachers  Provide and support solid learning infrastructure (laboratories, libraries, Internet access, facilities for practicing activities, and others)  Developing scientific and subject-specific evaluation and assessment techniques while, focusing on comprehensive evaluation (from knowledge, skills, and psychological aspects) instead of evaluating information acquisition only  Providing educational needs necessary for each phase, taking into consideration the disparities in needs at the local level (educational directorates and departments)  Eliminating dropouts at different educational phases  Providing a supportive environment to integrate those with minor disabilities into pre-university schools and improving the quality of special Availing Education education for learners suffering from severe or multiple disability for All without Discrimination  Improving the quality of schools equipped for those with severe and multiple disabilities  Providing talented and distinguished learners with a high-quality education with regard to advanced knowledge and skills  Providing a distinguished educational service addressing unprivileged and most needy areas  Improving educational indicators in global competitiveness reports  Activating the dynamic relationships between educational outputs and labor Enhancing market requirements Competitiveness of the Educational  Improving science, mathematics, communication skills, and technology Systems and its learning, to become globally competitive Outputs  Providing solid infrastructure at schools (laboratories, libraries, playgrounds, and other facilities) to provide equal educational opportunities for all 174 The First Objective is entirely responsible for educational system quality, including application of global accreditation and quality standards via local accreditation of schools by the National Authority for Education Quality Assurance and Accreditation, requiring modification of local accreditation rules to comply with global standards. The Second Objective is responsible for providing high-quality educational services for all students, including provision of adequate classrooms in rural and urban areas for males and females and for all classes of society. This objective also aims at integrating people with minor disabilities into schools and providing necessities for them and for talented and distinguished learners who need a supportive environment. 7th Pillar: The Third Objective is related to competitiveness tied to quality and availability of education in Egypt compared with other countries. This implies continuous enhancement of educational indicators in global reports, such as global competitiveness and human development reports. These reports compare Egypt with other countries to determine progress opportunities and Education & Training extract lessons learned. Key Performance Indicators for Public Elementary Education to 2030 Key performance indicators (KPIs) include the already available indicators at the level of inputs, outputs, and strategic results. These indicators are expected to be revised periodically by the Ministry of Education to evaluate the educational performance levels from all aspects. Current values have been determined and target values for the years 2020 and 2030 have been set for the chosen KPIs. In addition, suggested new indicators are included for which the necessary assessment framework will be set in cooperation with the concerned parties as follows: Quantitative Indicators S. Indicator Current 2020 2030 Indicator Definition N Category Status Target Target Percentage of A flexible indicator that takes accredited pre- into consideration accreditation 1 university 4.60% (1) 20% 60% renewal of already accredited educational educational institutions institutions Strategic Illiteracy rate Percentage of illiterate 7% 2 28% (1) Results (15-35 years old) population (15-35 years old) (absolute zero) Measures the quality of Egypt’s rank in elementary education in Egypt, 141/144 primary 3 compared with other countries Result: ≤80 ≤30 education according to global 2.1 (2) quality index competitiveness index. 175 S. Indicator Current 2020 2030 Indicator Definition N Category Status Target Target Science: A series of international exams in 41/48 Egypt’s rank in science and mathematics for

4 TIMSS test Mathemat 30 20 evaluating and comparing results students’ knowledge worldwide ics 38/48 (3) Measures the level of Arabic To be determined later after Egypt’s rank in literacy (native language) and 5 ratification by Ministry of PIRLS studies compares results to other Education and setting objectives countries. Percentage of school drop-out Percentage of dropped out 6 6% (4)* 2% 1% under 18 years students from total enrolment old Measures the quality of Average number educational environment via 42 of students per 38 35 average number of students per students/ 7 classroom students/ students/ classroom in different classroom (student/classro classroom classroom governorates at different (1) om) educational phases** Number of Indicates providing necessities equipped for talented and distinguished Sports: 65 Sports: 70 Sports: 75 schools for 8 students; and honoring them Academic Academic Academic talented and during different educational s: 3 (1) s: 5 s:12 outstanding phases students Outputs Public spending Measures the public real Targets are set on pre- spending on students in in consistency 9 university $340 (5) comparison to other countries’ with economic education per achieved and targeted levels**** pillar. student Percent pre- Measures the percentage of 10 school children enrolled at nursery 31.3% 47% 80% enrollment rate schools Inputs Share of spending on The ratio of the current 11 pre-university expenditures and investments to 3% (1) 5% 8% education in GDP GDP (1) Database of the National Authority for Education Quality Assurance and Accreditation, website of the Authority, 2014. (2) The World Economic Forum, Global Competitiveness Report. 2013 176 (3) http://nces.ed.gov/timss/ (4) http://data.worldbank.org/ (5) Website of Ministry of Investment, Annual Report, 2013 *Dropout percentage in elementary stage (0.56%), while in preparatory phase (approx. 4.7%) for 2014/2015. **Dealing with this Indicator should be performed, cautiously, as the average number of students per classroom differs from one governorate to another, from one educational department to another and from one phase to another. Therefore, it reflect the educational process quality all over the Republic, however, this should be evaluated at the local level and on samples chosen from schools and governorates. ***There are 65 schools (309 classrooms) for those talented in sports and 3 schools (45 classrooms) for the academically talented. The ratio of talented to total population within compulsory education phase is unknown. ****It does not indicate the absolute development of education quality. Therefore, another indicator should be added for measuring the efficiency of expenditures on education. 7th Pillar: Suggested New Indicators* Indicator Measurement Education & Training S.N Indicator Definition Category Mechanism Measures the professional efficiency of teachers with Number of teachers Percentage of teachers practicing license, which is 1 applying for a license and with practicing license renewed periodically based number of license holders on training and previous experience Passing national annual exams by assessment and examinations committee as an independent entity and Percentage of students Measures teachers’ efficiency based on universal passing national and outcomes of educational standards in Science, examinations in system through a random Mathematics, Arabic

2 Science, Mathematics, sample of students Language, and English as a Arabic Language, and representing different Second Language and English as a Second governorates in rural and establishing a mechanism Outputs Language urban areas for evaluating examination results and analyzing them to determine the required developments in teaching and learning systems This indicator is measured Measures efficiency of by calculating all technological infrastructure educational institutions at schools; including Percentage of schools applying for accreditation, computers, technological 3 with proper educational to identify the capability of devices, digital media, technology institutions and to set a learning tools, and timetable for developing connectivity to world wide institutions that are not yet web** accredited

4 Percentage of schools Measures the sincere care to Analyzing the number of 177 Indicator Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Mechanism with integration people with disabilities by students with disabilities, requirements evaluating the extent of then defining the standards equipping school building, of integration and teachers and specialists, and calculating the number of developing curricula schools abiding to such standards Supervision and curricula Measures the compliance of development authorities curricula (that are not follow-up on the number of Percentage of curricula culturally loaded) with global developed curricula to the

5 Inputs that conforms with standards by measuring the total number of curricula, to global standards percentage of curricula set a mechanism for prepared in accordance with identifying the parts that such standards require further development *Other indicators can be introduced, including unemployment rates among the educated and the level of society’s satisfaction from educational outputs, to benchmark competitiveness. In addition, providing education for all without discrimination can be measured through the percentage of children outside the educational system and number of under privileged areas. **The standard limit for using technology at schools (e.g. 10 computers, 5 data show projectors, Internet access, etc.) will be set in accordance to the strategic plan of the Ministry of Education. Challenges of Public Elementary Education2 The challenges of pre-university education are divided into three sets, as follows: The first set is known for its great impact and relative flexibility to control. Therefore, it becomes first priority; and includes:  Decrease in the number of teachers relative to the number of students and absence of distribution standards, as the educational system suffers from deficiencies in distributing teachers among different governorates according to specialization, which affects the quality of education.  Unspecified period or deadline for accreditation, which discourages schools from applying for accreditation.  Lack of trust between society and the educational system due to the deficiency of quality in educational services and the mismatch between education, on the one hand, and requirements of life and the labor market on the other.  The digital illiteracy of most teachers is one of the most important bottlenecks hindering the efficient integration of technology to facilitate the educational process and increasing its competitiveness.

2 The Ministry of Education is aware of such challenges and exerts its efforts to face them, gradually, through educational development strategies along with short- and long-term plans. 178  Lack of detailed databases and the impact on supporting decision making. This disintegrated system for data collection from within the educational sector obstructs reaching some categories of society. The second set of challenges is characterized by a relatively limited impact and ease to control them, including:  Deficiency of training program for teachers. There is no annual plan for training different specializations and different levels.  Diminishing role of civil society and the private sector in the educational process, 7th Pillar: including establishing schools and providing necessary resources, thus increasing the burden on the Ministry of Education for planning, and follow-up processes.  Deficiency of evaluation, monitoring and incentives systems and lack of an Education & Training integrated results-based monitoring and assessment framework despite, the presence of several departments for follow-up and assessment. Those departments suffer from a lack of coordination and integration due to a deficient organizational structure to determine the obligations and responsibilities at different administrative levels. In addition, the disconnect between the current assessment and incentives systems discourages coping with development.  Limited number of classrooms and deficiency in student distribution. The reasons for the high student density are insufficient classrooms and more than 42 students per classroom. In addition, the distributive inefficiency is demonstrated in the elevated student density in some governorates (more than 55 students per classroom) and the lower density in others (15 students per classroom).  Absence of supervision over curricula and development regulations due to the absence of an entity competent for supervising curricula and ensuring continuous updates and development to cope with global standards. This in turn has resulted in the disintegration of curricula.  Poor curricula and delay in updating and integrating them. Some curricula suffer stagnation and lags behind modern educational trends that links it with knowledge and the economy. These curricula do not give opportunities for creativity, innovation, and critical thinking, and do not cope with life’s requirements. Hence, radical development is needed for ensuring integration.  Readiness of schools to be accredited (financial and human requirements). The lack of financial resources and trained and qualified personnel hinders the ability to applying quality standards confirming the importance of supporting schools in both aspects.  Limited ability of the Quality Assurance Authority to perform its role in accreditation, due to the scarcity of financial resources and efficient personnel responsible for: accrediting schools and ensuring abiding to modern accreditation and 179 quality standards, as well as continuously updating such standards to ensure conformity with global standards.  Limited ability of the Professional Academy for Teachers in licensing, due to the limited human and financial resources available to the Academy to perform its functions regarding granting licenses after comprehensive assessment and continuously developing the prerequisites for the professional license through the provision of pre-licensing training.  Infeasibility of accreditation (economic and educational), which requires an incentive system to encourage schools to apply for accreditation. Economic incentives are largely financial, while educational incentives include programs and certificates of recognition.  Limited numbers of trained psychologists and social specialists. In addition to its mandate in the educational process, the school also plays a major role in upbringing young people, which cannot be ignored. Children spend most of their time at school and face many factors that affect them socially and psychologically. Therefore, the absence of trained psychologists and social specialists is an important challenge, especially in cases when there are students with disabilities and special needs.  Limited educational means for the disabled due to inefficiency in equipping schools to receive people with minor disabilities, including necessary educational means and resources, and specialized teachers.  Fragility of binding regulations for integrating students with minor disabilities results in the difficulty in providing education for all.  Need for adequate authorities to equip and develop schools for quality. The State exerts efforts to provide adequate authorities to apply developed quality standards and provide necessary training.  Absence of binding regulations for obtaining practicing license. Educational legislation does not oblige teachers to obtain a professional license as a prerequisite for employment.  Absence of binding regulations to integrate nursery schooling into the elementary education phase, as the compulsory stage for attending school starts from the age of 6 years, which explains the decline in the admission rates for children in nursery schools. The third set of challenges is of lower priority, but this does not indicate ignorance. These include:  Lack of financing and its resources, as pre-university education relies largely on resources allocated from the State’s General Budget. These resources are not adequate to fulfill all development needs. Though the constitution allocates 4% from GDP, the actual percentage reached only 3% in 2014. In addition, the financing structure is 180 unbalanced and needs amendments, as wages constitute 89% from the total educational budget, while the percentage allocated for investments and other commodities, services and expenses does not exceed 11%.  Dependence of current quality systems on operations, ignoring output quality, such as student density in classrooms or number of teachers relative to students, and ignoring output quality at the student’s level, such as success rates.  Professional inefficiency of some teachers. The educational system lacks highly qualified teachers, resulting in the phenomenon of private lessons. 7th Pillar:  Ignoring subsidizing unprivileged and poor areas with regards to the provision of school expenses, school uniforms, and the need for incentives to compensate for income generated by child labor. Education & Training  Inability of schools to engage students and increased absence and dropout rates due to the unattractive educational environment, lack of student activities, density in classrooms, lack of efficient teachers, and lack of focus on student activities and sports.  Deterioration of school infrastructure, which hinders creation of a supportive environment for students and frequently means technology is not integrated into the educational process.  High cost of modern education technology, as the provision of technological learning tools necessary for educational processes such as computers and other electronics requires huge financial resources.  Limited number of centers competent for discovering and supporting talented and distinguished students, due to insufficient financial and human resources and the fragile structure of the systems for discovering the talented student.  Cultural values and division of labor within rural families, as poverty in some areas is a major reason for illiteracy and dropout, as children turn to labor to provide for their families. In religiously conservative areas there is also the prevalence of cultural values discouraging girls’ education.  Unavailability of schools for all educational phases in poor and unprivileged areas. Some areas do not have enough schools, and may lack schools for all educational phases, which increases dropout.  Need for radical change in the process of teachers’ preparation and graduation. Development of the college of education, and teachers preparation centers is the first step in the teacher preparation process, which requires a radical change in curricula, evaluation systems, and integration of psychology into curricula for preparing specialized teachers capable of increasing the value-added from education for students. 181  Lack of language practice activities. Despite the fact that learning languages expands students’ horizons, and the presence of Arabic as a mother language or a foreign language as a second language in the educational curricula, there is a lack of opportunities for practicing language, inducing language deficiency, especially in the elementary education phase.  Lack of participation in global tests. Irregular participation in global tests such as PIRLS (Progress in International Reading Literacy Study) and TIMSS (Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study), hinders comparing Egypt to other countries. Public Elementary Education Programs until 2030 Within the vision and strategic objectives of Education and Training, in addition to KPIs that have been set for measuring the extent of achievement and the preset educational development programs in the government program for the period 2016-2018, the most important chosen programs expected to contribute significantly in achieving such vision, objectives, and indicators are as follows: Programs Related to Mechanisms of Execution Adopt an investment strategy in education and develop new financing schemes at Ministry and school level  Program Description: This program aims at providing financial resources necessary for the development the current school infrastructure, establishment of new high quality schools, and providing schools with the necessary resources to fill the financing gap of the public sector. The cost of this program is low and is expected to be completed by the beginning of 2020.  Key Elements: At the level of Ministry of Education: - Amend the regulations of budget allocated for education in Egypt, ensuring an increase to at least 8% of GDP. Restructure budget allocations, increasing the proportion allocated for investing in educational establishments and decreasing proportion allocated for wages. Set policies that facilitate and activate expansion in civil society and non-governmental institutions. - Designing a comprehensive program to unify the efforts of the private sector in view of corporate social responsibility to finance and provide schools with modern educational technologies and to support accreditation. - Set policies that encourage the private sector to finance the education sector and provide schools with suitable technologies and facilities necessary for enhancing educational performance. 182 - Set policies to that impose fees to be allocated for the education budget in the municipalities in order to support building schools within the municipalities in order to mainstream the concept of self-reliance in the municipalities. At the school level: - Set policies and mechanisms to activate the role of the board of trustees at schools or directorates, allowing it to manage financial resources, identify priorities of disbursement, and facilitate the community’s contribution to financing renewal and maintenance of schools. 7th Pillar: - Set guarantees for allocating proportions of long-term low-interest international loans and grants for school maintenance in order to decrease the burden incurred by the public sector. - Remove obstacles faced by civil society in establishing schools and providing for its Education & Training educational needs. Develop Teachers’ Professional and Technical Skills:  Program Description: This program is responsible for development of professional and educational skills through setting evaluation and development systems responsible for qualifying and raising efficiency. The cost of this program is high and is expected to be completed by the beginning of 2025.  Key Elements: - Develop programs to prepare teachers and qualify them to obtain professional licenses and ensure efficiency in the new cadre, while focusing on their technological qualifications to cope with the requirements of this era. - Set a monitoring mechanism and develop requirements for obtaining professional licenses while updating the license renewal mechanisms for current and new teachers through periodic examinations to ensure conformity with changes in the methods and contents. - Raise the efficiency of the Professional Academy for Teachers and develop it to include modifying regulations of wages and salaries and restructuring of the Academy and training of cadres. - Set a mechanism for connecting training centers in governorates with the Academy to ensure continuity of training and qualification. - Modify the role of technical guidance and application of the mechanisms necessary to ensure the efficiency of raising quality. Develop a System for Equipping Schools for Accreditation:  Program Description: This program aims at increasing the ratio of accredited schools through motivating them within the outer scope of the school as a whole or the internal 183 scope of teachers, managers, and students. The cost of this program is high and is expected to be completed by the beginning of 2025.  Key Elements: - Accelerate the issuance of a law that obliges schools to apply for accreditation during a specific period to ensure completion of all schools before starting the application of the developed curricula. - Set a mechanism for updating quality standards that ensures a balance between the quality of operations and the quality of outputs, so that they include passing rates, dropouts, and classroom density. - Establish branches for Quality Assurance and Accreditation Authorities and set policies to motivate the private sectors’ contribution, to ensure coverage and accelerate implementation. - Set a program encouraging schools to gain accreditation, including a program for recognition of accredited schools (e.g. granting the best school in the governorate a certificate of recognition). - Set mechanisms and policies to link teachers’ promotions to accreditation, thus motivating teachers and helping to achieve a school’s quality standards. - Set policies to improve the quality of outputs and operations through developing standards. - Provide quality standards training programs for trainers and qualifying schools for accreditation, mandating the task of training on quality standards to local training centers, in additions to establishing assessment and quality centers in the universities. Programs Related to Specific Topics Application of Comprehensive Curricula Reform System:  Program Description: This program intends to develop and ensure the integration of educational curricula over different educational stages in addition to providing required supervision for curricula quality development to conform to international standards. The cost of this program is low and is expected to be completed by the beginning of 2020.  Key Elements: - Amend the Law of establishing the Curriculum Control Center and its implementing regulations, separating it from the Ministry of Education to become subordinate to the Supreme Education Council. - Design a national context for curricula that is integrated over all educational stages and conformed to international standards and requirements for professional life and the requirements of 21st Century. Create a mechanism to integrate technology with emphasis on scientific subjects such as mathematics and the sciences. 184 - Enact required legislation for applying a curriculum development program. - Develop curriculum supervision mechanisms and development programs to ensure efficiency and quality. - Develop a mechanism for promoting publishing houses to contribute to curricula and educational media enhancement. - Develop a mechanism for expanding gender equality, such as including the roles of women in curricula, to orient students to ongoing developments, and activating the role of citizens in society. 7th Pillar: Develop a Subsidy System for Poor Families:  Program Description: This program intends to provide basic education for all social classes and raise awareness of the importance of education, which may increase enrollment and reduce the dropout rate that eventually results in illiteracy. The cost of Education & Training this program is high and is expected to be completed by the beginning of 2020.  Key Elements: - Develop a clear system that links the availability of education to the current and expected population growth rates to achieve efficiency in class organization and wider coverage. - Develop a system that encourages civil society to establish ‘second chance’ schools and illiteracy programs, as well as raising awareness about the importance of educating girls to activate the elements of attraction from outside the Ministry of Education, reducing the burdens accrued by the Ministry. - Develop a subsidy system for disadvantaged families, such as providing financial subsidization, meals at school, school uniforms, books, and stationary, and compensating families for the income lost as children leave work to attend school. Such subsidies would cease if the child drops out. - Create and activate databases to identify school ages of different social classes and access methodology. - Develop a communications system with different social classes, and raise awareness about the importance of education in general and female education in particular. - Impose harsher penalties for violating laws banning child labor before the age of basic education completion. Develop the Pre-school System and Increase Enrollment at Nursery Stage  Program Description: This program is concerned with nursery schooling as the first step to education enrolment through designing an integrated system including financing, policies, awareness, and retraining nursery teachers. The cost of this program is average and is expected to be completed by the beginning of 2020. 185  Key Elements: - Enact legislation to modify the compulsory years of basic education to include nursery schooling. - Merge supervisory authorities competent for nursery schooling integration in one entity overseen by the Ministry of Education. - Update policies to allocate a portion of the education subsidy to nursery schooling. - Develop family awareness programs about the importance of nursery schooling, providing subsidies to disadvantaged families, providing meals for needy children, school uniforms, and health care. - Develop a system for recreational activities (sporting, entertaining, and educational). - Develop a mechanism to enhance the selection of teachers and training them about the kindergarten stage to ensure the quality of the educational process. - Develop the nursery school curriculum, emphasizing the integration of psychology as a part of the requirements for teacher certification. - Conduct periodic tests to evaluate the efficacy of teachers’ psychological retraining. Integrating Students with Minor Disabilities in Schools  Program Description: This program aims at equality in education for mildly handicapped students, in addition to providing special techniques for dealing with them. The cost of this program is average and is expected to be completed by the beginning of 2020.  Key Elements: - Modernize information and communications technology for various disabilities to keep pace with the latest international developments. - Set policies to allocate required funding for integration separate from the education budget, to ensure sustainability of integration and quality. - Modify accreditation standards from the Quality Assurance Authority to include integration mechanisms as one of the prerequisites to ensure integration. - Provide incentives for teachers and psychologists. - Establish local, regional, and international partnerships to support integration and special education systems. Distinguished and Talented Student Support Program  Program Description: This program intends to draw attention to distinguished and talented students and provide them with a supportive environment. The cost of this program is average and implementation is expected to commence in 2020 and to be completed by 2025. 186  Key Elements: - Develop tools to discover talented and academically distinguished students to ensure they are provided with a supportive environment. - Assign the sponsorship of distinguished students to a competent department at the Ministry of Education, while enhancing efficiency via training and rehabilitation. - Provide training and a special cadre of teachers and special classes for distinguished students through a program that includes discovery, sponsorship, and financial subsidy. 7th Pillar: - Enact legislations to accelerate the transition from one stage to another. - Activate systems supporting talented and excellent students, such as a credit hours system. Education & Training - Develop exchange programs and scholarships for talented students at international schools inside and outside Egypt. - Ensure ongoing coordination with the Ministry of Youth to develop an athletic union for schools, broadcasting matches to encourage students and discover talents. Periodic Assessment of Students in Accordance with International Standards  Program Description: This program intends to evaluate the quality of the entire educational process, including curricula, teachers, and the educational environment through evaluating the level of students. This program applies international tests such as PIRLS and TIMSS periodically on random student samples from different schools and governorates. The cost of this program is high and implementation is expected to commence in 2020 and to be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Set policies to apply TIMSS and PIRLS tests periodically. - Specify the type and format of the required examinations in Arabic and English as second languages and science and mathematics (in addition to TIMSS and PIRLS). This should be done annually and the educational levels to be included into the examinations should be specified according to international standards. - Develop a mechanism to evaluate examination results, through results collection and analysis to identify the required continuing developments in the education and learning systems. - Develop a database and mechanism to select random student samples representing the population. - Create an incentive system for the participating sample, such as publishing the results of the best school in every governorate to encourage schools to participate in the examinations. 187 - Provide training for teachers to promote professional and educational efficiencies to increase their ability in qualifying students for tests. Within the same context, the Ministry of Education deems the inclusion of some elements that are not considered in the Sustainable Development Strategy for Education and Training. We recommend that a special program should be assigned to each of them in addition to the eight programs included in the education and training strategy. These elements are as follows::  Necessity of maximizing the ethical and moral values of employees in the sector (teachers and others).  Enhancing the practices of the educational community (students and employees) towards the environment, since the environmental dimension is one of the three main dimensions of sustainable development.  Necessity of extending a complete and major program focusing on improving students’ performance at all stages of pre-university education in the fields of science, mathematics, and technology, since such fields are the mainstay of future development.  Necessity of reforming and developing the educational processes governing systems to achieve a committed and efficient educational community, able to cope with ongoing developments, assuming the balance between centralization and decentralization to support the principles of good governance.  Necessity of taking social justice into consideration while distributing educational resources among the beneficiaries.  Reforms at the level of the Ministry and the school have been emphasized, ignoring the role of directorates and educational administrations in reform and development processes, in spite of the essential role played by both in achieving the sector’s strategic objectives. Technical Education and Training Strategic Objectives for Technical Education and Training to 2030 The strategic vision addresses both supply and demand sides, and aims at empowering governance and its role in planning and monitoring. Demand for technical education and training services is expected to surge when citizens feel the actual value-added from quality education that meets global standards, at the level of the teacher, the curricula, and other media that enables competitiveness. On the supply side technical education and training services must be available for all without discrimination including males and females, rural and urban dwellers, people with special needs, and distinguished and talented students. The Ministry of Education and its different subsidiaries should be able to plan, follow-up, and implement programs and policies without conflict of 188 interests. In this framework three strategic objectives determining the strategic trend of technical education and training have been set. Objective Definition  Activating accreditation and quality rules to conform with international standards  Providing the student and trainee with necessary skills to meet the requirements Improving the of the labor market Quality of the Technical  Comprehensive and sustainable professional development for teachers and 7th Pillar: Education and trainers Training System to Conform with  Continuous development of educational and training programs International  Developing integrated vocational and technical training systems to meet Systems development plans and labor market requirements. Education & Training  Enable the learner and the trainee to have the requirements and skills desired by the labor market.  Providing attractive schools and training centers that increase enrollment and achieve discipline Providing Education for All  Achieving effective integration of schools and training centers according to without demographics and economic activities Discrimination  Enhancing the social perception of vocational and technical education through effective community participation. Enhancing Competitiveness of  Activating the dynamic relationship between the educational system’s outputs the Technical and labor market requirements Education and Training Systems  Enhancing Egypt’s rank in global indices of technical education and training. and its Outputs The First Objective is entirely responsible for the quality of the educational system, including application of global accreditation and quality standards via local accreditation of schools by the National Authority for Education Quality Assurance and Accreditation. This will require modifying local accreditation rules to comply with global standards in a way that coincides with the special nature of technical education and training. The Second Objective is responsible for providing adequate classrooms and training centers in rural and urban areas, for males and females, and for all classes of society. This objective also includes providing attractive schools in a way that help achieve discipline. The Third Objective is related to competitiveness tied to quality and availability of education as the higher objective is to have a graduate able to interact and compete in the local and external labor markets in order to enhance the dynamic relationship between the educational process and the labor market’s requirements. 189 Key Performance Indicators for Technical Education and Training to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N. Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target Percentage of Measures the ability of students with technical education to attract outstanding the largest number of performance excellent students from the enrolled in preparatory stage. This 1 technical 4% (1) 12% 20% indicator reflects the social education perception of technical (scored more education and vocational than 85% at training as well as the demand preparatory for it stage) Measures the ability of Percentage of technical education graduates technical to work in the fields they education specialized in, and helps in 2 graduates identifying labor market 30%(1) 60% 80% Strategic working in their requirements as well as Results fields of measuring the employment specialization rates of technical education graduates Measures the international competitiveness of Egyptian technical education. A composite indicator that Egypt’s rank in considers the suitability of the World Bank’s both technical education and Score: Score: Score:

3 Index for training for the country’s Technical economic strategy. It also 2/4(2) 3/4 3/4 Education accounts for the private sector’s contribution to the educational process and sector’s overall satisfaction with it. Percentage of enrolled students in vocational Measures the availability of training to the

4 Outputs vocational training relative to 4%(1) 16% 30% total enrolled overall technical education. students in technical education 190 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N. Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target Identifying the Number of appropriate technical Measures the distributive distribution based education efficiency of technical 1929 on the schools 5 education institutions based schools characteristics of according to on demographics and (2) each governorate demographics economic activities. from geographic or and economic demographic activities 7th Pillar: aspects Measures the level of civil society’s contribution to Percentage of establish technical and Education & Training technical and vocational training vocational institutions in line with 6 3%(1) 12% 20% institutions based quality standards. Thus, the on partnerships indicator measures the extent with civil society of civil society’s contribution to the overall educational process. Measures the availability of technical education in an encouraging environment. The indicator also measures Average number the quality of technical and 38 30 30 7 of students per vocational education students students students classroom provided for students by /class(1) /class /class assessing the student density per class, which directly impacts the student’s ability to concentrate. (1) Unpublished statistics of the technical educations sector- Ministry of Technical Education and Training 2014. (2) The World Bank, the World Report SABER 2012. (3) Strategic plan for pre-university education 2014. Suggested New Indicators Indicator Measurement S.N. Indicator Reason Category Mechanism Measures the development and Number of training hours Average training enhancement of the provided to all employees Strategic hours per employee 1 employee’s capabilities by from all sectors compared results in each sector of the providing various training with the number of labor market means without discrimination attendants 191 Indicator Measurement S.N. Indicator Reason Category Mechanism Measures the competitiveness The number of fresh Percentage of of technical and vocational graduates applying for a technical and education graduates by professional license 2 vocational education identifying the number of immediately after the graduates with individuals with professional completion of the professional licenses licenses educational stage Opinions of private institutions and employers who previously worked with technical and Private institutions Measures the quality of vocational education and employers’ level technical and vocational graduates will be surveyed of satisfaction education provided as well as for measuring the 3 regarding the the graduates’ competitiveness effectiveness of technical technical and through assessing the quality of and vocational education vocational education services provided to employers regarding the quality of of graduates that represent labor market provided services. Reports will be prepared with recommendations to continuously develop the educational process Percentage of developed educational curricula and Measures the ratio of curricula programs in line with the Percentage of and programs of technical and National Qualifications developed vocational education Framework in each sector educational developed according to the through comparing such curricula and National Qualifications curricula and programs to 4 programs in line with Framework in each sector the National Quality the National (industrial, agricultural, and Standards and accrediting Qualifications other) relative to the total the conforming programs. Framework of each number of educational Finally, a schedule for sector programs developing the non- conforming ones to be Outputs accredited will be set Percentage of developed curricula and training Percentage of Measures the percentage of programs in line with the training curricula training curricula and programs National Qualifications and programs in line developed according to the Framework in each sector 5 with the National National Qualifications through comparing such Qualifications Framework to the total curricula and programs to Framework of each number of educational the National Quality sector programs Standards and accrediting the conforming program. Finally, a schedule for developing the non- 192 Indicator Measurement S.N. Indicator Reason Category Mechanism conforming ones to be accredited will be set Through counting all the technical education Percentage of institutions applying for technical education Measures the progress accreditation, then assessing institutions achieved in regards to those institutions’ eligibility 7th Pillar: accredited by the accrediting the largest number to be accredited. 6 National Authority of technical education for Education institutions by the Quality In addition, a schedule for Quality Assurance Assurance Authority developing the non- and Accreditation accredited institutions to increase their percentage by Education & Training time will be set. Through counting all the technical training centers applying for accreditation, Ensures the quality of provided then assessing those Percentage of training through measuring the institutions’ eligibility to be training centers progress achieved in regards to accredited. 7 accredited by accrediting the largest number competent In addition, a schedule for of technical training centers by authorities developing the non- the competent authorities accredited institutions to increase their percentage by time will be set Through conducting a comprehensive assessment for all technical and Percentage of Measures the progress vocational education teachers achieving achieved in regards to teachers to identify those more than 90% in increasing the percentage of achieving more than 90% as 8 teachers’ teachers who got more than well as setting up training comprehensive 90% in the teachers’ programs for other teachers assessments comprehensive assessment to increase such percentage by time ensuring the quality of technical and vocational Inputs education Measures the ability of the Through measuring the Ministry to provide the amount of supplies, necessary equipment and tools equipment, and raw Rate of providing for technical and vocational materials utilized in all 9 equipment and tools education students. This is a specializations per student per student composite indicator for and comparing that to the measuring required supplies percentage of required tools including machines, raw for each specialization to materials, and other tools ensure availability 193 Indicator Measurement S.N. Indicator Reason Category Mechanism Rate of transition Measures the student’s Through comparing the from one stage to transition rate from one stage number of students 10 another in technical to another, indicating the progressing to a higher and vocational availability of attracting schools stage to the total number of education to achieve a low dropout rate students in prior stages Challenges of Technical Education and Training The challenges of technical education and training are divided into three sets. The first set is known for its large impact and the relative flexibility to control. Therefore, it becomes first priority; and includes:  Scarcity of teachers in some specializations and their inefficient distribution. There are not enough competent teachers, and there is an inefficient distribution of teachers when it comes to both specializations and geographical locations.  Overlooking laws obliging schools to seek accreditation during a specific period. This reduces the number of schools applying for accreditation and diminishes the perceived importance of acquiring accreditation in the technical education and vocational training system.  Deterioration of the social perception of vocational training and technical education and work associated with such education. It is essential to change the social perception of technical education from a channel to deal with the least successful students in public education to a key educational system that tackles unemployment and develops the economy.  Disparities in geographic and program specializations coverage, due to the absence of a mechanism able to link specializations in technical education and training with geographic and qualitative distribution of industries. Geographical gaps have emerged in all governorates in terms of the industries covered by appropriate training schools. The absence of such a mechanism has resulted in a mismatch between the specializations needed, particularly for females in Upper Egypt. The second set of challenges is secondary priority and is characterized by a relatively limited impact and ease in controlling them, including:  Inefficient assessment, monitoring, and incentives systems. Poor implementation of such systems has resulted in the deterioration of the quality of technical education.  Necessity of integration between technical education, vocational training, and other educational forms. Basic educational outputs are inputs for technical education, 194 and likewise; the outputs of technical education are inputs for higher education, in case technical education graduates advanced to the level of higher education.  Disparities in distribution of schools and training centers according to geographical and industrial requirements. This is the outcome of the absence of a clear plan linking the geographical distribution of industries and their expected growth and a clear plan to develop appropriate schools and classes. This violates the concept of equal opportunity in education.  Poor, outdated, and disintegrated curricula, which is present between industrial 7th Pillar: requirements and educational institution curricula regarding skills and information. This leaves the relevant beneficiaries on both sides dissatisfied with the current curricula.  Limited readiness of schools and training centers for accreditation. To achieve the required standards of quality and be ready to apply for accreditation, schools and training Education & Training centers should receive financial support that ensures they can provide resources such as classes, workshops, and training centers. Those financial resources would also help provide the required supplies such as equipment and materials. In addition to the financial resources, human requirements including trained and efficient teachers and trainers are needed.  Limited capabilities of the Quality Assurance Authority. The Authority requires highly efficient staff and adequate financial resources to be able to fulfill its role when it comes to accrediting all technical education and vocational training schools according to the newly developed standards.  Absence of a unified national authority for accrediting qualifications and issuing licenses. The government will establish a national authority for certification and accreditation and issuing licenses for technical and vocational education graduates to obtain professional licenses. The actual objective of enforcing issuing the license is to ensure that graduates’ skills and competencies meet the requirements of the labor market and are able to support the national economy. Enforcing the license also provides a mechanism to facilitate the classification and ranking of the graduates in various degrees and levels that will reflect on their wages and salaries.  Low educational and economic return of accreditation. The lack of financial and non-financial incentives for schools obtaining accreditation reduces the number of schools applying for it.  Absence of an entity responsible for accrediting the training centers. No entity is currently responsible for accrediting training centers, while the National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education is only responsible for school accreditation.  Inefficient supervision over curricula and absence of binding regulations for curricula development. This is one of the major causes of the impaired integration 195 between technical educational and vocational training curricula on one hand and the requirements of labor market on the other.  Absence of binding regulations for graduates to obtain licenses. The government intends to issue laws requiring technical education and vocational training graduates to obtain professional licenses. In addition, the government shall monitor the system’s ongoing implementation in order to make sure that it is applied by the employer and the graduates, provided that licenses are renewed to reflect the training they receive in a way that leads to an increase of the employee’s wages and the incentives. The third set of challenges is of lower priority, but this does not indicate lack of importance. These include:  Lack of adequate budget and its resources. This results in the lack of available financial resources for the educational institutions as well as a shortage in required technical schools and training centers.  Mismatch between graduates’ skills and labor market requirements. Through earlier surveys, it has been shown that employers are not satisfied with the efficiency and competency level of employees who come out of the technical and vocational sector. This adds to deterioration of the social perception of technical and vocational education and reflects the urgent need for a radical change in this system.  Inadequacy of the current technical and vocational education quality assurance system. No special standards are available in the National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation regarding technical education and vocational training schools, while, in fact the schools differ in nature from the pre-university basic education schools.  Absence of a clear plan linking vocational education and training system outputs to labor market requirements. This results in a mismatch between the technical education and training specializations and curricula on one hand and the labor market requirements. This may lead to the lack of balance between the number of vocational school graduates who are employees, technicians, and engineers on the one hand and the labor market’s requirements on the other.  Professional inefficiency of some teachers. Teachers in vocational schools lack professionalism in different specializations, especially in scientific subjects. Teachers are not receiving adequate training to keep up with modern and accelerated technological advancements.  Deteriorating infrastructure of most schools, caused by the lack of financing has resulted in the decline of the infrastructure of most schools, which hinders providing a healthy environment capable of attracting students. This is a challenge that obstructs the schools development. The lack of adequate numbers of equipped classrooms leads to high classroom density and the increase in the ratio of students to teachers, in addition to 196 the unavailability of supporting environment for students in a way that increases the number of school dropouts.  Infeasibility of acquiring practicing license. Some industries such as the ready-made garment and tourism industries pay low wages, reducing the economic feasibility of obtaining professional licenses due to the absence of actual added value.  Lack of necessary resources and increasing costs of technical and vocational education equipment. Technical and vocational schools are in need of workshops and laboratories and require supplies such as equipment, machines, and raw materials. 7th Pillar: Providing such resources requires substantial funding. Technical Education and Vocational Training Programs to 2030 In addition to the preset educational development programs in the government program for the Education & Training period 2016-2018, the most important chosen programs expected to contribute significantly in achieving such vision, objectives, and indicators are as follows: Programs Related to Mechanisms of Execution Develop a mechanism for encouraging the private sectors’ contribution to technical education development.  Program Description: this program targets increasing the technical education student and trainee’s share of total spending on education. It also targets providing highly- efficient, well-equipped schools through creating non-traditional resources for financing. This program is included within low-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be complete by 2020.  Key Elements: - Develop a mechanism for establishing mutual benefit partnerships with the private sector to increase investments. An example for such partnerships would be to agree with factories to provide the practical aspects of the curricula to students inside the factory. This, in return, would reduce the burdens of establishing workshops while, simultaneously, providing workforce for the factories. - Set policies to achieve earnings and profits covering the costs of the schools. An example for such policies would be The Productive School project which raises the income of teacher and student through providing services to the private sector. - Set motivational policies for the private sector to contribute to establishment of schools or to provide required resources for school equipment. Privately-owned companies could place such endeavors under the umbrella of corporate social responsibility. Such partnerships would provide mutual benefit for both parties. 197 Enhancing the quality of educational and training facilities  Program Description: This program targets increasing the efficiency of educational and training facilities. This would be achieved through activating the quality system and setting approved quality standards through which such educational and training facilities would be accredited. This program is included within medium-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be completed by 2020.  Key Elements: - Develop the capabilities of the National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation to accredit technical and vocational education institutions to enable it to achieve such tasks. - Allocate a designated authority responsible for accrediting training centers. Then, provide the authority with the required cadres, resources, and set of authorities to be able to accredit new training centers and renew accreditation. - Accelerate issuing a law that obliges technical education and training institutions to acquire accreditation within a limited time starting from the date of establishment. - Define the period of accreditation extension to ensure the quality of all technical education and training institutions as well as keeping them in alignment with international standards. - Develop national standards of assessment, quality, and accreditation considering the following: o Special nature of technical and vocational education schools relative to basic education schools. o Wide diversity of training centers and their variety in terms of content and sectors served. o International standards applicable to the Egyptian environment. Develop a system for the continuous development of the assessment and quality standards in light of international standard to ensure international competitiveness. - Establish a quality assurance department and define its roles in the light of the roles played by directorates, zones, and schools with the objectives of achieving broader school coverage as well as accelerating the implementation and qualifying the institutions. This should facilitate the accreditation process. In addition, the existence of such institution will enhance cooperation with the municipal training centers to provide the required trainings of high quality. - Design a program that provides incentives for institutions to apply for accreditation. Such a program should include financial and non-financial recognition for accredited institutions. The program should also tie the teachers’ and trainers’ promotions with the success of schools/training centers to acquire accreditation. 198 Professional Development Program for Teachers and Trainers  Program Description: This program targets increasing the efficiency of teachers and trainers and developing one of the most important factors of technical and vocational education—the human factor. This should be achieved through enhancing the teachers’ and trainers’ skills as well as creating a comprehensive system for teacher assessment. This program is included within medium-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be completed by 2020.  Key Elements: 7th Pillar: - Create a mechanism to develop an evaluation and assessment systems for teachers and trainers that ensures their ongoing development and achieves equal accountabilities. - Develop tests based on a comprehensive assessment for teachers examining the Education & Training teachers’ educational and vocational capabilities and their expertise in their specializations. - Adopt legislation that ties the results of teacher and trainer assessments to their financial incentives and salaries. This should ensure establishing a promotion and reward system that encourages teachers’ continuous development. - Develop a training system with the objective of raising the scientific and practical efficiency of teachers and trainers that takes their levels and specializations into consideration. - Send the scientific subject teachers to missions abroad for training and education as well as developing a system for observing their development. Training courses should also be designed to enable the returning teachers to transfer their acquired expertise to other teachers. Such a program is expected to result in achieving international standards and increase international competitiveness. Attractive School Project  Program Description: This program targets increasing the efficiency of technical and vocational education schools through developing those schools and ensure they are provided with required equipment and tools necessary for training and educating technical and vocational school students. This program is included within high-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2020 and be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Develop a system to manage resources and assets that ensures the ongoing maintenance and preservation of school assets as well as the best utilization of resources such as equipment, tools, and raw materials. - Develop a mechanism to attract and motivate students through providing training in relevant companies and industry. This could be achieved through executing 199 agreements with those private sector institutions to activate the association between educational outputs and labor market requirements. Another advantage for such agreements is that they provide opportunities for students to acquire practical experience and to apply the education gained in the technical schools to actual work that produces income. - Develop a new system to increase sporting and cultural school activities, helping students to acquire 21st Century skills. - Activate a comprehensive reform system for schools to provide a healthy educational environment for the student that includes: o Restructuring school infrastructure o Equipping schools and providing resources o Establishing equipped classes and workshops. - Providing a meal in the schools located in poor and disadvantaged areas as a tool for encouraging the attendance of students and easing their families’ financial burdens. Programs Related to Specific Topics Raising Awareness and Enhancing Social Perception  Program Description: This program aims at raising national awareness regarding the importance of technical and vocational education and its positive impact on the economic sector. The program should result in improving the social perception of the technical and vocational student. This program is included within medium-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2020 and be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Develop a national communication mechanism for enhancing the social perception of technical and vocational work. This strategy shall include: o Integrated communication plan set with all media channels o Social awareness plan highlighting success stories. - Allocate a dedicated governmental body that shall be responsible for raising awareness and implementing programs that help with enhancing the social perception for this kind of education. Such programs shall guarantee the achievement of the desired results and enhancement of the accountability principle. - Adopt policies that provide incentives for industry leaders and private sector organizations to finance meaningful media campaigns that aim to improve the social perception of the vocational worker through including such campaigns under the umbrella of corporate social responsibility. The participation of the private sector contributes to the achievement of credibility and demonstrates the real role of technical and vocational education in society. 200 An Efficient and Integrated Labor Market Information System  Program Description: this program aims to link the needs of the labor market to the curricula of technical and vocational education through the establishment of a database for the Egyptian labor market. This program is included within medium-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be completed by 2020.  Key Elements: - Develop a mechanism to monitor industries in terms of fields, geographical distribution, human resources needs, and expected growth. 7th Pillar: - Develop a system for planning schools and training centers in terms of number and distribution based on economic growth and various industrial needs. The current institutions shall be included in this system and there is a possibility for transforming their current specialization to another; i.e. transforming a commercial technical Education & Training institution to a hotel technical institution, aiming to achieve flexibility and efficiency. - Allocate an authority/unit to be liable for collecting the data related to industry, schools, labor market, and submission of reports to decision makers. - Develop a database within the governorates to facilitate information collection and use in the decision-making process. - Adopt policies that oblige the various bodies in the labor market to submit the required information at the specified time, so as to guarantee the integration and accuracy of data. Develop and Activate the Egyptian National Qualifications Framework for Technical Education and Vocational Training  Program Description: this program is designed to construct an integrated system, ensuring the linkage of vocational and technical education with labor market needs, in addition to the development of programs, training, and educational curricula in line with national objectives. This program is included within medium-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be complete by 2020.  Key Elements: - Accelerate the completion of the Egyptian National Qualifications Framework by the National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education in light of: o The economic vision and labor market requirements for technical education o Training needs in each sector o International models, taking into consideration the nature of the Egyptian environment - Develop educational and training programs based on the Egyptian National Qualifications Framework to ensure achieving integration between training and 201 technical education on the one hand and the requirements of the labor market on the other. - Adopt legislation that enforces developing the training and educational programs based on the Egyptian National Qualifications Framework to ensure their quality. - Develop a system that links professional standards and career progression in all sectors to the Egyptian National Qualifications Framework, so as to achieve quality and efficiency for the employees and the various sectors. - Issue legislation that requires the employer and the trainee to abide by the standards and levels of national skill that is based on the Egyptian National Qualifications Framework in order to achieve quality and efficiency for employees and industry. Establish an Academy with Specialized Faculties to Graduate Teachers Qualified for Technical Education and Vocational Training  Program Description: this program aims at qualifying teacher specialized in their fields and acquainted with their specializations that are able to provide the students with real value. This program is included within high-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2020 and be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Develop an effective system to identify needed specializations in light of labor market requirements and their expected impact on technical education. This ensures providing qualified teachers that are knowledgeable in their fields and are able to maximize the value added to the students. This system should take into consideration the different specializations related to woman so as to promote the role of girls and women in the economy through, for example, the integration of the clothing industry and creation of other specializations for women. - Develop a system to identify the curricula and evaluation systems for each specialization based on international standards in accordance with the Egyptian environment. Moreover, an effective system for updating the curricula and evaluation systems should be put in place so as to achieve appropriate abilities in the teaching staff. - Adopt legislation required to integrate the specializations of training and technical education within the Faculties of Education or grant the bodies responsible for graduating teachers for technical education and training with the necessary legal authorities to create various specializations. Professional Practicing License Program for Vocational and Technical Education Graduates  Program Description: this program aims to oblige the graduates of vocational and technical education to obtain a professional license so as to enhance their efficiency, ensure their competency, and ensure that they meet the labor market’s requirements. 202 This program also works on regulating the labor market itself, limiting the informal sector. This program is included within high-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2020 and to be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Adopt required legislation to oblige the graduates of vocational and technical education to obtain a professional license. The legislation should specify the time period related to license renewal to ensure the vocational and technical employees’ competitiveness 7th Pillar: - Allocate a body to be responsible for providing licenses in various areas of vocational and technical education. The body should also be responsible for accrediting the vocational and technical education graduates. - Develop systems to achieve continuous communication with the various syndicates Education & Training in order to specify and update the standards related to obtaining licenses. - Adopt required legislation to oblige employment entities to hire only applicants that have a professional license to practice the profession at the vocational and technical sector to ensure the quality of services provided to employment entities as well as providing an incentive to the graduates to apply for the license. - Develop a system to provide training programs for the graduates and the employees, so as to help them acquire a professional license. University or Higher Education Strategic Objectives for Higher Education to 2030 The strategic vision addresses both the supply and demand sides, and aims to empower governance and its role in planning and monitoring. Demand for higher education services is expected to surge when citizens feel the actual value-added from quality education that complies with global standards, at the level of the teacher, the curricula, and other media that enables competitiveness. On the other hand, the supply side addresses the availability of higher education for all without discrimination, including males and females, rural and urban dwellers, taking into consideration geographic distribution. The Ministry of Higher Education and its different subsidiaries should plan, follow-up, and implement programs and policies without conflicts of interests. In this framework three strategic objectives determining the strategic trend of higher education to 2030 have been set forth. Objective Definition Improving Educational  Activating quality and accreditation rules that conform to System Quality to Conform international standards. with International Systems 203  Enabling the learner to acquire skills needed for the 21st Century.  Supporting and developing capabilities of faculty members and administrative staff.  Developing innovative and diverse academic programs and evaluation patterns.  Developing the organizational structure of the ministry and its institutions to achieve flexibility and quality of education.  Reaching the effective technological and electronic forms for presenting knowledge and scientific research, so as to be considered by the students, the teachers, and the individuals of the community.  Providing educational opportunities at higher education institutions. Providing Education for All without Discrimination  Developing the admissions systems and policies at the educational institutions.  Improving competitiveness rank in international education reports Enhancing Competitiveness of the Educational Systems  Activating a dynamic relationship between outputs of the education and its Outputs system and labor market requirements. The First Objective is entirely responsible for the educational system’s quality, including application of global accreditation and quality standards via local accreditation of high education institutions by the National Authority for Education Quality Assurance and Accreditation. This objective is represented in having a student capable of innovation and creation, one that can keep pace with the labor market and create job opportunities to advance the economy to reach a sustainable up-to-date economy. The Second Objective is responsible for providing high-quality educational services for all students, including the provision of adequate classrooms in rural and urban areas, for males and females, and for all classes of society. The Third Objective covers increasing quality, accessibility, and competitiveness. This strategy aims at activating the dynamic relationship between the educational process and the labor market’s requirements through graduating students that are able to seize market opportunities and even create such opportunities in order to achieve sustainable economic development that is based on knowledge and innovation. 204 Key Performance Indicators for Higher Education Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N. Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target Global Egypt’s rank compared Ranking competitiveness internationally based on 118/148 1 index (higher elements, including Ranking 75 Ranking 45 7th Pillar: 3.1 degree education and enrollment rates and the (1) training) quality of education. Unemployment rate among Measures the gap between Education & Training university higher education outputs 2 graduates to total 35.1% (2) 30% 20% Strategic and labor market unemployed Results requirements. according to specialization (%) Number of Egyptian Measures the Egyptian universities listed higher education capacity One 3 7 3 among top 500 to respond to the university(3) universities universities universities in the increased global demand world (Shanghai for higher education Index) Growth rate of published Measures the increase in scientific research scientific research 4 13.6%(3) 15% 20% in internationally published in different reviewed fields internationally. scientific journals Percentage of higher education institutions Takes into consideration Outputs accredited by the new institutions applying

5 National for accreditation in 7.50%(4) 30% 80% Authority for addition to the already Quality accredited institutions. Assurance and Accreditation The ratio of the Higher education population aging from 18– 6 enrollment rate 31%(2) 35% 45% 22 enrolled in higher (18-22 years old) education 205 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N. Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target Percentage of Measures the extent of faculty members teacher and faculty with research 0.2%(2) members development 7 scholarships (Foreign 1% 3% through research grants, from Missions) whether foreign missions international or joint supervision universities Percentage of foreign students Reflects competitiveness to total students and attractiveness of the enrolled at Egyptian higher education 8 2%(2) 3% 6% Egyptian system in various universities programs and according to specializations specialization * Targets will be set in accordance with the economic Public spending Expresses the extent of pillar and the per student on prioritizing education by LE 7,600 per Ministry of Higher 9 higher education the government, since student Education; to (per spending includes (2012 average) (2) identify the specialization) investment and salaries. requirements of different specializations. Number of Measures the direct impact Input students per in student educational 1:42 1:38 1:35 10 faculty member achievement, as well as the (Average) (Average) (Average)* according to burdens borne by the (2) specialization faculty members Number of higher education Measures the capacity of institutions higher education through 64 44 according to the number of universities 50 universities 11 universities density, and faculties available in universities **(2) *** specialization, different governorates and and geographical specializations (programs) distribution (1) World Competitiveness Report (2) General Framework of the Strategic Plan for Higher Education 2012-2013. (3) Shanghai rank (4) National Accreditation and Quality Assurance Authority, 2014 *Provided that the maximum limit shall be 1:60 for the theoretical specializations and 1:25 for the scientific specializations ** 23 governmental universities include 371 faculties and 21 private universities include 126 faculties. *** 20 new public, private, and civil universities, 7 new electronic universities, and 200 new programs 206 Suggested New Indicators Indicator S.N. Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category Number of Indicates the level of A mechanism to be developed scholarships recognition of Egyptian for monitoring and collecting from universities and their data about students studying

1 Outputs international competitive advantage. Most abroad, and identifying the ratio universities demanded specializations of students who were granted according to 7th Pillar: should be identified. scholarships by the government. specialization. Challenges of Higher Education Education & Training Challenges are divided into three sets. The first set is known for its greater impact and its relative flexibility to control. Therefore, our first priority includes:  Deficiencies in monitoring indicators and statistics about the labor market and education. The absence of a mechanism for collecting information and data about the labor market, its growth rate, the various industries, and information about higher education in terms of annual graduation rates and the different fields of the employees, results in lack of information and systemic data and leads to inconsistencies in the statistics.  Absence of binding regulations for accreditation in a specified period. The current legislative framework does not oblige higher education institutions to apply for accreditation. This leads to weakening the importance of accreditation in the vision of higher education institutions and does not deliver the correct message that higher education is a priority for the government, particularly within the framework of decentralization and the independence of the higher education institutions.  Weak capacity of current higher education institutions. It is necessary to expand the capacity of the current higher education institutions and establish new ones in order to accommodate increasing enrollment rates while providing an encouraging and healthy environment for students.  Limited foreign language proficiency of some teachers and students. This is an obstacle to the internationalization of higher education institutions, whether at the teacher or the student level. Consequently, this affects the rates of foreign students, the quality of scientific research, and the number of research papers published in peer- reviewed scientific journals. 207 The second set of challenges is characterized by a relatively limited impact and ease in controlling them. They include:  Weak assessment, follow-up, and incentives systems. The current faculty evaluation system suffers from weakness and lack of clarity. Clear criteria and measurement indicators are required both at the level of operations, including the attendance rates of faculty members, and at the output level, such as student results. Moreover, the lack of integration between the results of teacher evaluations and their incentives does not motivate the faculty member to further development.  Diminishing role of civil society and the private sector in the educational process. This has occurred despite the existence of some private higher education institutions and other non-profit institutions. The role of private and civil society should be expanded in respect to the establishment of higher education institutions and the development of joint academic programs and electronic universities, in order to achieve accessibility, the principle of equal opportunity, and reduce the burden borne by the State.  Absence of a clear policy for marketing scientific research results. There is no policy or mechanism for marketing scientific research and its results, which is a challenge in maximizing the role of scientific research at society’s level as a whole and within higher education institutions. Overlooking the importance of scientific research in different sectors and its significant role in boosting the quality of the educational process leads to low rates of published research in well-known international journals.  Academic grades are the only criterion for acceptance into the higher education system. Admissions to higher education depends entirely on the results of the secondary stage examinations, which leads to graduate students who are not passionate about their faculty or specialization because the desires and skills of the students are not taken into consideration. Moreover, the current admissions system lead to a lack of efficiency in the educational process as a whole, emphasizing the student’s test results as the only priority. This emphasis directs all the student’s efforts into memorizing in order to achieve the highest marks, rather than understanding, analyzing, and thinking creatively, as well as participating in student activities.  Lack of integration between higher education institutions and the labor market. In addition to the absence of a mechanism to collect information about the labor market and its needs and the insubstantial relationship between the curricula and the labor market, the absence of a national entity responsible for connecting the graduates of higher education institutions to industries reduces the links between higher education and the labor market.  Readiness of higher education institutions for accreditation. Financial resources required for organizing higher education institutions should be provided, in addition to providing such institutions with the resources required to obtain accreditation. Teaching staff and trained faculty managers should also be recruited, so as to achieve the principles 208 of good governance and to increase the quality of higher education institutions, thus facilitating obtaining accreditation.  Limited capacity of the National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education to perform its role in accreditation. The National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education needs financial resources and qualified staff in order to carry out its role in the accreditation process. There are many forms and several programs at higher education institutions, including universities, institutes, and faculties, that raise the need for specified standards for each one of them. 7th Pillar:  Absence of follow-up and communication policies with graduates. There is no system to continuously communicate with graduates to identify the employment ratio, the challenges facing the graduates, and the turnover rates of employees, leading to a lack of accurate data. Education & Training  Infeasibility of accreditation (economic and educational). In order to stimulate higher education institutions to apply for accreditation there should be clear added value resulting from accreditation, as opposed to the current situation that lacks financial or educational return for higher education institutions to seek accreditation.  Weak incentives to motivate efficient human resources. There is a need for a mechanism for selecting faculty members, including--but not solely depending on-- standards that involve academic excellence, to raise the efficiency of faculty members. Incentives such as pay raises should also be provided to attract required competencies and skills.  Weakness of current research centers and dependency on faculty members. The current research centers are characterized by their limited number and depend on faculty members. There is no clear system for managing or expanding the centers, nor for increasing their financing resources, achieving sustainability, or maximizing their benefit.  Poor supervision over educational curricula and inability to develop them. Faculty members develop and set the curriculum, and given the independence of higher education institutions. Developing a supervisory role over the curriculum is necessary in order to guarantee the provision of high quality education at the student level in the governorates and in the different specializations. The third set of challenges is of lower priority, but this does not indicate they should be ignored. These include:  Poor financing through one main source: governmental funding. The State budget is the main resource for financing the different activities related to higher education in Egypt, whether in respect to higher education, postgraduate studies, or funding foreign missions. Despite increases in governmental funding, both inflation and enrollments have risen, leading to an insufficiency in this financing to expand the establishment of higher education institutions. 209  Limited graduate skills compared with labor market requirements. The skills shown by graduates of higher education institutions in relation to the labor market’s requirements are insufficient, as the result of the absence of ongoing revision of the curricula so as to keep pace with labor market needs. In addition, there is a lack of funding for student activities. This raises the need for training about the requirements of different job vacancies in various fields.  Declining ratio of research published in recognized international journals. Scientific research relies on postgraduate studies as well as on the research centers. Lack of funding leads to the paucity of research published in well-known international journals.  Relative scarcity of available resources and inefficient use of those that are available. The financial resources available to provide supplies and equipment to the higher education institutions including classrooms, workshops, laboratories, and hospitals are scarce. Those that are available are not best used. This results in either wasting resources or keeping them idle for example, through storing them instead of making them available for the students.  Outdated organizational structures of some educational institutions. There is a need for structuring the different higher institutions governance systems and organizational entities, each of them according to its kind, rules, and regulations. In addition, clear mechanisms should be developed in order to achieve transparency, internal and external control through incentives, rewards, audit systems, and reviewing of documents.  High costs of establishing higher education institutions and providing required resources. The cost of founding a higher education institute must include funds to cover costs of the establishment of workshops, laboratories, and research centers and hospitals for various specializations. Higher Education Programs to 2030 Within the vision and strategic objectives of Education and Training, in addition to KPIs that have been set for measuring the extent of achievement, and in addition to the preset educational development programs in the government program for the period 2016-2018, the most important chosen programs expected to contribute significantly in achieving such vision, objectives, and indicators are as follows: Programs Related to Execution Mechanisms: Establishing higher education institutions in partnership with civil society and the private sector:  Program Description: This program aims to ease the financial burden incurred by the government due to the high cost of the expansion of higher education institutions, whether through the establishment of new institutions or the expansion of current ones. 210 This program is included within medium-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be completed by 2025.  Key Elements: - Specification of a body vested in communicating with the private sector and international entities, determining the needs required for expanding higher education institutions, in addition to the development of a national map to ensure the geographical distribution for the current institutions based on specialization. 7th Pillar: - Development of a system to provide grants for excellent students at private universities as well as motivating private universities to accept such students through, for example, providing support required for these universities to obtain grants from donors in return for being accredited. Education & Training - Development of new programs such as credit hours systems in order to create funding opportunities, redistribute the financial support provided by the government, and ease the burden on the existing programs. - Boosting the establishment of some Egyptian- international universities in some specializations that serve labor market such as the current Egyptian–Chinese cooperation. - Expansion of electronic universities and promotion of distance learning systems in order to save the costs related to building and equipping classrooms, so as to achieve wider coverage. Building distinctive teaching cadres at higher education institutions:  Program Description: Higher education depends substantially on the teachers and professors since the work of faculty members at higher education institutions extends to include the development of curricula and specification of evaluation systems. Accordingly, the development of teaching staff becomes a key prerequisite for increasing the quality of higher education as a whole and its influence on the students. This program is included within high-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be completed by 2020.  Key Elements: - Develop a new mechanism for selecting lecturers that includes the academic aspect, required skilled competences, and their experiences at various domains, instead of solely depending on their academic supremacy, to ensure the overall competency of the lecturers. - Develop training system for lecturers to develop research capacities, teaching efficiency, and assessment mechanisms. 211 - Introduce a mechanism to integrate student feedback and evaluations regarding the faculty members into the Faculty Members Evaluation Systems, so as to maximize its influence on the students. - Develop a system to increase the number of grants and faculty members exchange programs and activate international agreements in order to develop education and scientific research at the faculty level and in higher education as a whole. Develop a mechanism for evaluating the system’s effectiveness. - Develop a mechanism to accredit centers related to developing the skills of faculty members and managers internationally in order to enhance the efficiency of the faculty members. - Restructure the current promotions system taking into account the evaluation systems and focus on scientific research. Improving quality of higher education institutions:  Program Description: This program aims to enhance decentralization of higher education through maximizing the ability of higher education institutions to achieve efficiency and commit to quality standards. This program is included within medium-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be completed by 2020.  Key Elements: - Enactment of a law that obliges higher education institutions to obtain accreditation within a specific period of time to ensure immediate compliance, and encourage higher education institutions to keep pace with quality standards. This law should stipulate the period required for renewing the accreditation. - Specify the required quality standards based on international standards in accordance with the Egyptian environment. - Develop an incentive programs to motivate higher education institutions to apply for accreditation such as recognition programs or incentives system—provided to faculty members and administrative management—linked to the accreditation of the institution, e.g. the provision of training courses of low price in return for the accreditation. - Specify a national entity accredited internationally to develop the skills and capabilities of administrators and administrative management in order to maximize efficiency in higher education institutions and optimization of resources, including human resources, as well as achieving quality standards, thereby increasing the institution’s capacity to be independent and achieve decentralization. 212 Programs Related to Specific Topics: Activate the role of Research Centers at Higher Education Institutions:  Program Description: Scientific research indicates the student’s ability to learn independently and the quality of education he has received. It also indicates the development level of faculty members. This program aims to maximize scientific research since it is seen as the path for continuous education and not limited only to educational stages. These centers form a link between theory and practice and are a channel that supports the economy due to the research it provides that contributes to the 7th Pillar: development of practical life. This program is included within high-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be complete by 2020.  Key Elements: Education & Training - Provide financial support required for the establishment of research centers in all higher education institutions and to expand current research centers. - Develop incentive systems to stimulate higher education institutions to expand their research centers. For example, start recognition programs for the best research center in the governorate or the research center with the highest number of published scientific papers. - Develop a mechanism to motivate faculty members and directors of research centers to rapidly achieve the activation and optimization of the role of their research centers. - Develop a system to integrate academic research within the curriculum to familiarize students with the concepts of scientific research and to encourage them to use research centers. - Restructure curriculum in all stages of higher education in order to integrate scientific research, i.e. embedding the principles of scientific research in the practical aspect of the student’s education. - Develop a system to activate and increase electronic gates, digital libraries, and automation of libraries so as to grow and diversify the resources of research centers as well as maximize their contribution. - Develop a system that facilitates signing agreements between research centers, the associations of businessmen, and donor entities in order to provide required support for the centers. Capitalize on the knowledge and capabilities of faculty members and apply modern systems to fill the gap between the theoretical and the practical. This can be performed against remuneration that supports the research activities of these centers. 213 Link Graduates to Employment Institutions at the Local, Regional, and International Levels:  Program Description: This program aims to emphasize the dynamic relationships between the graduates of higher education and the labor market, ensuring the qualification of the graduates. This program is included within high-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2015 and be complete by 2020.  Key Elements: - Establish a competent national authority that serves as an employment forum, linking students and employing bodies, whether from the private or public sector. - Provide resources required by the authority, including trained staffs and financial resources in order to perform its role properly. - Grant the authority the license required to establish branches in governorates and at the various higher education institutions in order to achieve broad coverage and quick results. - Develop systems related to career counseling programs at higher education institutions in order to provide advice to students regarding available job opportunities and how to apply for them. - Develop training programs to prepare graduates to be able to communicate, think positively, and accept and create job opportunities suitable for their specializations and interests. - Develop systems to consult students and provide advice at the initial stages of higher education concerning the selection of specialization and the type of job opportunities available for the different specializations so as to obtain a qualified graduate eager to work in his/her specialization. Adopt the Egyptian Diploma Equivalence System and Recognition of Higher Education Certificates:  Program Description: This program aims to internationalize Egyptian universities through the equivalence of diplomas. It is considered to be an ongoing initiative, since higher education systems are continually updated. This program is included within high- cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2020 and be complete by 2025.  Key Elements: - Establish a unit responsible for setting effective partnership agreements and joint academic programs between Egyptian universities and their counterparts internationally. These programs should aim at fulfilling the needs of the local and international labor markets. 214 - Develop a system to provide study programs that qualify students for examinations of certification, as well as integrating them within the higher education stages as an optional stage. - Provide training programs for faculty members to enable them to teach the study programs required for the equivalencies. - Develop required policies to gain the authority to apply the equivalency examinations in Egypt. - Develop centers at the universities in order to help the students to apply for 7th Pillar: scholarships at international universities. - Develop a mechanism to specify the requirements for scholarships at international universities and guide the students as they make applications for such scholarships. Education & Training - Develop a system to inform students of available scholarships. Developing Curricula Based on the National Qualifications Framework:  Program Description: This program aims to enhance the quality of higher education through the continuous development of the curriculum based on the National Qualifications Framework to keep pace with the requirements of the labor market and international standards. This program is included within high-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2020 and to be complete by 2025.  Key Elements: - Identify National Qualifications Framework standards with the concerned bodies based on labor market requirements and international standards in line with the Egyptian environment. - Enact legislation required to develop the study programs and evaluation systems based on the National Qualifications Framework, as well as integrating them in the different subjects. - Provide training required for faculty members on how to integrate National Qualifications Framework Standards into the curricula, in order to maximize the added value of the developed curricula. Update the Admission Systems at Higher Education Institutions:  Program Description: This program handles the lack of efficiency of the current admission systems and its entire reliance on the students’ grades regardless of their desires, which is considered one of the most significant challenges that face higher education. Accordingly, the update of the admissions systems becomes a fundamental mean for acquiring successful students passionate about their fields and specializations. This program also contributes to the decentralization of higher education. This program 215 is included within low-cost programs and its execution is expected to begin in 2020 and be complete by 2025.  Key Elements: - Develop an admissions system that takes into account the capabilities and desires of the students and does not depend entirely on grades as a criterion, addressing the gaps and the reasons for lack of efficiency in the current situation. - Develop a system to introduce the admissions systems gradually and completely. - Develop policies for university admission in conformity with the real capabilities of the students and their desires, providing students with interviews with the specialists in different fields and discussion of results with the students. - Institute a mechanism to announce the available specializations, explain them, and indicate the subjects listed under each specialization. Use a sample of student and graduate opinions from each specialization to enable each student to clearly identify the field that is in line with his/her abilities based on a set of integrated and accurate information. 216 Eighth Pillar: Culture Overview of Current Situation Throughout history Egyptian intellectuals have influenced both Arab and international thought and contributed to all fields. The prominence of Egyptian culture includes translation and other contributions in literature—poetry, drama, novels, and literary essays. Egypt has also made great contributions to the cinema, to vocal and plastic arts, to photography, and to architecture. Our cultural heritage is evidence of a long-standing civilization, gifting the world a cultural heritage of 8th Pillar: great influence. Culture Culture contributes in developing the citizen through a set of core positive values around which a minimum level of agreement is achieved. Cultural industries come on top of the cultural motives, which witnessed major leaps over the last period improving its role in the cultural system. In addition, the scope of Egyptian culture extends to include all tangible and intangible forms of heritage, as traditional industries represent a genuine part of our cultural industries. Unlike other Egyptian constitutions, the Constitution of 2014 paid unprecedented attention to cultural issues, as it states the concept of cultural justice, and includes a chapter on cultural pillars consisting of four articles in the second part entitled ‘Fundamental Pillars of Society,’ in addition to other articles highlighting rights, freedoms, and public duties. These culture-related articles in the constitution assert the State’s commitment to preserve cultural identity and its diversity within Egyptian society. These articles also highlight the State’s commitment to protect and preserve ancient monuments and to protecting the modern cultural wealth in its diverse forms. The current situation of the cultural system in Egypt reflects various manifestations that underline strengths and a number of challenges that cannot be overlooked. Thus, a cultural vision and strategy were set to face such challenges and to implement various cultural and heritage programs that develop the entire cultural system. The government has already started implementing some cultural programs competent to finance innovative cultural projects such as ‘Think and Innovate,’ ‘Awladna,’ and ‘Acquire a Craft.’ The government has already started to train young people to develop arts and craftsmanship. Strategic Vision for Culture to 2030 Create a system of positive cultural values respecting diversity and differences. Enable citizens to access knowledge, building their capacity to interact with modern developments, while respecting their history and cultural heritage. Give them the wisdom of freedom of choice and of cultural creativity. Add value to the national economy, representing Egypt’s soft power at both regional and international levels. 217 Strategic Objectives for Culture to 2030 This strategic vision focuses on achieving three main objectives during the next 15 years, as follows: Objective Definition Empower cultural industries to become a source of strength and Support cultural industries as a value-added for the Egyptian economy to achieve development, source of strength for the thus making culture the base for supporting Egypt’s soft power economy.1 regionally and internationally. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of cultural institutions, Improve the efficiency of maximizing their role and impact, extending their scope as well cultural institutions and as improving the efficiency of the employee in the cultural workers system in line with current reality and conditions. Protect and promote all forms Protect and maintain cultural heritage and raise internal and of heritage external awareness. The first objective is to develop cultural industries including cinema, theatre, music, plastic arts, radio and television, publishing and literature, and traditional crafts. The second objective is to enhance the efficiency of cultural institutions and employees, reducing the geographical gap in services provided and supporting civil cultural activity. The third objective is to maintain Egypt’s heritage through means of protection, maintenance, and awareness as well as attracting local and international visitors. Key Performance Indicators for Culture to 2030 Key performance indicators include those that currently exist at the levels of inputs, outputs, and results. Thus, current and targeted values, by years 2020 and 2030 for such indicators were determined as well as newly devised indicators, which are to be put into a suitable framework in collaboration with the concerned parties, as follows:

1 UNESCO defines cultural industries, according to the terms of the Convention on the Protection and Promotion of the Diversity of Cultural Expressions signed by Egypt in 2005, as industries that “produce and distribute cultural goods or services, which at the time they are considered as a specific attribute, use or purpose; embody or convey cultural expressions, irrespective of the commercial value they may have. Cultural activities may be an end in themselves, or they may contribute to the production of cultural goods and services." 218 Quantitative Indicators S. Indicator Current 2020 2030 Indicator Definition N Category Status Target Target Measures Egypt’s rank Tourism and Strategic among countries attractive 1 travel 85 (1) 70 60 Results to tourists based on competitiveness defined criteria Geographical gap in the ratio Measures the geographical 2 of public gap among regions in 0.35(2) 0.2 0.1 libraries/ access to public libraries 8th Pillar: 100,000 people Culture Geographical gap in the ratio Measures the geographical 3 of cultural gap among regions in 1.95(2) 1.0 0.5 centers/ access to cultural centers 100,000 people Outputs Number of foreign visitors Measures the ability of 1.8 (2) 2.3 3.3 to museums 4 museums and touristic million million million and heritage areas to attract foreigners visitors visitors visitors sites (million visitors) Number of Egyptian Measures the ability of 7.5 (2) 9.45 12.7 visitors to 5 museums and touristic million million million museums and areas to attract Egyptians visitor visitor visitor heritage sites (million visitors) Suggested New Indicators: Indicator Measurement Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Equation Mechanism This indicator Form a committee to reveals the identify main positive Indicator of Strategic behavioral outcomes values upon which the 1 main positive results by means of indicator and values measuring the main measurement mechanism values in society will be based 219 Indicator Measurement Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Equation Mechanism Form a committee to This indicator Cultural identify main positive measures the total industries’ Cultural product values upon which the 2 contribution of contribution to GDP ratio indicator and cultural industries to to GDP measurement mechanism GDP will be based Total exports of Form a committee to cinema, theatre, identify the main positive publishing, values upon which the Indicator of This indicator shows literature, music indicator and cultural the volume of and singing, 3 measurement mechanism product Egyptian cultural ceramic arts, will be based as well as exports product exports radio and the weighted values of television, press specific exported cultural and traditional industries crafts International Shows the success of awards, and Egyptian cultural certificates Form a committee to exports at the of excellence identify the global art 4 international level, for Egyptian awards upon which the represented in intellectuals indicator will be based awards, recognition, or cultural and certificates works Measures the general Weighted condition of average of the Form a committee to Egyptian following: identify the indicator Indicator of monuments by Registered measurement mechanism the condition measuring several 5 monuments by using the sub- of factors such as Restored indicators mentioned in monuments priority, condition, monuments the measurement availability to Number of equation cell. visitors, and visitors registration Shows how far the Difference Form a committee to Geographical gap among between highest identify main positive gap in the governorates in and lowest values upon which the 6 indicator of terms of main governorates in indicator and main positive positive values has the main positive measurement mechanism values been reduced values will be based This indicator shows Composite Form a committee to Cinema the cinema activity at indicator of: identify the indicator's

7 Outputs indicator local and revenues, movie measurement mechanism international levels theatres, by using the sub- 220 Indicator Measurement Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Equation Mechanism produced films, indicators mentioned in views, electronic the measurement views, equation cell expenditures, imports and exports, and cinematic services Form a committee from Composite competent entities and indicator of: 8th Pillar: This indicator shows international experts to revenues, the development of identify measurement Theatre theatres, shows, Culture 8 theatre activity at mechanism by using the indicator show opening local and sub-indicators in the nights, theatre- international levels measurement equation goers, and cell and weighted expenditures averages Composite indicator of: published literature, copies, Form a committee from cultural press, competent entities and Shows the revenues, international experts to development of imports and identify the indicator's Publishing publishing and exports, measurement mechanism 9 and literature literature activity at publishing by using the sub- indicator local and houses, indicators mentioned in international levels distribution the measurement outlets, equation and the exhibitions, weighted averages electronic publishing, and translation Form a committee from Composite competent entities and indicator of: international experts to Shows the revenues, identify the indicator Music and development of imports and measurement mechanism 10 singing music and singing exports, albums, by using the sub- indicator activity at local and concerts, and indicators mentioned in international levels online the measurement listenership equation and the weighted averages Plastic arts Shows the Composite Form a committee from 11 development of indicator of: competent entities and indicator ceramic arts activity revenues, international experts to 221 Indicator Measurement Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Equation Mechanism at local and exports, identify the indicator's international levels exhibition halls, measurement mechanism and fairs. by using the sub- indicators mentioned in the measurement equation Composite Shows the indicator of: Form a committee from development of revenues, competent entities and cultural activity in viewership/ international experts to Cultural radio and television listening (internal identify the indicator's radio and at the local and and external), measurement mechanism 12 television international levels. viewership by using the sub- production It includes (online)/ indicators mentioned in indicator documentary films, listenership, the measurement drama, and cultural exports and equation cell and its programs. imports, and weighted values expenditures Form a committee from competent entities and Composite Shows the international experts to indicator of development of identify the indicator's Traditional revenues, traditional crafts measurement mechanism 13 crafts exports, activity on the local by using the sub- indicator distribution and international indicators mentioned in outlets, and levels the measurement exhibitions equation cell and its weighted values Form a committee to Composite Cultural identify the indicator's indicator of the activity at Shows the measurement mechanism total number of schools development of by using the sub- 14 participants (acting, cultural activity level indicators mentioned in along with singing, and within schools the measurement geographical the arts) equation cell and its gaps weighted values Form a committee from competent entities and A composite Cultural international experts to indicator of: the activity at Shows the identify the indicator's total number of universities development of measurement mechanism 15 participants (acting, cultural activity level by using the sub- along with singing, and within universities indicators mentioned in geographical the arts) the measurement gaps equation cell and its weighted values 222 Indicator Measurement Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Equation Mechanism Number of foreign Shows the extent to Total number of A committee will be visitors to which official foreign official 16 formed to achieve a official heritage websites archaeological targeted objective heritage attract foreigners websites visitors websites Number of Egyptian Shows how far Total number of A committee will be visitors to official heritage Egyptian official 17 formed to achieve a official websites can attract archaeological heritage Egyptians websites visitors targeted objective 8th Pillar: websites Culture Shows how far Intellectual Form a committee to intellectual property 18 property identify a reliable source is protected from protection for the indicator violations in Egypt Form a committee from Identify the competent entities and Geographical highest and international experts to gap in Shows the equality lowest identify the indicator's expenditure of cultural governorate in measurement mechanism 19 on cultural expenditure among terms of per by using the sub- activity per governorates capita spending indicators mentioned in capita on cultural the measurement activity equation cell and its weighted values Ratio of Inputs expenditure on national Shows the level of Total budget of cultural A committee will be expenditure directed national culture/ 20 activity to formed to achieve to national cultural total budget of the total targeted objective activity culture State's cultural budget The competent authority Ratio of the Total budget of will set the current State's Shows the level of culture/total indicator value, then a 21 cultural expenditure directed budget of the committee will be budget to its to culture activity country formed to achieve the total budget. targeted objective Restoration Shows the extent to Number of Forming a committee 22 efficiency which human and reconstruction from competent entities 223 Indicator Measurement Measurement S.N Indicator Definition Category Equation Mechanism material resources laboratories, and international experts are available for the number of to identify the indicator's reconstruction of restorers, measurement mechanism monuments number of by using the sub- reconstructed indicators mentioned in monuments the measurement equation cell and its weighted values Ratio of Shows the level of Total The competent authority expenditure spending on expenditure on will set the current on reconstruction and restoration and indicator value, and then restoration maintenance of maintenance of a committee will be and monuments from monuments formed to achieve the maintenance international from targeted objective 23 of donations international monuments donations/ from expenditure on international restoration and grants to maintenance of total monuments expenditure Number of Shows the extent of Total number of A committee will be heritage sites international heritage sites formed to achieve the 24 registered by protection of registered by targeted objective. UNESCO2 Egyptian UNESCO monuments Challenges of Culture Challenges of culture are divided into three sets. The first set is known for its great impact and relative flexibility to control. Therefore, it becomes of first priority; and includes:  Absence of binding regulations for the protection of intellectual property rights, competitiveness, and monopoly prevention. The development of a cultural system in Egypt needs a review of legislation related to the protection of intellectual property rights, competitiveness, and preventing monopolies to create an attractive environment for cultural industries, development, and increasing the level of contribution to economic activity and promoting its competitiveness locally and internationally.

2 UNESCO - United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 224  Poor cultural and heritage institutions, disagreement over specialties, and lack of coordination. Poor coordination among cultural institutions leads to disparity in the services provided in terms of quality, availability, and lack of the optimal use of the diverse resources that are available to all governorates. The second set of challenges is characterized by a relatively limited impact and ease of control. These include:  Disparity in the availability of cultural services among governorates, which limits the scope of a balance in cultural industries’ influence among the regions and governorates in Egypt.  Lack of financing cultural and artistic works. Poor financing is seen as the main obstacle to development of cultural industries in production, marketing, and exporting. 8th Pillar:  Lack of financial allocations for the maintenance and protection of heritage and Culture archeological sites. These financial allocations are not proportional to the size of archeological and heritage sites that need reconstruction, maintenance, and protection.  Poor awareness of the importance of intellectual property and its protection.(3) Cultural products suffer from lack of awareness on the part of both producers and consumers regarding the importance of protecting intellectual property and its role in motivating and protecting cultural industries. This attitude is supported by the lack of prosecution of infringements on intellectual property. This negatively impacts cultural production in general, and its economic outcome and competitiveness locally and internationally.  Relative decline in the Egyptian product effectiveness regionally and internationally, despite the former leadership of its cultural products at the regional and international levels.  Lack of digital information about heritage. This challenge underlines shortcoming in coping with international technological developments, which impacts the ability of Egyptian heritage to attract tourists.  Lack of vision for developing traditional crafts, which poses a threat to the sustainability of those craft industries despite their great importance. Economic and social opportunities will be lost if those industries are not developed to be a universal force.  Limited effect of cultural services in education. Culture should instill positive values and embrace talents at schools and universities having a positive effect on the formation of the feelings of young people at an early stage of their lives. The third set of challenges includes those of lower priority, but this does not indicate they should be ignored. These include: 225  Encroachment on archaeological sites and threats to sites from groundwater. Cultural sites face many threats from infringements on the physical site and from geological risks that may lead to the loss of this cultural wealth.  Protection of intangible heritage, including Egypt’s important cultural treasures, especially in the fields of cinema, theatre, music, singing, and television production. Protecting this neglected intangible heritage is one of the challenges that face sponsors of culture and those interested in an attempt to preserve the Egyptian identity. Cultural Programs to 2030 Within the framework of the comprehensive vision and the strategic objectives of the culture and performance indicators that have been selected to measure the extent of development done periodically in order to achieve its objectives and feel the impact on the future vision of Egypt by 2030, and in addition to the policies, programs, and projects related to cultural development included in the Government’s program for the period 2016-2018, the following programs are expected to contribute in achieving the strategic vision, objectives, and indicators: Legal Framework and Governance Development Programs: Reviewing laws and legislation related to cultural industries and heritage protection  Program Description: Make a comprehensive review of all laws and regulations related to cultural industries and heritage across sectors. This will create a motivating environment for cultural production and heritage protection. The review of this legislation is intended to be finished by 2018 and is considered a low-cost program.  Key Elements: - Review of Protection of Cultural Objects Law number (117) of 1983, as amended. - Review of Penal Code number (58) of 1937. - Review of Publications Law number (20) of 1936. - Review of Law No (96) of 1996 concerning the Regulation of the Press. - Review of law number (121) of 1975 on Preserving Official Documents of the State and regulating the way they are published. - Review of law number (24) of 1999 and its executive regulation on imposing a Tax for Entering Theatres and other places of entertainment. - Review of Intellectual Property Law to ensure protection of cultural industries. 226 Developing and restructuring the cultural system  Program Description: Raising the degree of governance in the cultural system through reconstruction in a way that eliminates the conflict of jurisdictions, harmonizing visions, coordination, and integration among different governmental bodies and the private sector. The program is to be implemented consistently until 2030, and it is considered a low-cost program.  Key Elements: - Update regulations governing the work of unions, chambers, and syndicates associated with the cultural process in order to develop their performance to be able to carry out their tasks and assignments concerning the development of its work within the framework of ambitious strategic objectives. 8th Pillar: - Apply a modern governance system on all the cultural institutions to seek Culture transparency and improve supervision and accountability without imposing additional limitations. Programs that Support Achieving the Strategic Vision and Objectives of Culture: Adopt a set of programs to raise historic and cultural awareness within society  Program Description: Launch a comprehensive program aimed at achieving integration among the different efforts exerted to raise historic and cultural awareness of society. This program will continue until 2030, and will be updated consistently according to local and international developments. It is considered a medium-cost program.  Key Elements: - Launch competitions and excellence degrees at schools in order to encourage cultural activity for students. - Launch competitions at the universities in order to encourage cultural activity for university students. - Include school trips to historic and archeological sites and documentary films on heritage into the tools of personal development for Egyptians in basic education. - Coordinate between the Ministry of Youth and Sports and the Ministry of Culture to provide and promote cultural activities in youth centers. - Allocate media to raise awareness about Egyptian heritage through programs and competitions that attract different ages and strata of society. 227 - Produce movies and documentary films about historic cities, heritage sites, monuments, and traditional crafts to raise awareness about Egyptian heritage. - Hold events and festivals at heritage sites in order to attract the greatest possible number of Egyptians and foreigners. Establish an integrated database for cultural products and activities in Egypt  Program Description: Establish an integrated data structure for cultural work that enables planning that is based on accurate data and provides a great deal of information about culture and heritage and participating in protecting, documenting, and digitalizing it. This program is to be finished by 2018, and is considered a low-cost program.  Key Elements: - Establish a database for original and translated intellectual production to motivate the diversity of outputs and of non-repetition. - Launch a national program to digitize all tangible and intangible forms of heritage and make it accessible electronically to ensure the protection of intangible heritage. - Prepare an integrated atlas for the cultural services map and make it electronically accessible to facilitate exchange of information. - Prepare an integrated atlas for the cultural and heritage sites map and make it electronically accessible to facilitate exchange of information. Increase the efficiency of the cultural services infrastructure and expand its scope  Program Description: Develop the infrastructure of cultural services, reducing its geographical gaps among governorates and building the capacity of national competence for heritage and cultural management. This program is targeted for completion by 2026. This is a medium-cost program.  Key Elements: - Turn specialized cultural points into comprehensive cultural centers that allow practicing different cultural activities, with the precedence given to the neediest areas. - Reopen closed cultural sites to ensure full coverage and exploitation of all available sites. - Activate and expand the scope of partnerships with the private sector to raise the efficiency of cultural infrastructure. - Establish and develop academic programs for heritage and cultural management in collaboration with universities to qualify those who are working in the cultural field. 228 Protect and develop heritage crafts  Program Description: Protect and develop heritage crafts through financing and marketing stimulation, supporting promotion through exhibitions and tourist programs, and launching technical qualification programs to ensure transference of knowledge. This program is scheduled for completion by 2020, and is a medium-cost program.  Key Elements: - Launch a national program to identify and document heritage crafts for development and sustainability. - Develop technical qualifications programs for heritage crafts aiming to transform and exchange knowledge about these crafts. 8th Pillar: - Adopt a package of marketing and financing motives to stimulate heritage industries. Culture - Expand establishment of temporary and permanent exhibitions for heritage craft products to support marketing and outreach. - Include heritage crafts in the content of tourist promotion programs to raise awareness locally and internationally. Support and empower cultural industries  Program Description: Encourage and protect cultural production through the establishment of an environment that stimulates the growth of cultural industries. This environment would ensure its protection and provide additional financing and marketing channels necessary for the growth and expansion of its effect. This program is to be implemented by 2020 and is a medium-cost program.  Key Elements: - Adopt a package of marketing and financing incentives necessary for the stimulation of cultural industries. - Increase the Ministry of Culture’s budget share for unique work to encourage the production of high-quality work. - Support organizing and participation in international exhibitions, festivals, and competitions to promote marketing and spread knowledge of Egypt’s cultural industries. - Expand cultural exchange programs in various areas to raise awareness locally and internationally about Egyptian cultural industries. 229 - Adopt a periodic program to qualify those working as art works police and raise their awareness about the framework needed to protect intellectual property. Protect and maintain heritage  Program Description: Protect and maintain heritage through a package of policies and plans that aim to update techniques of protection and reconstruction. This program is to be implemented by 2030, and is a high-cost program.  Key Elements: - Link archaeological sites to insurance and monitoring electronic systems to provide security and protection for archaeological sites. - Undertake maintenance and reconstruction of mosques and churches to unify the priorities of maintenance and financing. - Apply new techniques in carrying out reconstruction works and construction of deep wells to ensure consistency of the ground water level without affecting monuments. - Expand production and sale of transcripts and archaeological books. - Expand registering heritage monuments with UNESCO, referring to the threats facing these monuments to ensure international rights. 230 Environmental Dimension Environmental Dimension 231 232 Ninth Pillar: Environment Overview of Current Situation During the last three decades of the 20th Century and the first decade of the 21st Century, the concept of “Environment” has been significantly changed. After it was associated to the pollution of environmental systems only, the concept has become more comprehensive. Green economy has become the talk of the day and how to integrate this concept into the development of strategies, policies, plans, and programs. Thus, emerged the new global trend, as many global countries adopted the approach of preparing policies in order to activate this concept in various sectors, including sustainable societies, eco-friendly cities, green buildings, sustainable and organic agriculture, in addition to less polluting manufacturing and production in the industrial field, rationalization of consumption of water, energy, and renewable energy resources, investing in energy-saving and eco-friendly public means of transportation, environmental tourism promotion, and reusing and recycling of wastes in order to achieve sustainable development and achieve the economic, social, and environmental objectives within a proper governance framework, that ensures social contribution, transparency, and accountability. Accordingly, and due to the fact that the main objective is to ensure the rights of next generation to the use of natural resources and development, the environment pillar framework is divided into two sections: Section 1 addresses the main elements of managing natural resources--air, water, and wastes—in addition to the ecological systems and biological diversity. As for the other elements included in managing natural resources, such as energy and mineral resources and lands, 9th Pillar coordination has been made with other concerned pillars to ensure that their strategies would lead to rationalized management of these resources and their sustainability. Section 2 covers the Environment environmental impacts of all the developmental sectors. The environmental dimension of energy, urban development, transportation, and all economic activities such as industry, agriculture, and tourism is discussed with the various concerned pillars in order to achieve integrity with those pillars as a main element to ensure that the strategy achieves the comprehensive sustainable development concept. Generally, the environment strategy copes with the UN sustainable development goals, particularly the goals of environmental activity, underground water, and on-land life, clean energy at reasonable prices, clean water, and healthy hygiene goals, and other goals. Review of the current situation of the environment reveals a number of facts about water, air, ozone, biological diversity, mineral resources, coastal environment, wastes, and international conventions in these areas, which we will review, in detail, as follows:  Water: In 2015, per capita of renewed fresh water has reached 650m3 per person annually, making Egypt one of the nations suffering from water scarcity,1 The agricultural sector has the biggest share of water consumption with a percentage of 85% of total consumption. On the other hand, the non-traditional water resources represent 20% only 1 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, Egypt, Statistics of the Year 2015 233 of the total water resources in Egypt in 2013-2014.2 Climate change is expected to have an impact on the water sector, resulting in more demand especially in the agricultural sector in addition to the impact of high sea level on groundwater reservoirs in the Nile Delta, which increases its salinity and makes it non-consumable.  Air and Ozone: Industrial and technological developments have resulted in introducing new chemical substances, leading to the increase of gas emissions from ozone depletion- causing substances. According to the estimates of the World Bank, environmental deterioration resulting from air pollution costs Egypt about 5% of the annual GNP, or about LE 2.42 billion annually. 3 Egypt has successfully overcome the challenges dictated by the commitment to the provisions of the Montreal Protocol and its various amendments to protect the ozone layer. Many ozone-depleting substances, which have been used in consumable, industrial, and agricultural products, have been gradually disposed of. A national strategy has been prepared for banning the use of HCFCs used in various sectors, in particular the foam and thermal insulation industry sector and manufacturing of refrigerators and air-conditioners.  Biological Diversity: Egypt is a nation that contains various environmental systems in addition to aquatic life and wildlife. Various plant and animal species in Egypt represent tropical and Mediterranean environments dating back millions of years. Egypt is one of the leading nations in caring for the protection of the biological diversity as proven by entering into international conventions, which promote such trends led by the Convention of Biological Diversity in 1992. Egypt has been one of the first countries that prepared and carried out a national strategy and national work plan in the biological diversity field over 20 years (1997-2017) through governmental, civil, and popular contributions. In 2014, Egypt announced 30 natural reserve areas covering more than 149,000 km2 or about 14.7% of Egypt’s total area. Thirteen natural reserves have an approved and activated management plan.4  Mineral Resources: Egypt owns huge natural mineral resources. However, most of them have not yet been perfectly utilized, resulting in low contributions from the mineral resources sector to the GDP.  Coastal Environment: Coastal and marine areas in Egypt have a strategic significance due to the availability of food resources and raw materials, which are the fundamentals of economic development. In addition, the coastal area is considered as a vital source for maritime transport and trade. These areas include a number of significant environmental resources that are the main resource for entrainment and tourist attraction. Coastal areas in Egypt include about 22% of the total population and they are where more than 60% of the industrial, economic, commercial, and maritime developmental activities are being practiced on coastal areas, in addition to the Nile Delta, which covers about 60% of the

2 Ibid

3 World Bank, 2002

4 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics, Egypt, Statistics of the Year 2015 234 agricultural production in Egypt. Moreover, coastal areas in Egypt, especially the Red Sea, produce about 85% of the total crude oil production.5  Wastes: As part of achieving sustainable development, there is an urgent need to deal with solid wastes in terms of resources management rather than wastes management. Wastes constitute an essential resource for reuse and recycling operations in addition to their role in providing new job opportunities in what is known as green jobs. Moreover, the role of integrated and sustainable management of wastes in limiting the emissions of global warming gases causing the climate change phenomenon. According to the estimates of 2011, the total amount of municipal solid wastes annually generated is about 20 million tons, representing 250 kg per person annually. This is a very low rate compared to the countries of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), in which such rates amount to about 530 kg per person annually,6  International Conventions: Egypt has signed 68 environmental conventions and affiliated protocols for protecting the environment, human health, and the various environmental resources. Like many other countries, Egypt participates in the negotiations for the development of these conventions. The scope of these conventions expands to include protection, preservation, and promotion of natural capital, transfer to a low-carbon green economy, enhancement of the efficiency of use of resources, and protection of citizens from environmental pressures and health risks. The challenge currently facing Egypt, as it is for most developing countries, is to reach a compromise between its international obligations and national policies. Following is a review of the vision, strategic objectives, KPIs, challenges and development 9th Pillar programs for environment until 2030. Environment

5 Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA), 2015

6 Information and Decision Support Center (IDSC), Egypt’s Waste Problem, 2012 235 Strategic Vision for Environment to 2030 Environment is integrated in all economic sectors to preserve natural resources and support their efficient use and investment, while ensuring the next generations’ rights. A clean, safe and healthy environment leading to diversified production, resources, and economic activities, supporting competitiveness, providing new jobs, eliminating poverty, and achieving social justice. Accordingly, it is evident that the strategy vision for the environment until 2030 aims at identifying the mechanisms for encouraging investment in natural resources and ecological systems in order to support the economy and provide new job opportunities. This strategic vision identifies the ways for achieving comprehensive economic development without prejudice to the rights of the next generations to natural resources and a clean environment. In addition, the strategic vision addresses the key issues that have priority until the year 2030 and ways to address them. Given the regional and international leading role of Egypt, the strategic vision focuses on Egypt’s role and its attitude towards environmental issues at the international level. This vision is consistent with the UN sustainable development goals after 2015, which considers environment as one of the dimensions of sustainable development, in addition to identifying a set of issues that are addressed through the 13th, 14th, and 15th goals, relating to facing climate change and its impact; preserving oceans, seas, and maritime resources; and protecting and restoring wild ecological systems and promoting their sustainable usages and protecting biological diversity. Strategic Objectives for Environment to 2030 Based on the strategic vision, the strategic objectives for environment until 2030 include the following: Objective Definition Rational and sustainable management of This objective addresses the rationalization of the use of the assets of natural resources to support natural resources and finding non-traditional alternatives to the economy, increase competitiveness, ensure their sustainability, while focusing on water and provide new job opportunities resources, to ensure water security This objective addresses the reduction of the rates of air pollution and pollution resulting from untreated wastes Reduction of pollution and integrated resulting in hazardous environmental and health impacts, management of wastes while increasing the benefit from natural resources through the utilization of solid wastes and focusing on municipal solid wastes Maintaining the balance of ecological This objective includes the protection of the distinguished systems, biological diversity, and the biological diversity in Egypt and raising the efficiency of its rational and sustainable management of management through natural reserves, thus ensuring these systems continuity and sustainability of this biological diversity 236 Objective Definition Egypt meets its international and regional This objective ensures Egypt’s commitment to its obligations for environmental conventions international and regional environmental conventions and and develops the necessary mechanisms, developing the necessary mechanisms, while ensuring their while ensuring their consistency with local consistency with local policies policies The first objective addresses the achievement of rationalized and sustainable management of the assets of natural resources, including air, water, energy, and lands with the natural and mineral resources they contain, while focusing on water resources and achieving water security given the great impact of this issue on national security, especially after Egypt has entered the water scarcity phase, in addition to the impacts of climate change and the expected increase in population, which will result in increasing demand with fixed available water resources. This will also lead to the failure to meet the needs of the citizens and production activities. The second objective addresses the reduction of environmental pollution. In this objective, focus is placed on two main issues: the first issue is to eliminate air pollution by reducing air pollution rates. The second issue is environmental pollution resulting from wastes, with a focus on solid municipal wastes and hazardous wastes in order to change the manner of dealing with solid municipal wastes, which represent a heavy burden on the State, to an economically sustainable system that enhances the use of natural resources. Hazardous wastes include significant health risks for citizens and environmental safety, especially because the amount that 9th Pillar is disposed of in a healthy manner constitutes an insignificant percentage of not more than 10%. With the anticipated developmental enhancement, it has become a necessity to monitor and develop hazardous waste management systems to limit their impact on public health and the Environment environment. The third objective addresses the biological diversity and ecological systems, including natural environments, whether wild, aquatic, or coastal. In this objective, focus is placed on developing natural reserves that are the most important and effective tool for maintaining biological diversity. The fourth objective addresses Egypt’s commitment to international and regional environmental conventions. The priority conventions have been classified according to the importance of our international commitments, national priority, and number of projects and activities associated with each convention. The first set includes the Rio Convention of 1992, which includes the conventions of the United Nations on Climate Change, biological diversity, and desertification and the importance of integration and interaction among these conventions to promote sustainable development in the countries that signed these conventions. The second set of conventions covers hazardous materials and wastes, ozone depletion, and marine pollution as another tool for completion of pollution elimination along with the conventions on preserving natural resources. The level of Egypt’s progress in international conventions is measured through the number of conventions in force. 237 Key Performance Indicators for Environment to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current S.N Indicator Definition 2020 Target 2030 Target Category Status It shows the total volume of fresh water consumed by Ratio of total humans (agriculture, water 1 industry, and home) as a 107%(1) 100% 80% consumption percentage of total renewable (%) fresh water resources available for the State It shows the sufficiency of Fresh water renewable fresh water resources per 2 resources (internal and 650 m3/ year(2) 750 m3/year capita external) for the population (renewable) needs Percentage of It shows the percentage of decreased air polluters including fine pollution airborne dust, while focusing 157 micro- 3 -15% -50% caused by fine in this indicator on PM10 gram/m3(3) airborne dust (%) Strategic It shows the percentage of Results domestic solid waste (does not include construction, Percentage of agricultural, or hazardous municipal waste) that is collected, solid waste 20% 40% 80% whether officially or regularly collection collection collection 4 unofficially. It shall be collected and efficiency: efficiency: efficiency: recycled or disposed of managed in a 60%(3) 80% 90% through sanitary landfill or suitable other healthy means. The manner (%) collection will be considered regular if it happens at least once weekly. Percentage It measures Percentage Percentage of of the level of of hazardous hazardous disposing of hazardous It measures the level of wastes, hazardous wastes, wastes safely disposing of hazardous safely wastes, safely 5 disposed wastes that have bad impacts disposed which have disposed (treatment, on environment and health. (treatment, bad impacts (treatment, recycling, final disposal) (%) recycling, on recycling, final environmen final disposal) t and health. disposal) 238 Indicator Current S.N Indicator Definition 2020 Target 2030 Target Category Status (%) (%) It consists Composite Composite of 3 sub- Biodiversity Biodiversity indicators: and and environ- Composite The area of environmen ment biodiversity natural t indicator indicator of and reserves/ of 3 sub- 3 sub- environment total area of indicators: indicators: indicator of 3 wild regions It consists of 3 sub- (1) the area (1) the area sub-indicators: and internal indicators: of nature of nature (1) the area of water- reserves/ reserves/ nature The area of natural courses. total area of total area of reserves/ total reserves/total area of wild land and Area of land and area of land regions and internal watercourse marine and water- and watercourses. s (2) area of coastal courses, (2) 6 watercourses, Area of marine and coastal marine and natural area of (2) area of coastal reserves/ marine and marine and natural reserves/total area of natural total area of coastal coastal natural marine and coastal regions. reserves/ marine and natural reserves/mari Percentage of sites classified marine and coastal reserves/ ne and coastal as AZE protected of total coastal total regions. marine and total area, (3) sites classified as AZE. area, (3) Percentage coastal total ratio of ratio of area, (3) protected sites of sites protected ratio of 9th Pillar classified as classified as sites protected AZE to total AZE classified as sites sites classified. protected of AZE to classified as Environment total sites total sites AZE to classified as classified. total sites AZE. classified. It includes It includes the following the materials: following Rate of Rate of materials: Rate of HCFC-22 reduction of reduction of HCFC-22 reduction of 7 ozone- HCFC-141b ozone- ozone- depleting HCFC-142b depleting HCFC-141b depleting materials materials HCFC-142b materials HCFC-123 HCFC-123 HCFC-124 HCFC-124 Rate of It shows the level of progress 276 reduction of in the State’s efforts to equivalent 8 the expected maintain reasonable increase tons of increasing rates in greenhouse carbon rates of emissions, which cause global dioxide(5) 239 Indicator Current S.N Indicator Definition 2020 Target 2030 Target Category Status greenhouse warming phenomenon and gas emissions climate change Ratio of non- It shows how far the State traditional depends on utilization of water non-traditional water 9 resources to 20%(1) 30% 40% resources in reduction of total water dependence on available resources traditional water resources. usage It shows the efficiency of the Sanitation as State’s utilization of its percentage of 10 sewerage water resources, 50%(4) 60% 80% total sewage whether agricultural or )%( industrial Illegal It shows the State’s success industrial in banning disposal of sewage into industrial wastes in a manner the Nile River not in conformity with the 11 as a 21%(3) 16% 0% specifications, in the Nile percentage of River, which causes huge the total water pollution (direct and industrial indirect disposal). sewage)%( Output Sanitation It shows how far the percentage sewerage water, which is according to disposed of in the Nile River, the national is in conformity with national 12 50%(3) 70% 100% standards, standards, which guarantee disposed in that the quality of fresh water the Nile River resources has not been )%( affected. Number of It shows the extent of natural progress in designing and reserves, with executing management plans 13 an approved for natural reserves, which 13(3) 20-15 30 and activated help in achieving their management sustainability and increasing plan (reserve) benefit from them. Percentage of It shows Egypt’s adherence progress in the to international conventions 14 commitment in the following fields: 100% 100% to ratified desertification – climate conventions change – biological diversity )%( – hazardous materials and 240 Indicator Current S.N Indicator Definition 2020 Target 2030 Target Category Status wastes – marine pollution, through calculating the percentage of conventions in force. It shows the efficiency of Percentage of water distribution networks loss in water Less than Less than 15 and amount of water wasted 15%(6) transfer 10% 5% as a result of their damaged networks (%) infrastructure Percentage of It shows the efficiency of loss in water water treatment stations and Less than Less than 16 30%(6) treatment amount of water wasted in 20% 10% plants (%) such stations Input Number of It shows the State’s ability to national plants monitor air polluters through 17 87 plants(3) 92 plants 120 plants monitoring air the number of stations of a pollutants national network Number of monitoring It shows the State’s ability to sites at the monitor industrial emissions 164 sites 9th Pillar national 18 through the number of 40 250 sites 500 sites network of stations of the national companies(3) monitoring network. industrial Environment emissions (1) Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics (CAPMAS), Egypt, Statistics of the Year 2015 (2) Ministry of Water Resources and Irrigation, 2015 (3) Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA), 2015 (4) Environmental Performance Index Report, 2014 (5) World Bank database on the internet (6) Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Development, 2015 *The identified quantitative target is temporary until it is declared by the responsible authority (Ministry of Water Resources and Irrigation, Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Development, and Ministry of Environment) 241 Suggested New Indicators Indicator S.N Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category This indicator will be measured in cooperation This indicator has been with the Ministry of introduced to reveal the Environment and the economic cost incurred by Environmental Ministry of Planning,

1 Outputs the State as a result of deterioration cost Monitoring and environment deterioration Administrative Reform and irrational use of using the method of resources calculating the cost of alternative opportunity Challenges of Environment Challenges facing the environment are divided into three main groups. The first group of challenges has great impact and is easily controlled. Therefore, it will have the biggest share of attention due to the ability to face and overcome it quickly and easily more than the other challenges. This group includes the following:  Failure to adopt an integrated and participatory approach that ensures integration of social and environmental dimensions into the economic dimension. There is no integration of the policies and strategies of the various ministries, neither is there participation of stakeholders in the development of policies, plans, and programs.  Water loss. The failure to rationalize water consumption in all consuming sectors, particularly the agricultural, industrial, and housing sectors, represents a high risk for the State’s water resources and a threat to its water security. On the other hand, due to the expected increase in the rates of water usage demands resulting from overpopulation and the probable impact of climate change along with the fixed share of Egypt in the water of the Nile River, the efforts to rationalize water consumption and searching for other non- traditional resources have become a national necessity.  Poor retributive policies and economic incentives for encouraging the private sector to reconcile its environmental conditions. This leads to increasing non-sustainable production and consumption patterns. However, if the necessary policies package is available, the private sector can be included as an essential partner in preserving the environment and natural resources.  Climate change. Climate change represents an obvious risk to water resources in Egypt. This impact covers two sections: the first section is related to coastal areas that are vulnerable to sea level rise and economic and social damages at the coastal areas. The 242 second section is the River Nile water flow on which the scientific research differs as to whether it is preferable to increase or decrease the flow percentage. In both cases, an intervention is necessary to get adapted to any of the two cases, if occurred.  Deterioration of watercourses and drainages. Watercourses and drainages require renewal and a greater attention as they have been greatly violated whether through opening illegal irrigation channels or disposing of wastewater and industrial wastes into them that resulted in pollution of water and shortage of water at the ends of watercourses that generally affects the efficiency of the use of water resources.  Overuse of groundwater. Overuse of groundwater represents a threat to water security due to the pressure placed on non-renewable water resources without restoring them, taking into consideration that groundwater has a great importance as a strategic reserve.  Lack of trained technicians in the area of waste recycling. This leads to poor efficiency of the recycling system, resulting in failure to achieve the ultimate benefits from available natural resources.  Poor incentive policies for encouraging green production. Poor inventive policies in the private sector for adopting eco-friendly green production methods that are efficient to manage natural resources in addition to rationalization of energy consumption resulted in the private sector’s refraining from adopting such production patterns and Egypt’s setback in this area compared with developed countries.  Open-air burning of different kinds of wastes (municipal or agricultural). Open-air 9th Pillar burning of wastes, whether municipal or agricultural, is one of the main reasons for air- polluting emissions that result in negative environmental and health impacts. This Environment challenge is due to the deficiency in waste collection, recycling, and disposal systems in addition to the low level of society’s awareness of the risks of such practices. The second group of challenges has relative low impact and is relatively controlled. It includes the following:  Poor participation of the private sector in the collection and recycling of solid wastes. With the lack of encouraging and participation mechanisms, this has resulted in increasing the financial burden on the State for managing solid waste systems whether through collection or recycling, leading to aggravating the problem of solid wastes accumulation in different districts and cities and the attempt to dispose of such wastes in unsafe manners that will negatively affect the environment and citizens’ health.  Increasing the cost required for introducing and using modern technologies for desalination and treatment of water. This represents a challenge to the achievement of the utmost benefit from non-traditional water resources, which should be relied upon to elevate the pressure on fresh water resources and to face the increasing demand.  Overhunting practices. The failure to implement the law on the prevention of infringements of natural reserves and coastal environments and the increasing 243 overhunting has led to a negative impact on biodiversity and natural habitats and fish wealth in Egypt, particularly in the recent period, which was marked by security chaos.  Increasing the cost of collecting and transporting solid wastes. This affects the efficiency of collecting solid wastes, especially municipal wastes, where the efficiency of collection reaches less than 60% of the total generated wastes, which necessitates searching for variation of financing sources to ensure the sustainability of waste management systems.  Fragmentation of the work of institutions in the water sector. The roles and powers of the agencies governing the water resources sector in Egypt are overlapping and not clear. This includes the Ministry of Water Resources and Irrigation and the Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Development, which results in deficiency of water resources management due to inconsistencies along with the lack of coordination between them.  Lack of necessary funding for the pollutants and emissions monitoring stations. Also, lack of funding for the implementation of the plans to reduce the rates of air- pollution has led to the increase of their financial burden on the State, threatening their sustainability and resulting in a decline of the progress of these programs and an increase in air pollutants along with the negative impacts on the environment and public health. In addition, the lack of financing resources for expanding the establishment of pollutant monitoring stations decreases the ability of measuring and following up pollution levels in order to support taking the necessary reformative decisions and procedures, in addition to increasing the efficiency of personnel of monitoring stations to ensure the production of correct and accurate reports.  Lack of funding for monitoring biological diversity and reserves management. This has led to the deficiency of the efforts of biological diversity and Egypt’s setback in this area compared with other countries.  Lack of incentive policies encouraging individuals to use natural gas-operating vehicles. Traditional transportation means depending on petroleum materials are one of the elements of air pollution and greenhouse gases emissions that contribute to global warming. The failure of the State to adopt policies that encourage citizens and institutions to use natural gas as an alternative, which has a less damaging impact on environment. The use of eco-friendly vehicles such as bicycles constitutes a challenge that results in increasing the use of traditional transportation means including the abovementioned harmful effects.  Poor information system in the areas of wastes. The lack of comprehensiveness and accuracy of data related to waste management systems has a negative impact on the efficiency of systems’ management and taking the proper procedures and decisions.  Lack of integration of civil society into the efforts of protecting biological diversity. The failure to expand the scope of beneficiaries from the efforts of protecting 244 biological diversity and those interested in them to include civil society results in increased protection pressure on the State that affects the efficiency of such efforts.  Failure to include the price of water cost in the different products. This is one of the factors that encouraged not to achieve the utmost efficiency in the use of water resources and resulted in poor expansions in infrastructure to ensure the sustainability of water systems.  Deterioration of the current water transmission pipelines. This results in loss of treated fresh water, leading to the increase of the demands for water resources more than actual needs due to the amount of lost water during transmission.  Lack of an independent budget for managing solid wastes. According to the priorities of governmental expenditure, this lack has led to the deficiency of the operation of this sector.  Irregular increases in the rates of coastal areas development. The Red Sea in particular witnesses an irregular increase in development rates and many activities including diving, boats fees, spread of moorages and marinas, drilling, mining, petroleum excavations, and other activities that directly affect biological diversity in the Red Sea, natural resources, and environmental systems such as coral reefs and mangrove forests.  Poor coastal areas protection procedures. These areas are subject to environmental threats such as a disappearing beaches phenomenon that may result in losing lands and expected sea level rise because of climate change, which may have disastrous 9th Pillar consequences on the country’s economy.  Poor mechanisms for monitoring and measuring the rate of emissions of ozone- Environment depleting materials. This results in poor efficiency of managing the plans to decrease these materials and taking the required reformative decisions and procedures. It should be noted that the efforts made for decreasing the rates of ozone-depleting materials are among the main international obligations. The third set of challenges includes lower priority challenges. However, this does not mean that they are less important and they must be faced.  Adopt non-sustainable industrial production modes polluting the environment. The failure to consider the environmental dimensions during planning and managing industrial facilities results in a non-sustainable industrial system contributing to the pollution of natural resources and decreasing the efficiency of their use. This includes generating hazardous wastes that are not treated, non-rationalization of water resources usage, and the use of non-renewable energy resources that cause air pollution.  Increased number of informal waste dumps. This reduces the State’s ability to efficiently manage the waste systems, including the calculation and collection of the generated amounts of waste and dealing with the wastes through recycling or final disposal. 245  Poor support for the scientific research system to achieve environmental sustainability. There is no clear policy and effective mechanisms for directing scientific research to the areas of preserving natural resources and protecting the environment in order to support achieving sustainable development in Egypt.  Lack of a community motivation to facilitate the operation of the waste management systems. Whether facilitating the recycling process through isolation from source or by following more sustainable consumption methods for reducing the rates of generated wastes.  Inability to keep trained personnel in biological diversity and reserves areas. Economic incentives provided for trained personnel in the area of preserving biological diversity do not encourage personnel to continue work and develop the sector, in addition to the lack of qualifying and training programs provided for them.  Poor community participation in preserving the environment and inadequate environmental awareness. This results in poor utilization of natural resources and deterioration of that environment’s condition and their impact on economy and social and environmental conditions.  Multiple agencies responsible for the implementation of plans. Several agencies are responsible for implementing plans to reduce the rates of air-pollution and poor coordination ability results in the lack of integration of the projects and lack of ability to evaluate their results within a unified framework reflecting the progress of implementation. Environment Programs to 2030 Based on these challenges, and in addition to the policies, programs, and projects of environment included in the 2016-2018 government program, the following are the key programs and projects of the strategy during 2016-2030. Programs for Implementation Mechanisms Strengthen the institutional and legislative structure of the water resources management system:  Program Description: The program intends to reform the institutional and legislative defects in the water resources management system by re-identifying the roles of the sector’s governing agencies and enhancing their administrative efficiency in addition to drafting the necessary legislation. This program is expected to be complete by 2020. This is a low-cost program. 246  Key Elements:  Clearly identify the institutional and organizational roles of the Ministry of Water Resources and Irrigation and the Ministry of Housing to avoid overlap of authorities and powers.  Implement a program for providing water from non-traditional resources, renewing the ecological water systems, activating the management role of providing water from non-traditional resources to alleviate the growing pressure on traditional water resources.  Draft legislation and laws supporting the optimal use of water resources.  Develop a legislative framework and new criteria for wastewater treatment and water treatment.  Include penalties for water pollution in relevant laws, introduce laws and criteria requiring the installation of water saving equipment and methods in facilities and enact legislation and mechanisms for implementing the law to reduce the overuse of underground reservoirs.  Implement an institutional capacity building program to enhance the administrative and technical aspects of personnel in the agencies entrusted with water resources management. 9th Pillar Expand the establishment and development of required infrastructure for achieving a sustainable water system: Environment  Program Description: This program intends to develop the existing infrastructure and expand in major projects for the future infrastructure to increase the use of non- traditional water resources and reduce water loss in the current systems. This program is targeted to complete by 2025. This is a high-cost program.  Key Elements:  Implement a program for developing, maintaining, and expanding the establishment of waterways and drainages.  Expand the establishment of infrastructure to make the best use of rain and torrential water.  Implement a program for establishing new wastewater treatment and seawater desalination plants to increase the capacity and alleviate the pressure on traditional water resources.  Develop the existing water treatment plants and water transmission networks to reduce water loss and enhance the efficient use of water resources. 247  Set policies encouraging the private sector to invest in water resources management, whether with regard to treatment, recycling, or infrastructure reforms along with designing the legislative framework to organize its participation.  Provide the required funding to prevent drainage, of all forms, in the watercourses, particularly the River Nile. Implement financial policy reforms and use of economic instruments to move toward more sustainable consumption patterns of water and natural resources:  Program Description: This program intends to bridge the gap in water demand through developing policies that support the practices of water conservation and reviewing virtual water policies of the international trade. This program is intended to commence in 2020 and complete by 2025. This is an average-cost program.  Key Elements:  Implement a program for water rationalization in various sectors, particularly industry and agriculture, with reliance on modern technology in irrigation and crops that require less water.  Adopt policies that support cost recovery of water transmission and treatment for various sectors.  Develop motivating policies, such as tax reduction, for the private sector to encourage water rationalization and reuse.  Facilitate access to modern and innovative water-saving equipment and technologies through decreasing customs tariffs.  Develop commercial policies that increase water resources through international trade (virtual water). Increase awareness of the need to preserve the environment and natural resources, motivating required alternatives and technologies for water rationalization, and protecting natural resources.  Program Description: This program intends to consolidate community efforts for environmental resources rationalization and conservation through awareness programs and training services or integrating environmental concepts in education, while focusing on the role of women in these programs. Implementation of this program is targeted to complete by 2020. This is an average-cost program.  Key Elements:  Implement geographical awareness programs about the importance of water conservation according to the demands and nature of each community. 248  Provide guidelines and training services on the means of water conservation used for agriculture in rural communities.  Integrate the concepts of comprehensive and sustainable management of solid wastes into the educational system.  Implement awareness programs on the need to shift to more sustainable consumption and production patterns, including rational consumption of energy and natural resources and protecting the environment from pollution.  Implement awareness programs on the development of industrial sector awareness, particularly small and medium enterprises, of the importance of environment protection and resources rationalization.  Develop awareness and educational programs on biodiversity through social awareness programs intending to spread the social and economic values of biodiversity and including the elements of biodiversity protection in the educational curriculum. Enhance the efficiency of solid waste management systems and support its sustainability:  Program Description: The program intends to establish an institutional, legislative, and executive system for the management of solid wastes of all forms. This system would be characterized by integrity, efficiency, and financial sustainability. Implementation of this 9th Pillar program is targeted to complete by 2020. This is a high-cost program.  Key Elements:  Develop an integrated system at the institutional and legislative level for the Environment management of the wastes sector by identifying the sector governing entities and issuing the required laws for setting forth their roles and powers as well as allocating financial resources required for operations.  Develop the administrative and technical capability of solid waste management organizations.  Implement a plan that intends to achieve financial sustainability for solid waste management by developing the policies that create encouraging the environment to increase the private sector’s involvement in solid waste management to alleviate funding pressure on the State.  Develop a mechanism for integrating the informal sector into the solid waste management system and legalizing its conditions to take advantage of its capabilities and enabling the State to regulate its activities.  Develop operational and commercial models that are in line with management service providers. 249  Develop and put in place environmental and health criteria for solid waste management to ensure the consistency of sector activities with international safety standards.  Develop a mechanism for controlling and monitoring the performance of local bodies with regard to solid waste management to ensure the efficiency of collection and recycling or disposal systems. Develop the necessary policies to reduce air pollution, combat climate change, and protect the environment:  Program Description: This program intends to adopt and develop necessary strategies and policies to reduce air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions through three major sectors: energy, industry, and transportation. Implementation of this program is intended to complete by 2018. This is a high-cost program.  Key Elements:  Implement a program for diversifying sources of funding for air pollution reduction plans by promoting international partnerships programs in this area to alleviate the funding pressure on the State and involve all beneficiaries in these programs.  Develop economic incentives for encouraging the industry sector to reconcile its environmental conditions regarding the reduction of air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions.  Develop economic policies for supporting the efforts aimed at energy conservation in all sectors.  Develop motivating policies for the production and consumption of new and renewable energy sources, particularly wind and solar power.  Develop polices intending to increase the use of mass and eco-friendly means of transportation (such as electric trains). Develop the infrastructure to enhance the efforts aimed at reducing air pollution and combating climate change:  Program Description: This program intends to enhance the measurement and management of the effectiveness of the efforts aiming at reducing air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions, in addition to strengthening the coordination ability to supervise multiple reduction plans. Implementation of this program is intended to complete by 2020. This is an average-cost program. 250  Key Elements:  Expand the provision of infrastructure to monitor and measure the rates of air pollution, including monitoring stations and technological equipment that increase the State’s ability to monitor pollution levels and take the appropriate procedures.  Establish a climate change database to serve as the core of establishing a research and studies center, in addition to introducing a new department in the competent ministries of climate change for emissions inventory.  Increase the powers of the Ministry of Environment to lead the supervision and coordination among the different agencies implementing the reduction plans in order to avoid the existing contradictions resulting from the lack of coordination among implementing agencies. Enhance the efficiency of the administrative structure and infrastructure required for developing the efforts of biodiversity protection:  Program Description: This program intends to strengthen the efforts of maintaining ecosystems and biodiversity by developing the infrastructure and its administrative framework. This program is intended to commence in 2020 and complete by 2025. This is a high-cost program.  Key Elements:  Increase the numbers and efficiency of reform and rehabilitation programs for environmentally disadvantaged areas. 9th Pillar Environment  Improve the communication network and develop information systems for the management of natural reserves and various environments to enhance the efficiency of monitoring the environment’s current situation.  Implement training programs for developing government employees (in the competent bodies for environment protection) and civil agencies (local communities in the environment protection areas) in the areas of biodiversity preservation and protection.  Introduce and develop financially sustainable management frameworks to maximize the economic aspects for the management of natural reserves.  Provide the stakeholders entrusted with implementing the law on prohibiting illegal hunting practices with new methods of security control and training the required human cadres to enhance the efficiency of prohibiting illegal hunting practices, which threaten the balance of ecosystems. 251 Increase the involvement of private and non-governmental sectors in the efforts of preserving and protecting biodiversity:  Program Description: This program intends to alleviate the financial and administrative costs incurred for implementing the programs of biodiversity preservation by involving the private sector and strengthening social partnership frameworks. Implementation of this program is intended to commence in 2025 and complete by 2027. This is an average- cost program.  Key Elements:  Establish integrated frameworks for partnerships with local and civil societies in the efforts of protecting the environment and biodiversity.  Develop mechanisms to encourage voluntary activities and involvement of civil society organizations in environment protection and biodiversity preservation.  Develop policies to encourage the private sector to invest in biodiversity, natural reserves, and environmental tourism, while raising the value added of environmental products.  Create job opportunities for local societies in the environmental protection areas through: o Developing qualifying and training programs to work in the area of environmental products and preserving biodiversity. o Developing economic policies to increase the competitiveness of environmental and local products such as medicinal and aromatic plants and local crafts. Enhance the efficiency of protecting coastal and marine areas:  Program Description: This program intends to enhance the State’s ability to protect coastal areas from the challenges resulting from various activities, whether naval, such as fishing and oil exploration or industrial, such as urban, industrial, agricultural, and touristic development. Implementation of this program in intended to commence in 2020 and complete by 2025. This is an average-cost program.  Key Elements:  Develop a program for enhancing Egypt’s capability to attract sustainable and environmental tourism and implement a comprehensive marketing plan to ensure the attraction of this type of tourism and, accordingly promote its contribution to the GDP.  Develop more strict management and monitoring systems with regard to marine environment violation in order to ensure that these activities are consistent with international environmental standards. 252  Develop the required policies and legislation to motivate the private sector to comply with efficient and sustainable practices for the marine ecosystem, while applying the “Polluter pays” principle by the individuals and economic sectors.  Promote sustainable practices for fisheries to support ecosystems and marine biodiversity.  Implement programs for developing the technical capabilities (research and studies, advanced information systems) and administrative capabilities of personnel carrying out coastal and marine environment management.  Develop sustainable economic policies for encouraging civil society organizations that are working in the field of coastal and marine environment preservation, and creating partnership frameworks to develop these initiatives.  Implement a program intended to adapt with the risks of climate changes on coastal areas, particularly high-density areas located along the coastline of the Mediterranean Sea, through developing scientific research to issue accurate studies on the expected risks and the best scientific methods to deal with them, in consideration of sustainability. Monitoring the implementation of international conventions on environment:  Program Description: This program intends to enhance the State’s ability to comply with its international conventions on environment by enhancing the efficiency of its 9th Pillar administrative frameworks and activating their integration into the executive strategies of the State in the competent ministries. Implementation of this program is intended to complete by 2018. This is an average-cost program.  Key Elements: Environment  Develop a mechanism for integrating the international conventions into the national strategies and legislation of various ministries to enable the State to comply with these conventions.  Develop a mechanism for enhancing the efficiency of managing and monitoring financial resources allocated to the program aiming at compliance with international conventions on environment.  Activate the role of national committee supervising the implementation of each convention to ensure the compliance of the State to such convention.  Develop a mechanism to link the program outputs aiming at achieving international obligations and conventions clauses on environment to ensure the progress of projects in the right direction and take appropriate corrective procedures, when necessary. 253  Develop a comprehensive, periodically updated, database, including the number of signed conventions, number of conventions in force, submitted national reports, implemented programs within the context of the convention and their progress, to monitor the State’s compliance with its international conventions on the environment. Programs Relating to Certain Topics Develop a system for disposal of hazardous waste and raising management efficiency:  Program Description: This program intends to reduce the production of hazardous wastes and treat them appropriately in order to avoid their harmful environmental and health impacts. Implementation of this program is intended to commence in 2020 and complete by 2030. This is an average-cost program.  Key Elements:  Develop economic policies to encourage the private sector to reconcile its environmental conditions with regard to hazardous wastes.  Impose harsher penalties on the agencies generating hazardous wastes if they are not treated and disposed of safely and appropriately.  Expand the establishment of infrastructure for methods of hazardous waste disposal.  Develop a list of the most hazardous chemicals on health and the environment, including the appropriate methods for disposal. Establish a higher council for sustainable development:  Program Description: This program intends to establish a higher council for sustainable development, reporting to the Cabinet, aiming at ensuring the implementation and monitoring of the State’s environmental policies and achieving sustainable management of the State’s natural resources. Implementation of this program is intended to complete by 2018. This is a low-cost program.  Key Elements:  The higher council for sustainable development will undertake the following tasks: o Continuous coordination among all governmental authorities to ensure the integration of sustainable development criteria into the strategies of various ministries in order to raise the efficiency of natural resources utilization and protection of the environment. o Develop various economic policies aiming at achieving good and sustainable management of natural resources and supervise achievement by the different implementation authorities. 254 o Develop market policies and mechanisms that promote the shift to more sustainable production and consumption patterns, while enhancing the control systems on the environmental impacts of economic activities. o Develop efficient, transparent, and accountable monitoring and environmental performance assessment systems for the various ministries. It is targeted that the period starting from 2020 to 2025 will witness the implementation of urban development policies that consider all sustainable development principles and promote the alternatives and technologies required for consumption rationalization and natural resources protection. 9th Pillar Environment 255 256 Tenth Pillar: Urban Development Overview of Current Situation In light of the current increase in urban expansion and the increase in the rate of rural to urban migration, the current inhabited areas have reached its vital capacity and population saturation. This is clear through the increase of population and urban densities. The lack of-provision of new areas to accommodate the population’s growth has resulted in the deterioration of the urban environment quality due to environmental pollution, traffic congestion, decrease of green spaces, as well as the spread of random construction on the most fertile agricultural lands. The housing system in Egypt has suffered from poor distribution that resulted in an overflow in middle- and high-income housing and deficiency in low-income housing with an amount estimated at 2.5 million residential units1. The State’s efforts during the past years resulted in significant progress in covering drinking water services, in both urban and rural areas, in which the percentage of coverage has reached 90% of citizens. 2 There is, however, a geographical misdistribution of such services, as coverage in rural areas is less than urban areas with approximately 10%. Safe sanitation services still need development, as the percentage of sanitation service coverage did not exceed 50% of total population and there is a great gap between the coverage in urban areas, which reached approximately 79%, compared with the coverage in rural areas, which reached only 12%.3 Following traditional solutions in sanitation service coverage constitutes a massive financial burden on the State’s general budget. 10th Pillar The percentage of users of public transportation modes in Egypt decreased compared with those in more developed countries, which resulted in harmful environmental effects represented in air pollution, increased carbon dioxide emissions, and traffic congestion in urban centers. The lack of a comprehensive developmental plan that guides the usages of land resulted in conflict Urban Development among different authorities governing State land as well as the lack of optimal utilization of land resources. The central system followed currently to manage housing system is unsuitable for the aimed urban expansion. Despite articles of the 2014 Constitution encouraging decentralization, Egypt must exert more efforts to activate the roles of local bodies in a way that achieves the desired decentralization. The State has started taking the necessary procedures for the expansion of new communities since the State is planning on building new cities as the New Alamein City, New Al Galala City, New Ismailia City, and more other cities that are being built. This is aligned with new development pillars that the government is currently working on. The next phase will be to address the needed renovations to encourage the construction of new housing communities in those new cities.

1 Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics (CAPMAS), 2014

2 Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Communities, The Current Situation of Water and Wastewater Sector, 2014

3 Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Communities, The Current Situation of Water and Wastewater Sector, 2014 257 The legislative framework related to urban development in Egypt is not aligned with the desired development and needs to be reconsidered, especially that which is related to the Unified Construction Law No. 119 for the year 2008, Planning Law No. 70 for the year 1973, Local Administration Law No. 43 for year 1979 and the Mortgage Law. Urban development requires allocation of a large amount of financial resources that can reach to hundreds of billions. This can be allocated by new mechanisms of financing from the local and regional private sector to support such projects that have a high profitability. In addition, the State encourages international financial institutions and development partners to participate in achieving urban development goals to expand inhabited areas. The urban development pillar is aligned with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals in general, and with Goal No (11) that is related to Sustainable Cities and Communities. The following is an illustration of the urban development strategic vision and objectives, key performance indicators, challenges, and the priority programs to overcome those challenges. Strategic Vision for Urban Development to 2030 A balanced spatial development management of land and resources to accommodate population and improve the quality of their lives Strategic Objectives for Urban Development to 2030 The strategic objectives for urban development are to approach the critical issues regarding how to accommodate the inhabited areas for future anticipated population growth, priority urban issues, and the role of urban development in achieving Egypt’s leadership at the international level. The strategic vision of urban development focuses on achieving THREE main objectives during the upcoming FIFTEEN years as follows: Objective Definition This objective approaches on determining the scope of spatial development that can accommodate the anticipated population Increase inhabited areas in a way growth in the upcoming years. This objective is divided into that is suitable for the accessibility TWO parts: First Part: achieve balance in population distribution of resources, size, and distribution in current and future inhabited areas; Second Part: maximize of population impact of development in new areas to ensure their capability of attracting and including population growth This objective focuses on improving the quality of current and Improve the quality of the urban future inhabited areas, in addition to the treatment of aggravating environment and critical housing issues This objective focuses on achieving the optimal benefit from Maximize utilization of the Egypt’s distinguished geographical location, as compared with strategic location of Egypt, other countries worldwide, through increasing Egypt’s 258 regionally and internationally communication with foreign countries and the expansion of strategic projects that attract local and foreign investment Key Performance Indicators for Urban Development to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target It measures the extent of the The percentage of State’s success in localizing population settled the targeted population in in new urban 1 new urban communities - 100% 100% communities outside the scope of the compared with the Valley and Delta, which is targeted (%) overpopulated. It measures the gap between supply and demand in the 2.5 10th Pillar housing sector as a Housing gap million less than less than 2 percentage of the total along indicator units – 8% 5% with non-inclusion of the 12% (1) units exceeding the need in different income classes. Urban Development Strategic Passengers using It measures the extent of 1.9 Results public citizens’ dependence on billion 3 +30% +50% transportation public transportation instead passenge growth rate of private vehicles. rs (2) It measures green landscapes in cities including gardens and parks 0.85 m2/ Per capita green 4 proportional to the per 1 m2 3 m2 landscapes in cities population in cities and the capita(3) quality of urban environment in such cities. It measures the ability to Rate of reduction prevent the phenomenon of 30,000 5 of agricultural land infringement on agricultural 100% 100% acres(4) infringement lands and urban expansion on them. 259 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target It measures the extent of Egypt’s rank in Egypt’s communication with global foreign countries through 6 99/140(5) 65 50 connectedness cross-border flows of trade, index capital, information, and people. It measures number of Number of Egyptian cities that increase Egyptian cities in their communication with 1

7 Globalization and 5 9 foreign countries through (Cairo)(6) World Cities index localizing of multinational (GaWC) service companies It measures urban area Growth rate of growth rate that reflects 300,000 700,000 urban area 8 inclusion of population - feddan feddan (thousand growth along with spatial added added additional acres) expansion It reflects the expansion of the land added to the Land added to the inhabited Egyptian areas and 1% 3% 9 7% inhabited areas measures the land added added exploitation degree by the population It measures the rate of Output reduction in number of Rate of reduction 1 million population in insecure areas 10 of population in inhabitan 30% 100% according to the definition insecure areas ts of Informal Settlements Development Fund (ISDF) It measures the percentage of informal settlements in urban or rural areas. An informally built house does Less Percentage of Urban Less 11 not include the following: than slums 38%(7) than 5% access to basic water, access 20% to basic sanitation, security of tenure, durability of housing and sufficient living 260 Indicator Current 2020 2030 S.N Indicator Definition Category Status Target Target area. It measures the extent to which citizens have access to safe sewerage services Percentage of according to quality 12 population with 50%(9) 70% 100% standards determined by the access to sanitation Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Communities. It measures the extent to which citizens have access Percentage of to safe drinking water population with services according to quality 13 >90%(9) >95% 100% access to safe standards determined by the drinking water Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Communities. 10th Pillar Suggested New Indicators: Urban Development Indicator S.N Indicator Definition Measurement Mechanism Category CAPMAS calculates the number of population at the level of new urban communities instead of governorates and establishes Population settlement It measures the extent to a database annually through average in new urban which new urban classifying number of Strategic 1 communities communities accommodate population in governorates results proportional to population growth in urban according to residence; then, population growth. areas the following equation is estimated: (change of population size in city/change of total population size in urban areas) ÷ (number of 261 population in city at the end of measurement period/ total number of population in urban areas at the end of measurement period) × 100 Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform in coordination with Ministry of Social Solidarity will calculate geographically the number of workers in new It measures the extent of urban communities that connection between work have social insurance in The percentage of opportunities in new urban public and private sectors. A 2 workers settled in new communities and residence, database will be established urban communities and the extent of actual and updated annually settlement at such containing the number of communities workers in new urban communities according to address, then this equation will be estimated: Number of located workers Output /total workers in new urban communities × 100 The governorates in cooperation with Ministry of Transportation and It measures the extent of CAPMAS prepare regular The percentage of access to public modes of field surveys at different population having transportation for areas to determine housing access to public modes population. Such modes will places deprived of public 3 of transportation every include not only means of transportation: 20 minutes at most governmental public (Number of population within a spatial scope of transportation but also any having access to public 500 meters mode of transportation means of transportation available for the public. every 20 minutes at most within a spatial scope of 500 meters/total number of population) × 100 262 Basic Challenges of Urban Development Challenges related to urban development are divided into THREE main sets: The first set of challenges is known for its high impact and being relatively easy to control. Thus, it will receive the greatest attention in order to be able to face and overcome it in a quick and easier manner than the other challenges. This set includes the following:  Conflict among authorities governing State land. This arises because of the conflict among the laws and competences and the diversity of authorities that have the right to allocate lands for different usages and lack of clarity of the scope of competences for each authority.  Centralization of governmental services. Centralization of governmental services necessary for the citizens in urban centers resulted in connecting the population of new urban communities to their original urban centers, which results in difficulty of procedures and encourages population to concentrate near the urban center.  Lack of motivating policies to encourage settlement of population in new development areas. Lack of adequate motivating policies, especially economic policies, to encourage population to move from current inhabited areas to new inhabited areas, especially at the first executive phases, which are known for low occupation rates.  Lack of options available in housing support programs provided by the State. 10th Pillar Housing support programs provided by the State lack the variety of options suitable for the qualification of lower income classes (e.g. subsidized rental and renting until owning).  Lack of the private sector and civil society participating in providing facilities. Urban Development The State plans and executes different facility networks exclusively, and the lack of the participation of the private sector and civil society results in increasing the financial burden on the State which hinders quick progress in development. The second set of challenges comes in the second rank of priorities due to having relatively lower impact or the ability to control them:  Lack of planning and administrative efficiency of local authorities. Deficiency of human abilities capable of planning and managing communities at the local level in local bodies along with non-availability of technological infrastructure in them, results in non- connection between urban plans at the national level along with the local level, and deficiency of execution.  Lack of accuracy and conflict in data of urban communities. Lack of a unified mechanism and clear standards for measuring information related to urban communities from concerned bodies results in conflict in official numbers from different authorities, which makes decision making difficult.  Lack of technological capabilities and efficiency in management in external communication gateways. Where there is lack in the technological infrastructure, 263 which is necessary in order for Egypt to become a global service center in addition to deficiency of management systems at such areas.  Lack of efficiency in planning housing projects for low-income classes. The State distributes social housing projects according to population distribution and not according to the actual gap in geographical demand, which results in inconsistency between implementation and real needs.  Lack of a political interest or incentives for green or sustainable construction. This increases the spread of traditional and non-sustainable methods.  Scarcity of green spaces in urban areas. Lack of designing and activating sustainable management systems for green spaces ensuring their existence in good condition.  Unsuitability of urban planning of new urban communities for its special environment nature. The planning of new urban communities lacks consideration of the special environment nature of such areas such as their desert climate, spread of dust, and their distance from urban centers, which reduces population movement to them.  Deficiency in private sector and civil society participation in planning new cities development. Lack of social participation by the private sector and civil society in the planning process results in a development not suitable for the needs of society or the market.  Unification of tenure security policies. In all new areas, without taking into consideration the differences in the nature of the developed area, unified policies of possession and ownership of lands of all areas are not suitable for developmental expansions aimed at, as non-provision of facilities in possession of lands for some areas results in reduction of number of population moving to them.  Weak incentive programs for developers and investors. Motivating programs and policies are inadequate for attracting investments from the private sector to new development areas, which results in increasing investments and thus the population in aggregated urban centers.  Non-integration of social, cultural, and economic services that aim at building an integrated and sustainable community. Non-integration of such services result in production of relatively vacant buildings along with the lack of spread of population in new urban communities due to the lack of the fundamentals of an economically, socially, and culturally integrated community.  Deficiency of the State’s role in preventing the emergence of new informal settlements. The State’s non-adoption of deterrent procedures to prevent emergence of new informal settlements increases aggregation of the phenomenon, which makes it difficult to find comprehensive solutions for it. 264  Weak legislation and executive mechanisms. These oblige the private sector to apply technical specifications in urban planning. Penalties would oblige the private and public sectors to adhere to technical urban planning specifications, but since they are currently lacking, the private sector ignores such standards in order to achieve more profitability.  Non-efficiency of mechanisms of executing punitive monitoring systems against violations. Inefficiency of the State’s mechanisms to monitor violations and execute laws against violators such as unplanned constructions and encroachment on agricultural lands.  Dependence on traditional technologies for provision of main facilities. The State’s follow up of traditional means to cover facilities instead of modern technologies or dependence on local resources results in unnecessary increases in the expenses of covering the facilities.  Quality deterioration in public transportation. Current quality of mass transportation is not suitable for all classes of society and does not fulfill the needs of all citizens, especially with non-activation of coherent quality specifications for modes of public transportation for private and public sectors that limit the demand for using them.  Weak public transportation capacity. The capacity of the current modes of public transportation is weak proportional to the demand on such modes, which results in overcrowding in them and thus deterioration of their quality. 10th Pillar  Weak planning framework for managing transportation systems. Deficiency of the framework for managing mass transportation systems including lack of previous planning for different modes of transportation, lack of an activated mechanism for controlling transportation tariffs, and not taking unplanned development areas into consideration. Urban Development The third set of challenges includes those of less priority, but this does not mean ignoring them as all mentioned challenges are important and it is necessary to search for how to face them:  The gap between capital capacity and the remaining cities in attracting investments. The readiness of Cairo and centralization of governmental and private services in it resulted in a great gap between its capability of attracting investments and the capability of the other cities in which the strategy aims at expanding investment.  Lack of stability in building materials prices. Lack of stability in the prices of building materials constitutes a main problem as it results in increase of residential units and their non-decrease along with lack of a mechanism followed by the State to control prices.  Uncertainty of the ability to utilize resources at new areas. There has been a decrease in the number of studies that provide information on the size, location, and economic qualifications for utilization of natural resources in new development areas 265 resulting in uncertainty of dependence on such resources in developmental and urban expansions aimed at.  Weak local construction and execution capacity. Deficiency of construction capacity including equipment, building materials, and trained labor locally hinders achievement of the desired development at the local level, which results in increase of development expense due to the increase on the dependence on non-local services and materials.  High construction expenses in new areas. Construction expenses constitute a massive burden on the price of construction in new development areas, which makes investors refrain from directing their projects to such areas.  High cost of living in new urban communities. Increased prices of commodities, services, and transportation in new areas results in increasing the expense of living in them, which does not encourage population to move to them, and prevents population’s movement from a limited social class, which results in non-construction of an integrated community.  Public culture is towards internal immigration to urban centers and not to new urban communities. The currently prevailing trend of citizens is to emigrate from rural areas and regions to urban centers overcrowded with population and this trend needs to be changed in order to achieve spread of population in new urban communities.  Unavailability of sufficient lands for educational and health services in the current inhabited area. Scarcity of lands allocated for establishment of educational and health services in the established communities hinders the State’s ability to fulfill citizen services and increase the quality of urban environment in them.  Inadequate finance for developing informal settlements. Deficiency of financial resources available for the State to develop informal settlements results in aggregation of social and cultural conditions within such areas along with continuous deterioration of the quality of the urban environment in them.  Non-maintenance of the current main facilities networks. This results in the necessity of investment in maintenance and renewal of the existing networks in a way that integrates supplying new development areas with the necessary facilities. Urban Development Programs to 2030 In addition to what is mentioned in the government’s program for policies, programs, and projects related to urban development during the period 2016-2018, we offer the following as some of the most important programs and projects that focus on the strategy during the period 2016-2030. 266 Programs to Develop Legislative Frameworks and Governance Reform of institutional structures and governance of urban development planning and management systems:  Program Description: The program aims at addressing responsibilities that are unclear for authorities governing planning and management of development, and the conflict among the mandates of various authorities governing State lands. It is aimed to complete this program by the year 2020. This program is considered as a middle-cost program.  Key Elements: - Issue a unified planning law that ensures coordination among authorities mandated with planning at the national, sectoral, and spatial levels and for all generations. - Adjust the role of the Supreme Council for Planning and Development to set the policy for managing the development of State land to determine the basic rules for land allocation, set land valuation and monitor land usage. This will help avoid the current conflicts resulting from land allocation without planning its usage. The National Center for Planning State Land Uses executes such policies. - Issue a unified law for land similar to the unified construction law in order to demonstrate the suggested institutional system in accordance with the decided policies for managing State land, while determining the responsibilities and mandates 10th Pillar of various institutions. - Execute a comprehensive program to develop technical and administrative capacities of those planning and managing urban development in various institutions in order Urban Development to improve the quality of the final product of developmental plans and ensure the capacity of the governmental body to be able to manage such plans. - Set a mechanism for connection between the State’s urban plans at the national, regional (governorates), and local levels in order to ensure compliance of executed projects with the national urban vision. - Develop an integrated database for urban communities to ensure measurement mechanisms are unified, promote transparency of exchanging such information in order to avoid the existing conflicts and increase efficiency in the decision-making process related to planning and managing urban communities. Link between a comprehensive investment plan and the national urban plan 2052:  Program Description: This program aims at adopting the mechanism of integrating investment plans into urban plans in order to ensure success and execution of the anticipated urban expansion and overcome the State’s limited financial resources. The aim is to complete such a program by 2020. This program is considered one of the middle-cost programs. 267  Key Elements: - Set a unified and comprehensive spatial investment map for all investment types (industrial, agricultural, and commercial). It will be connected with the national strategic plan 2052 in order to be able to execute the plan. - Execute a comprehensive marketing program for attracting the required types and levels of investments according to the investment plan specified for executing the projects of the national strategic plan. - Develop a unified database including all investment projects with all their types and levels in order to facilitate a follow-up system and ensure the compliance of projects with the national plan and investment map. - Execute a training program for staff at the Ministry of Investment in order to enhance their abilities to develop marketing studies and activities for investment projects and how to attract and deal with investors. Activation of municipalities’ role in execution and management of urban plans:  Program Description: This program aims at ensuring the connection between urban plans at the national level and executing them at the local level through activating municipalities’ role and supporting their administrative and technical capacities. The aim is to complete this program by 2025. This program is considered one of middle-cost programs.  Key Elements: - Set legislation and executive mechanisms to expand the competences of local management and achieve economic and administrative decentralization as stipulated in the 2014 Constitution. - Redefine the tasks and responsibilities of local councils, urban community authorities, and new city bodies in order to avoid the existing overlapping in their current roles. - Activate the role of the Supreme Authorities for Regional Planning and the revision of their roles and responsibilities to avoid overlapping and repetition of tasks among them, as a mechanism to connect between State’s urban plans (national level) and those of the municipalities (local level). - Set a program for developing the technical and administrative capacity of local bodies. - Qualify programs in order to raise the technological capacities of personnel. - Set a system for follow-up and evaluation, and an effective incentives system for workers in municipalities. - Support the technological infrastructure including the required equipment and tools. 268 - Prepare guidelines demonstrating how to prepare general and detailed strategic plans and execute training programs that raise planning capacity of staff. Encourage population settlement in the new development areas:  Program Description: This program addresses overpopulation in current residential areas through the provision of the necessary policies and mechanisms for encouraging settlement of population and investments in the new urban areas instead of the existing ones. The aim is to execute the program within the period 2020-2025. This program is considered one of the middle-cost programs.  Key Elements: - Adopting policies in order to make new development areas more attractive to population and economic investments to ensure achievement of the desired rates of settlement. - Providing the necessary governmental services in new urban communities to achieve decentralization and support population settlement, inhabitants of new urban communities will not need to be connected with their original urban centers to obtain the governmental services that they need. This will help in facilitating population settlement in such communities. - Expanding the execution of media awareness programs to encourage migration from the current inhabited areas to the new development areas and the economic 10th Pillar incentives accompanying such migration. - Adjusting policies and laws related to the possession of lands and residential units in order to ensure their suitability for the nature of each new development area. Urban Development - Preparing qualifying programs to help in inhabitants’ adaptation to the nature of new urban communities through establishment of offices for this purpose in local bodies. - Setting policies for connection of job opportunities in new urban communities to residence in such communities to ensure achieving the concept of settlement. - Setting policies for making overpopulated urban centers less attractive to population and investments. Achieve a balance between supply and demand in the housing sector:  Program Description: The program aims at repairing the instability in the housing system, which is known for abundance of units allocated for high- and middle-income classes and a significant gap in units allocated for low-income classes of the population. The aim is to execute such program during the period 2020-2025. This program is considered one of the high-cost programs.  Key Elements: 269 - Develop an integrated information system for managing supply and demand of residential units that includes number of residential units available for all income classes, housing demand according to such classes, along with the geographical distribution of demand, and available units. This information system is used as a mechanism to plan State housing projects according to the needs of different income classes. - Set policies and legislation for motivating the merging of vacant units within the housing market through increasing the incentives for renting in order to contribute to filling the gap between supply and demand. - Set policies to motivate the participation of the private sector in housing projects for low-income classes in order to lighten the financial burden on the State because it solely executes such projects. - Increase numbers of housing supporting programs and their diversity in order to accommodate different needs and income classes (programs of participation with the citizen such as the Ebni Betak Project) and projects for encouraging renting a house instead of owning it. - Set a legislative framework and executive mechanisms for increasing the State’s ability to direct the land and real estate markets in order to achieve a balance in housing systems while taking different levels of supply and demand into consideration. - Set a mechanism for activating the role of non-governmental housing cooperatives and providing economic incentives to support their projects while directing such projects to new development areas in addition to applying control systems to their activities, aiming at increasing the participation of the non-governmental sector in the housing sector in order to shorten the gap between supply and demand. - Revise the policies of allocating and transferring ownership of residential units as a mechanism to adjust supply and demand system in the housing sector. Control informal settlement phenomenon and insecure areas:  Program Description: The program aims to achieve social equity, raise the standard of living and eliminate the negative phenomena resulting from informal settlements. The aim is to execute the program by 2030. This is considered one of the high-cost programs.  Key Elements: - Set an economically and socially integrated framework to develop informal settlements and provide job opportunities for their inhabitants, whether at their residential areas after being developed or alternative areas, while taking execution of programs for qualifying and developing the cultural and social skills of the inhabitants to adapt to developed areas and preserve them into consideration, thus, 270 raising the quality of their lives and ensuring the sustainability of replacement and development projects. - Diversify resources for financing projects related to the development of informal settlements through setting policies (economic stimulants and direction of social responsibility programs) aiming to increase the participation of the private sector in replacing and developing informal settlements and insecure areas in order to decrease the financial burden on the State’s general budget. - Set a national mechanism for managing and following up foreign aid and international partnership programs in the field of eliminating informal settlements to ensure the efficiency of directing financial resources to vulnerable beneficiaries. - Develop a unified and comprehensive national database for informal settlements and insecure areas, including all informal settlements whether in the rural or urban areas, while calculating their population, their social characteristics such as the educational standard, economic characteristics such as income standards, number of residential units, their classes, and their current value, in addition to all the required information that support the efficiency of setting an integrated framework to solve the problem of informal settlements and prevent their expansion. - Increase the efficiency of executing laws related to preventing emergence of new informal settlements through supplying authorities concerned with executing the law with the technical, technological, and security means necessary to face the increase of 10th Pillar illegal and informal buildings and settlements in the future. Substitution and modernizing of the main infrastructure networks and expansion in providing facilities in new development areas: Urban Development  Program Description: The program is divided into TWO parts: First Part is related to enabling the urban expansions aimed at providing the main facilities required by such expansions. The Second Part is related to replacement of the main facilities in the current inhabited areas to ensure the provision of the minimum degree of urban environment quality. The aim is to execute the program by 2025. This is considered one of the high- cost programs.  Key Elements: - Execute a program for renewing and replacing the current main facilities in order to achieve the minimum standard of living in the current urban centers and expansion in establishment of main facilities in new areas to enable execution of different projects directed to them. During execution of the program, expansion in depending on non-traditional solutions in providing the facilities should be taken into consideration to lighten the financial burden resulting from following traditional means, which are unnecessary for the nature of many communities. 271 - Set a mechanism for connecting between the programs and projects of the main facilities so that infrastructure projects do not delay provision of other planned projects. - Develop systems for controlling the quality of executing residential facilities projects in order to ensure contractor adherence to execution of projects according to the required standards through assigning the task of supervising execution of facilities projects to independent central technical offices that are not affiliated to local bodies. - Diversify sources of financing projects for replacing, renewing, and providing main facilities through setting policies such as economic stimulants, partnership projects between the government and the private sector, and non-governmental partnership programs that aim at increasing the partnership between the private and non- governmental sectors to replace, renew, and provide the main facilities to lighten the financial burden on the State’s general budget and develop institutional and legislative frameworks that serve such purposes according to the decided policies. Encourage the spread of green and sustainable building methods:  Program Description: This program aims at merging preservation of the environment with urban development through following green building methods that are considered one of the most important sustainable development pillars. The aim is to execute this program within the period 2025-2030. This program is considered one of the middle-cost programs.  Key Elements: - Develop comparative studies to determine the optimal method for green building suitable for different new development areas, whether on the architectural or constructive aspects or used raw materials. - Develop construction codes and legislative frameworks to codify and execute the non-traditional green and sustainable practices. - Set certain mechanisms and standards to evaluate the comprehensive environmental effects of establishments, executing a program to develop technical skills of human personnel competent in revising architectural and constructive plans and supervising execution to evaluate the environmental effect of the establishment. - Issue a law that includes binding standards for the companies to ensure that establishments will be sustainable and eco-friendly. - Set motivating policies to direct the private sector to invest in green and sustainable building such as supporting programs and lightening the tax burden. 272 Programs Related to Certain Subjects Elimination of infringement and violations in existing urban communities:  Program Description: This program aims to maintain the minimum quality of living standard required in the existing urban communities through developing a package of policies and legislation in order to eliminate violations of the urban specifications and encroachments on agricultural and State lands and enable governmental bodies to activate execution of such policies. The aim is to execute this program by 2020. This program is considered one of the low-cost programs.  Key Elements: - Revise the unified construction law to amend the articles related to violations in construction, aiming at setting a framework for reconciliation with some violators in order to codify their situations to include such class in the official sector, conditional on non-threat of citizens’ lives such as buildings violating constructive safety or interests such as height restrictions imposed by the Civil Aviation Authority. - Revise legislation related to encroachment on agricultural and State lands and archeological sites in order to impose more strict punishment on violators and prevent provision of facilities for violators by any means as the case may be, aiming at eliminating the informal usage of State lands and achieving the optimal utilization of their special resources. 10th Pillar - Increase the efficiency of executing laws related to construction violations and encroachments on agricultural or State lands through providing authorities concerned with executing law with technical support such as establishment of an Urban Development engineering unit outside the local bodies to evaluate the condition of violating buildings, technological equipment needed for demolition, and security such as security campaigns accompanying prevention of dealing with citizens necessary to face the increasing rate of such violations. - Develop a unified database including all construction encroachments and violations of all kinds and updating it in order to identify technical, technological, and financial resources necessary for dealing with encroachments and violations in different governorates, aiming at raising the efficiency of developing a provisional comprehensive national plan to activate laws in relation to such encroachments and violations. Increase the capacity and quality of means of public transportation in cities:  Program Description: This program aims to improve the quality of the urban environment in governorates through increasing citizen dependence on modes of public transportation, which helps in decreasing traffic congestion in cities, in addition to the positive environmental and health effects. The aim is to execute such program by 2022. This program is considered one of the middle-cost programs. 273  Key Elements: - Execute a project for increasing numbers of means of mass transportation in cities while increasing dependence on the private and non-governmental sector in provision of such services so that the State’s role is focused on motivating and organizing the public transportation market in order to lighten the administrative and financial burden on the State’s general budget. - Execute a qualifying and training project to raise planning skills of staff in the governorate bodies in order to plan sets, sites, and numbers of means of public transportation suitable for the nature of each governorate in order for the State to be able to efficiently direct investments of the private and non-governmental sectors. - Support roads with modern technological tools to monitor roads and traffic flow in order to enable responsible authorities to raise planning efficiency and manage traffic congestion in a better way. - Adjust regulations and laws for increasing the quality requirements of means of mass transportation for private and non-governmental sectors in order to motivate inhabitants to use them and increase their suitability for all income classes. - Develop a national database to calculate numbers of users of modes of public transportation whether public, private, or non-governmental, and their economic and social characteristics such as income classes and social status in order to control the efficiency of the public transportation system and observe the gaps between supply and demand to increase planning efficiency. Increase the construction capacities in new urban communities:  Program Description: This program aims at increasing the targeted constructive capacities in the urban communities plan, ensuring speed and good quality of execution, adjusting mechanisms for monitoring contractors and providing materials necessary for the construction and building process. The aim is to execute this program by 2025. This program is considered one of the low-cost programs.  Key Elements: - Execute incentives programs for contractors to increase the quality and speed of construction such as financial incentives for early delivery of projects or points systems for evaluating the performance of contractors that affects the potential of concluding a contract with them in other projects, especially in strategic projects such as facilities and road networks and power plants that directly affect citizens or are depended on for progress of other development projects, in addition to merging the legislative framework of such programs with the related laws. 274 - Develop the role of the contractors’ union for executing programs for supporting the constructive capacity of contracting companies, aiming at increasing the capacity of the local market to accommodate the size of planned development projects. - Setting economic policies for supporting the increase of the constructive capacity of the local market including raw materials, building equipment and others ideas such as decreasing customs duties imposed on importing building equipment and supporting small- and medium-sized contracting companies, aiming at enabling execution of planned development projects. - Set a mechanism for controlling the market of raw materials used in construction and building works in order to prevent monopolization practices and increase competition among different companies to ensure availability of raw materials with competitive pricing. - Improve monitoring systems for contracting works to ensure adherence to quality standards and eliminate practices of corruption in assigning contracting works and supervising its execution. 10th Pillar Urban Development 275 276 ANNEX Table of Contents Economic Development Pillar .................................................................................. 279 Energy Pillar................................................................................................................. 300 Knowledge, Innovation & Scientific Research Pillar ............................................. 306 Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institutions Pillar .......................... 315 Social Justice Pillar ...................................................................................................... 320 Health Pillar ................................................................................................................. 326 Education and Training Pillar .................................................................................... 331 Culture Pillar ................................................................................................................ 344 Environment Pillar...................................................................................................... 353 Urban Development Pillar ......................................................................................... 359 277 278 Economic Development Pillar Strategic Objectives for Economic Development to 2030 Strategic Objectives

1 Stability of macroeconomic environment

2 Achievement of sustainable inclusive growth

3 Increasing competitiveness, diversification, and knowledge

4 Maximizing the value added

5 An active player in the global economy capable of adjusting to international developments

6 Creating decent and productive job opportunities

7 Increasing GDP per capita to reach the level of the high-middle income countries’ GDP per capita

8 Integration of informal sector in the economy 279 Key Performance Indicators for Economic Development to 2030 Quantitative Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Real GDP growth  Ministry of Planning,  All ministries and agencies

1 Monitoring & rate (%) Administrative Reform  Private sector  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform GDP per capita  Central Agency for

2 Public Mobilization  Private sector  Ministry of Health & (USD) and Statistics Population  Central bank of Egypt  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Share of real GDP in  Sectorial Administrative Reform

3 Monitoring & real world GDP (%) Administrative Reform ministries  Central bank of Egypt  Private sector  Ministry of Trade and Industry  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Poverty headcount  Central Agency for Administrative Reform  Ministry of 4 ratio at national Public Mobilization Social Solidarity poverty lines (%) and Statistics  Ministry of Finance  Service Ministries  Ministry of Planning, Percentage of Monitoring & population below the  Central Agency for Administrative Reform  Ministry of

5 Public Mobilization extreme poverty line and Statistics Social Solidarity  Ministry of Finance (%)  Service Ministries  Ministry of Planning, Public debt to GDP  Ministry of Monitoring & 6  Ministry of Finance Administrative Reform ratio (%) Finance  Central Bank Of Egypt 280 No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Budget deficit as  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of 7 percentage of GDP  Ministry of Finance Monitoring & Finance (%) Administrative Reform Total reserves in  Ministry of  Ministry of Trade and 8 months of good  Central Bank Of Egypt Trade and Industry imports (months) Industry  Private Sector  Ministry of Finance  Central Agency for  Ministry of Supply and  Central Bank

9 Inflation rate (%) Public Mobilization internal Trade Of Egypt and Statistics  Ministry of Trade and Industry  Ministry of Investment  Central Agency for  Ministry of Finance Unemployment rate

10 Public Mobilization  Private Sector  Ministry of Manpower (%) and Statistics  Ministry of Trade and Industry  Ministry of Investment Female labor force  Central Agency for  Ministry of Trade and

11 Public Mobilization  Private Sector participation (%) and Statistics Industry  Ministry of Manpower Total fertility Rate  Central Agency for  Ministry of  All Ministries

12 (children per Public Mobilization Health and women) and Statistics Population  Civil Society  Ministry of Finance  Central Bank of Egypt Macroeconomic  World Economic  Ministry of  Sectorial Ministries 13 environment Forum Finance indicator (Rank)  Private Sector  Ministry of Trade and Industry  Ministry of Trade and Industry Ease of doing  Ministry of  Ministry of Investment 14 business index  World Bank Investment (Rank)  Ministry of Finance  Central Bank of Egypt 281 No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of  Ministry of Higher Global Investment  World Economic Education & Scientific 15 competitiveness  Ministry of Research Forum index (Rank) Trade and  Ministry of Training, Industry Education & Technical Education  Sectorial Ministries  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of  Federation of Egyptian Manufacturing Industries

16 Monitoring & Trade and growth rate (%) Administrative Reform Industry  Private Sector  Ministry of Trade and  Ministry of Planning, Industry Monitoring & Manufacturing value  Ministry of Planning, Administrative Reform 17 added as percentage  Private Sector Monitoring & of GDP (%)  Central Agency for Administrative Reform Public Mobilization  Ministry of Finance and Statistics  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Trade and  Ministry of Planning, Industry Total trade (goods Monitoring &  Ministry of Planning, and services) as Administrative Reform 18  Private Sector Monitoring & percentage of GDP  Central Agency for Administrative Reform (%) Public Mobilization  Ministry of Finance and Statistics  Ministry of Investment Current balance as  Ministry of 19 percentage of GDP  Central Bank of Egypt Trade and  (%) Industry  Ministry of Planning,  Service Monitoring & Services share in  Ministry of Planning, Administrative Reform

20 Monitoring & Ministries GDP (%) Administrative Reform  Ministry of Finance  Private Sector  Ministry of Investment High-technology  Exporters  Ministry of Trade and  Ministry of Finance 21 exports as  Ministry of percentage of Industry Trade and  Ministry of Investment Egyptian Industry 282 No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority manufactured exports (%) Net foreign direct 22 investment (Billion  Central Bank of Egypt  Private Sector  Ministry of Investment USD)  Ministry of Trade and Industry  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring &

23 Ratio of private Monitoring &  Ministry of Administrative Reform sector contribution Administrative Reform Finance to GDP (%)  Private Sector  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of  Ministry of Value of outsourcing Communication & Communication & 24  Private Sector Information Technology services revenues Information Technology  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of

25 Income taxes (%)  Ministry of Finance  Private Sector Finance Value added tax  Ministry of 26  Ministry of Finance  Private Sector (VAT) (%) Finance  Ministry of  Ministry of Planning, Planning,  Ministry of Local Public investment at Development

27 Monitoring & Monitoring & the local level (%) Administrative Reform Administrative  Municipalities Reform  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of

28 Investment rate (%) Monitoring &  Private Sector Finance Administrative Reform  Ministry of Efficiency of public Planning,  International Monetary 29 investment Monitoring &  Ministry of Finance Fund management PIM Administrative Reform Value of Exports  Ministry of  Ministry of Trade and 30  Ministry of Finance subsidies Finance Industry 283 Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Monitoring & Ratio of informal  Ministry of Planning, Finance Administrative Reform 1 sector contribution Monitoring &  Ministry of in the economy Administrative Reform  Central Agency for Trade and Public Mobilization and Industry Statistics  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring &  All Ministries  Ministry of Local Regional economic Administrative Reform 2 and Agencies Development Growth  Central Agency for  Private Sector  Municipalities Public Mobilization and Statistics 284 Economic Development Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority First: Public Projects and Programs  Suez Canal Authority Suez Canal Development  General Economic Authority 1 for the Development Suez  Private Sector Project Canal Zone  Concerned Ministries The construction of the new  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 2  Private Sector administrative capital & Urban Development  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Agriculture & and Monitoring & Administrative Reclamation Reform. Four million acre 3 development project  Ministry of Water Resources  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Irrigation & Urban Development  Private Sector Sinai Company for  Ministry of Planning,

4 Investment and Monitoring & Administrative  Private Sector Development Reform.  Ministry of Planning, North West Coast  Ministry of Housing, Utilities Monitoring & Administrative

5 Reform Development Project & Urban Development  Private Sector  Ministry of Planning, "Golden Triangle" project Monitoring & Administrative 6 for mineral resources in  Ministry of Trade & Industry Reform southern Egypt  Private Sector  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of Trade & Industry  General Authority for Import

7 New Development Pillars  Suez Canal Authority & Export Control  Foreign Trade Sector  General Authority for Industrial Development  Ministry of Communication & Information Technology 285 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Ministry of Finance  Social Development Fund 30th of June Axis and the  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 8  Ministry of Transportation new Glalala City & Urban Development Completion of underground  Ministry of Planning, 9  Ministry of Transportation Monitoring & Administrative phases (IV & V) project Reform Building one million housing units project within the  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Housing, Utilities

10 Monitoring & Administrative framework of the social & Urban Development Reform housing program  Ministry of Justice Legislative reform program  Ministry of Investment  Central Bank of Egypt 11 to improve the investment  General Authority for climate  Ministry of Finance Investment  Ministry of Manpower  Ministry of Supply & Internal  Ministry of Trade & Industry Curbing inflationary Trade  Central Bank of Egypt 12 pressures for macroeconomic  Ministry of Planning, stability  Ministry of Finance Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Private Sector Sovereign wealth fund  Ministry of Planning,  All concerned Ministries and

13 Monitoring & Administrative "Amlak" Reform Authorities  International Labor Organization  Industrial Council for Training-Ministry of Training,  Ministry of Planning, Education & Technical Monitoring & Administrative Education.

14 Decent Work Program Reform  National Council for Disability  Ministry of Manpower Affairs  Ministry of Social Solidarity  Ministry of Justice  Ministry of Youth & Sports  Ministry of Local  Sectorial Ministries Regional economic

15 Development development program  Private Sector  Ministry of Planning, 286 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Monitoring & Administrative  Governors Reform  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Social Development Fund  General Authority for Investment  Financial Supervisory Authority  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Ministry of Finance

16 "Irada" program  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Housing  Ministry of Transportation  Ministry of Agriculture & Land Reclamation  Ministry of Health & Population  Ministry of Finance Programs and projects to  Private Sector 17  Ministry of Trade & Industry formalize the informal sector  Civil society  Municipalities Second: Programs and Projects at the Sectorial Level Industry Sector  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of Trade & Industry  General Authority for Industrial clusters for small Industrial Development 18  Ministry of Trade & Industry and medium industries  Industry Modernization Centre  Social Development Fund  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Urban Development 287 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Private Sector Leather City Project in "Al-  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Ministry of Finance

19 (General Authority for Robeiky" Industrial Development)  Private Sector Establishment of the  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Ministry of Finance

20 (General Authority for Furniture City in Damietta Industrial Development)  Private Sector  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  General Authority for Industrial Development Supporting the heavy 21  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Social Development Fund industries  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Urban Development  Private Sector The improvement and  Suez Canal Authority development of the industrial  Ministry of Finance 22  Ministry of Trade & Industry zones of the Suez Canal (General Authority for  Private Sector project Industrial Development(  Ministry of Trade & Industry

23 Industrial map project (General Authority for  Sectorial Ministries Industrial Development(  Banking Sector  Social Fund for Development Establishing small projects in  Ministry of Supply & Internal 24 the field of mobile retail  Ministry of Trade& Industry Trade outlets  Industry Modernization center  Social Fund for Development  Ministry of Trade & Industry (General Authority for The ships-manufacturing Industrial Development( 25  Sectorial Ministries strategy  Suez Canal Authority  Ministry of Investment Create clusters of agro-  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Ministry of Water Resources & 26 industries Irrigation  Ministry of Agriculture & 288 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Land Reclamation  Ministry of Investment  Private sector Development of golden  Ministry of Trade and Industry  Ministry of Petroleum

27 (Industrial Development triangle project Agency)  Competent governorates Achieve transformation in the mining industry sector to support the development and  Industry Council for 28  African Development Bank competitiveness of the Technology & Innovation private sector and promote job creation in Egypt

29 The green economy program  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Industry Modernization Center Foreign Trade Sector  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Transportation  Central Bank of Egypt The construction of the  Ministry of Communication &

30 Egyptian Trade Network  Ministry of Trade & Industry Information Technology (Egytrader)  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Private Sector  Ministry of International Cooperation The green economy project as a tool to achieve  Foreign Trade & International  Ministry of Environment 31 sustainable development in Agreements Sectors  New & Renewable Energy Egypt Authority  Private Sector  Egyptian Organization for Standards and Quality Control Trade and Domestic Market  General Authority for Import 32  Foreign Trade Sector (TDMEP) Program & Export Control  International Agreements Sector ICT Sector 33  Ministry of Planning, Transformation of Egypt  Ministry of Communication & Monitoring & Administrative 289 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority into a global digital hub Information Technology Reform  Ministry of Finance  Private Sector National project of high-  Ministry of Communication & 34  Private Sector speed Internet Information Technology  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of Trade & Industry  CAPMAS  Federation Of Egyptian Industries, Federation of Egyptian Chambers of Build a digital society to Commerce support and enhance the  Ministry of Communication &  Private Sector 35 efficiency and transparency Information Technology of all institutions  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Supply & Internal Trade  Ministry of Transportation  Central Bank of Egypt  National Council for Disability Affairs  Ministry of Investment The establishment of  Private Sector  Ministry of Communication & 36 technological areas Information Technology  Ministry of Trade & Industry (Industrial Council for Technology & Innovation) The development of cloud  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Communication &

37 Monitoring & Administrative computing Information Technology Reform Development of information  Ministry of Communication & 38 and communication  Private Sector Information Technology technology industry  Private Sector Electronic designing and  Ministry of Communication &  Ministry of Trade & Industry 39 manufacturing Information Technology (Industrial Council for Technology & Innovation) 290 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Social development Fund  Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research  Private Sector  Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research Entrepreneurship  Ministry of Communication &  Ministry of Planning,

40 Monitoring & Administrative development Information Technology Reform  Ministry of Training & Education & Technical Education Agriculture Sector  Ministry of Water Resources & Irrigation  Private sector  Ministry of Agriculture &  Ministry of Trade & Industry Increase the agricultural area 41 and support the agro- Land Reclamation  General Authority for industrialization  Ministry of Trade & Industry Industrial Development  Industry Modernization Centre  Social Development Fund   Ministry of Finance  Private Sector  Ministry of Trade and Industry Create assembling points and  Ministry of Agriculture & 42 storage facilities for the Land Reclamation  Ministry of Finance strategic goods  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Ministry of Housing, utilities and Urban Communities  Governors and the Private Sector  Farmers undertaking Fish Farming Development of aquaculture  Ministry of Agriculture &  Ministry of Agriculture & Land 43 projects Land Reclamation Reclamation  Ministry of Water Resources & Irrigation 291 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority

44 Establishing a “center for  Ministry of Agriculture &  Private Sector modernization of agriculture” Land Reclamation  Ministry of Finance National Program for the  Private Sector  Ministry of Agriculture &

45 Development of livestock, Land Reclamation  Ministry of Finance poultry and fish resources Water and Irrigation Sector  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Urban Development Establishment of new  Ministry of Water Resources  Ministry of Planning, 46 communities to achieve & Irrigation Monitoring & Administrative inclusive development Reform  Private Sector  All Ministries  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Water Resources Monitoring & Administrative

47 Rationalization of water use Reform & Irrigation  Private Sector  Civil Society  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Urban Development Strengthening and  Ministry of Water Resources  Ministry of Planning, 478 rehabilitation of main & Irrigation Monitoring & Administrative enterprises and lift stations Reform  Municipalities  Ministry of Environment Addressing climate change  Ministry of Water Resources  Ministry of Planning, 49 and coast and facilities & Irrigation Monitoring & Administrative protection Reform  Ministry of Agriculture & Land Reclamation  Ministry of Water Resources  Ministry of Environment

50 Water resources development & Irrigation  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of Environment  Ministry of Water Resources

51 Improving water quality & Irrigation  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative 292 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Reform  Civil Society  Municipalities  Ministry of Housing, Utilities Expansion of the sustainable & Urban Development development programs for  Ministry of Water Resources 52  Ministry of Planning, the Nubian sandstone and & Irrigation brackish water reservoir Monitoring & Administrative Reform Development of  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Water Resources 53 groundwater and combating Monitoring & Administrative & Irrigation violations Reform  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Urban Development Covered drainage networks  Ministry of Water Resources 54  Ministry of Planning, development program & Irrigation Monitoring & Administrative Reform Tourism Sector  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Giza Governorate Development of the  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 55  Ministry of Tourism & Urban Development Pyramids area  Ministry of Transportation  Private Sector  National Council for Disability Affairs  Ministry of Transportation  Ministry of Civil Aviation Create Resorts taking into  Ministry of Local 56 account the environmental  Ministry of Tourism Development quality in Western Desert  Ministry of Environment  Private Sector The establishment of  Ministry of Antiques archaeological museums in 57  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Culture the cities of Sharm el-Sheikh and Hurghada  Ministry of Communication & 293 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Information Technology  Private Sector  Ministry of Transportation Creation of healthy eco-  Ministry of Tourism (Green 58  Ministry of Environment friendly resorts Tourism Unit)  Private Sector Encouraging the  Ministry of Transportation transformation of the  Ministry of Tourism (Green 59  Ministry of Environment tourism sector to a green Tourism Unit) economy program  Private Sector  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Urban Development Create racetrack and Yards 60  Ministry of Tourism for sporting Championships  Ministry of Youth & Sport  Private Sector  Ministry of Interior Affairs Review and application of  Ministry of Tourism (Green 61  Ministry of Environment sustainable regulations Tourism Unit)  Private Sector  Ministry of Transportation Establish tourist and  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 62 residential clusters in the  Tourism Development Agency & Urban Development North Coast  Private Sector Application of the refund  Ministry of Finance value-added tax system to 63  Tax Authority  Ministry of Tourism increase expenditure on shopping  Chambers of Commerce  Ministry of Tourism

64 Adopt open sky policy  Ministry of Civil Aviation  Ministry of Finance  Private Sector  Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research The establishment of training  Ministry of Training & 65 centers according to the  Ministry of Tourism Education & Technical international standards Education  Private Sector  Junior Business Associations 294 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Legislative and legal  Ministry of Investment 66  Ministry of Tourism development  Ministry of Justice Supply and Internal Trade Sector

67 Establishment of global  Ministry of Planning, logistics center for trading Monitoring & Administrative  Ministry of Supply & Internal and manufacturing grain and Reform Trade foodstuffs in Damietta project  Ministry of Defense  Ministry of Trade & Industry Development of the holding  Ministry of Supply & Internal  Ministry of Planning, 68 company for food industries Trade Monitoring & Administrative subsidiaries Reform  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative  Ministry of Supply & Internal Reform

69 Developed garner projects Trade  Ministry of Agriculture & Land Reclamation  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Supply & Internal

70 Silos Projects Monitoring & Administrative Trade Reform  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Building network for markets  Ministry of Supply & Internal Reform 71 monitoring and early warning Trade  Ministry of Training & Education & Technical Education  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Development of partnership Reform between the public and  Internal Trade Development

72 Agency (Ministry of Supply &  Ministry of Finance private sectors in the internal Internal Trade) trade sector  Ministry of Housing, Utilities & Urban Development  Private Sector Housing, Utilities and Urban Communities Reforming the institutional  New Urban Communities  Ministry of Housing, Utilities Authority 73 environment in the housing & Urban Development sector  Ministry of Investment 295 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Private Sector  National Council for Disabilities Affairs  New Urban Communities Create a new generation of Authority  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 74 new cities on the & Urban Development  Ministry of Investment developmental national roads  Private Sector Transportation Sector  Ministry of Planning, Development and extension Monitoring & Administrative 75 of the road network for  Ministry of Transportation Reform development purposes  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative

76 Egypt railway development  Ministry of Transportation Reform  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Planning, Development of maritime Monitoring & Administrative 77  Ministry of Transportation Reform transport sector  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Planning, River transport sector Monitoring & Administrative 78  Ministry of Transportation Reform development  Ministry of Finance 296 Execution Phases of the Economic Development Programs to 2030 First Phase 2016–2020  Suez Canal Development Project  The construction of the new administrative capital  Four million acre development project  Sinai Company for Investment and Development  North West Coast Development Project  "Golden Triangle" project for mineral resources in southern Egypt  30th of June Axis and the new Glalala City  Completion of underground phases (IV & V) project  Building one million housing units project within the framework of the social housing program  Regional economic development program  Industrial clusters for small and medium industries  Leather City Project in "Al-Robeiky"  Supporting the heavy industries  The improvement and development of the industrial zones of the Suez Canal project Second Phase  Establishing small projects in the field of mobile retail outlets 2021–2025  The green economy project as a tool to achieve sustainable development in Egypt  Transformation of Egypt into a global digital hub  The development of cloud computing  Development of information and communication technology industry  Electronic designing and manufacturing  Entrepreneurship development  Increase the agricultural area and support the agro-industrialization  Development of aquaculture projects  National Program for the Development of livestock, poultry and fish resources  Establishment of new communities to achieve inclusive development  Rationalization of water use  Addressing climate change and coast and facilities protection  Water resources development 297  Improving water quality  Development of groundwater and combating violations  Encouraging the transformation of the tourism sector to a green economy program  Adopt open sky policy  Establishment of global logistics center for trading and manufacturing grain and foodstuffs in Damietta project  Development of partnership between the public and private sectors in the internal trade sector  Create a new generation of new cities on the developmental national roads  Development and extension of the road network for development purposes  Egypt railway development  Development of maritime transport sector  River transport sector development  Suez Canal Development Project  The construction of the new administrative capital  Four million acre development project  North West Coast Development Project  Industrial clusters for small and medium industries  Establishing small projects in the field of mobile retail outlets  The green economy project as a tool to achieve sustainable development in Egypt  Development of information and communication technology industry  Electronic designing and manufacturing Third Phase  Entrepreneurship development 2026–2030  Increase the agricultural area and support the agro-industrialization  Development of aquaculture projects  National Program for the Development of livestock, poultry and fish resources  Establishment of new communities to achieve inclusive development  Rationalization of water use  Addressing climate change and coast and facilities protection  Water resources development  Improving water quality  Development of groundwater and combating violations  Encouraging the transformation of the tourism sector to a green 298 economy program  Create a new generation of new cities on the developmental national roads  Development and extension of the road network for development purposes  Egypt railway development  Development of maritime transport sector  River transport sector development 299 Energy Pillar Strategic Objectives for Energy to 2030 Strategic Objectives

1 Ensuring energy security

2 Increasing the contribution of energy sector to the GDP

3 Maximizing utilization of domestic energy resources

4 Enhancing rational and sustainable management of the sector

5 Reducing the intensity of energy consumption

6 Limiting the environmental impact of the sector's emissions 300 Key Performance Indicators for Energy to 2030 Quantitative Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Ratio of primary  Ministry of Petroleum energy supply to the and Mineral Wealth  Supreme  Ministry of Electricity

1 Council of total planned energy  Ministry of Electricity Energy and Renewable Energy consumption and Renewable Energy  Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Wealth. Average duration of  Holding  Ministry of Electricity  Ministry of Electricity

2 Company for and Renewable Energy. outages and Renewable Energy Electricity  Electricity Regulation and Consumer Protection Authority.  Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy.  Energy  Ministry of Petroleum Percentage change in  Supreme Council of and Mineral Wealth.

3 Planning energy intensity Energy Authority  Ministry of Trade and Industry.  Demand Sectors.  Ministry of  Energy Planning Petroleum and Contribution of Authority, Ministry of Mineral Wealth.  Electricity Regulation 4 energy sector to Planning, Monitoring  Ministry of and Consumer GDP & Administrative Electricity and Protection Authority. Reform Renewable Energy.  Ministry of Percentage decline in Petroleum and greenhouse gas Mineral Wealth.  Ministry of Environment. emissions from the  Ministry of 5  Ministry of  Ministry of Trade and energy sector Environment Emissions from the Electricity and Industry. Energy Sector Renewable Energy.  General Petroleum  Ministry of Corporation.  Supreme Committee of

6 Crude oil reserves Petroleum and  Holding Company for Petroleum Wealth Mineral Wealth Natural Gas – EGAS.  Holding Company for 301 No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority South Valley Petroleum – GANOPE.  Ministry of  Supreme Committee of  Holding Company for

7 Natural gas reserves Petroleum and Petroleum Wealth Natural Gas – EGAS Mineral Wealth Efficiency of  Electricity Regulation  Holding  Ministry of Electricity 8 and Consumer Company for electricity production Protection Authority Electricity and Renewable Energy  Ministry of Electricity Efficiency of and Renewable Energy. electricity  Electricity Regulation  Holding 9 and Consumer Company for  * Electricity Regulation transmission and Protection Authority Electricity distribution and Consumer Protection Authority. Percentage of  Transport residential,  Ministry of Electricity  Electricity Regulation Companies. commercial and and Renewable Energy. 10 and Consumer  Holding industrial buildings Protection Authority  Ministry of Trade and connected to Company for Industry. electricity Electricity.  Ministry of Petroleum Percentage of  Supreme and Mineral Wealth.  Energy Planning

11 Council of primary fuel mix Authority Energy  Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy.  Supreme Council of  Ministry of  Ministry of Petroleum Percentage of fuel Energy. and Mineral Wealth. Electricity and 12 mix for electricity  Energy Planning Renewable  Ministry of Electricity production Energy Authority. and Renewable Energy.  Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Wealth.  Ministry of Finance

13 Value of fuel subsidy  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of  Ministry of Internal Electricity and Trade and Supply. Renewable Energy. 302 Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Efficiency of transportation and  Ministry of  Supreme Council of  Holding Company for

1 Petroleum and distribution of Energy Mineral Wealth. Natural Gas – EGAS. petroleum products Energy Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Wealth.  Ministry of Electricity and Developing an integrated Renewable Energy.  Supreme Council of Energy. 1 medium and long-term  Ministry of Trade and Industry. energy strategy  Energy Planning Authority.  The Concerned Authorities in the Sector: (General Petroleum Corporation, Holding Company for Electricity, etc.).  Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Wealth. Restructuring of the energy 2  Supreme Council of Energy  Ministry of Electricity and sector Renewable Energy.  EGAS, EGPC, EEHC.  Energy Planning Authority.  Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Wealth.  Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy.  Energy Information Centre. Reforming the current 3  Supreme Council of Energy  New and Renewable Energy legislative framework Authority.  Ministry of Justice.  Ministries of Education, Technical Education  Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research. 303 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  General Petroleum Corporation. Management of energy  Holding Company for 4  Supreme Council of Energy Electricity subsidy  Ministry of Finance.  EGAS, ECHEM, GANOPE.  Ministry of Petroleum and Developing the energy Mineral Wealth. 5  Energy Planning Authority sector's infrastructure  Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy.  Ministry of Petroleum and  Ministry of Higher Education Mineral Wealth. & Scientific Research. Promoting innovation in 6 energy sector  Ministry of Electricity and  Ministry of Environment Renewable Energy.  Ministry of Trade & Industry Applying environmental  Ministry of Environment 7 standards and accurate  Unified Regulatory Facility measurements  Ministry of Trade & Industry  New and Renewable Energy Authority.  Ministry of Petroleum and  Atomic Energy Commission. Mineral Wealth.  Ministry of Justice.

8 Skills development  Ministry of Electricity and  Ministry of Higher Education Renewable Energy. and Scientific Research.  Ministry of Education and Technical Education.  New and Renewable Energy Establishing the nuclear  Ministry of Electricity and Authority. 9 station in Dab’aa Renewable Energy  Atomic Energy Commission 304 Execution Phases of the Energy Programs to 2030  Developing an integrated medium and long-term energy strategy  Restructuring of the energy sector  Reforming the current legislative framework First Phase  Management of energy subsidy 2016–2020  Developing the energy sector's infrastructure  Promoting innovation in energy sector  Skills development  Establishing the nuclear station in Dab’aa  Restructuring of the energy sector  Developing the energy sector's infrastructure Second Phase  Promoting innovation in energy sector 2021–2025  Applying environmental standards and accurate measurements  Skills development  Establishing the nuclear station in Dab’aa  Restructuring of the energy sector Third Phase  Developing the energy sector's infrastructure 2026–2030  Establishing the nuclear station in Dab’aa 305 Knowledge, Innovation and Scientific Research Pillar Strategic Objectives for Knowledge, Innovation and Scientific Research to 2030 SN Strategic Objectives

1 Creation of a stimulating environment for the localization and production of knowledge

2 Activation and development of an integrated national innovation system

3 Linking the knowledge applications and the innovation outputs with priorities 306 Key Performance Indicators for Knowledge, Innovation and Scientific Research to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  World Intellectual  All Ministries. Global innovation Property 1  The Cabinet  The Civil Society. index (rank) Organization (WIPO)  The Private Sector.  World Intellectual Innovation efficiency Property  All Ministries. 2  The Cabinet ratio Organization  The Private Sector. (WIPO)  Ministry of Social Companies Solidarity.  World Economic  Ministry of Trade 3 innovation capacity Forum (WEF) and Industry  Ministry of Investment. index (rank)  The Private Sector.  Ministry of Communications and Information Knowledge impact  World Intellectual Technology sub-index of the Property  Ministry of Trade 4  Ministry of Social global innovation Organization and Industry (WIPO) Solidarity. index (rank)  Ministry of Investment.  The Private Sector.  Ministry of  Ministry of Higher Communications and Knowledge transfer  World Intellectual Education and Information sub-index of the Property

5 Scientific Research. Technology global innovation Organization index (rank)  Ministry of Trade  Ministry of Investment  (WIPO) and Industry  The Private Sector  Ministry of Culture.  Ministry of Social Solidarity. Innovative products  Radio and and services sub-  World Intellectual Television Union.  Ministry of Trade and Property Industry 6 index of the global  Ministry of Organization innovation index (WIPO) Investment.  Ministry of Foreign (rank) Affairs.  The Private Channels.  Ministry of International 307 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority Cooperation.  The Private Sector. Information and communications  World Intellectual  Ministry of technology sub-index Property Communications 7  The Private Sector. of the global Organization and Information innovation index (WIPO) Technology (rank) Public infrastructure  World Intellectual sub-index of the Property  All Ministries. 8  The Cabinet global innovation Organization  The Parliament. index (rank) (WIPO)  Ministry of Trade and Industry  Ministry of Social Environmental Solidarity. sustainability sub-  World Intellectual  Ministry of Property  Ministry of Investment. 9 index of the global Environment. Organization innovation index (WIPO)  The Civil Society.  Ministry of (rank) Electricity and  The Private Sector. Renewable Energy. Knowledge  Ministry of Trade and contribution sub-  World Intellectual Industry  Ministry of Higher Property 10 index of the global Education and Organization  Ministry of Investment. innovation index (WIPO) Scientific Research (rank)  The Private Sector.  Ministry of  Ministry of Higher Communications and Intangible assets sub-  World Intellectual Education and Information index of the global Property Scientific Research. Technology. 11 innovation index Organization  Ministry of Social (rank) (WIPO)  Ministry of Trade and Industry. Solidarity.  The Private Sector.  Ministry of Education and Technical Education. Digital creativity sub-  World Intellectual  Ministry of  Ministry of Higher index of the global Property Communications Education and Scientific

12 Research. innovation index Organization and Information (rank) (WIPO) Technology  Ministry of Social Solidarity.  Ministry of Trade and Industry 308 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of Investment.  The Private Sector.  Ministry of Higher Innovation linkages  World Intellectual Education and sub-index of the Property  Ministry of Investment.

13 Scientific Research. global innovation Organization  The Private Sector. index (rank) (WIPO)  Ministry of Trade and Industry Quality of scientific  Ministry of Higher  The Universities.  World Economic 14 research institutions Education and Forum (WEF)  The Civil society. index (rank) Scientific Research  Ministry of Social Credit facilities sub-  World Intellectual Solidarity. index of the global Property  Ministry of 15  Ministry of Trade and innovation index Organization Investment Industry (rank) (WIPO)  Private Sector. Investment sub-index  World Intellectual  Ministry of Trade and of the global Property  Ministry of Industry 16 innovation index Organization Investment (rank) (WIPO)  The Private Sector. Trade and competition sub-  World Intellectual  Ministry of Trade and Property  Ministry of Industry 17 index of the global Organization Investment innovation index (WIPO)  Private Sector. (rank) Legislative  Ministry of environment sub-  World Intellectual Planning,  All Ministries. Property 18 index of the global monitoring and Organization  The Parliament. innovation index (WIPO) Administrative (rank) Reform Business environment  World Intellectual sub-index of the Property  Ministry of  All Ministries. 19 global innovation Organization Investment  The Parliament. index (rank) (WIPO) Education sub-index  World Intellectual  Ministry of Higher of the global  Ministry of Education and Scientific Property

20 Education and Research innovation index Organization Technical Education (rank) (WIPO)  The Civil society 309 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority Higher education sub-  World Intellectual  The Universities. index of the global  Ministry of Higher Property

21 Education and  The Civil society. innovation index Organization Scientific Research (rank) (WIPO)  The Private sector. Research and development sub-  World Intellectual  Ministry of Higher  The Civil society. Property 22 index of the global Education and Organization  The Universities. innovation index (WIPO) Scientific Research (rank)  Ministry of Social Solidarity. Knowledge  Ministry of Investment. absorption sub-index  World Intellectual  Ministry of Foreign Property  Ministry of Trade 23 of the global Affairs. Organization and Industry innovation index (WIPO)  Ministry of (rank) International Cooperation.  The Private Sector.  Ministry of Social Solidarity.  Ministry of Education and Technical Knowledge workers  World Intellectual Education. sub-index of the Property  Ministry of Trade 24 global innovation Organization and Industry  Ministry of Higher index (rank) (WIPO) Education and Scientific Research.  Ministry of Investment.  The Private Sector. 310 Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority  Ministry of Social Solidarity.  Ministry of Trade and Ratio of knowledge  Central Agency for Industry. 1 economy Public Mobilization  The cabinet contribution to GDP and Statistics  Ministry of Investment.  The Civil Society.  The Private Sector.  Ministry of Social Solidarity. Social return on  Central Agency for  Ministry of Trade and 2 investment in Public Mobilization  The cabinet Industry. innovation and Statistics  Ministry of Investment.  The Private Sector.  Ministry of Social Ratio of local  Central Agency for  Ministry of Solidarity. content to gross

3 Public Mobilization Trade and national  Ministry of Investment. and Statistics Industry manufacturing  The Private Sector. Sectorial Ratio for local component to  Central Agency for  Ministry of

4 Public Mobilization Trade and  Ministry of Investment. gross national and Statistics Industry manufacturing Number of small  Ministry of Social and medium  Central Agency for  Ministry of Solidarity. 5 companies Public Mobilization Trade and  Ministry of Investment. contracting with and Statistics Industry government  The Private Sector.  Ministry of Trade and Industry.  Ministry of Social Number of  Central Agency for Solidarity. international awards  Ministry of

6 Public Mobilization in the innovation Higher  Ministry of Investment. and Statistics field Education and  The Private Sector. Scientific Research. Number of newly  Central Agency for  Ministry of 7 founded companies Public Mobilization Trade and  Ministry of Investment in each sector and Statistics Industry 311 No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Ratio of Companies Practicing  Central Agency for  Ministry of  Ministry of Higher

8 Innovation and Public Mobilization Trade and Education and Scientific R&D for Each and Statistics Industry Research Sector Number of patents  Central Agency for  Ministry of  Ministry of Higher

9 Public Mobilization Trade and Education and Scientific per sector and Statistics Industry Research Ratio of sectorial budgets expenditure  Central Agency for  Ministry of 10 on innovation, Public Mobilization Trade and  Ministry of Investment research and and Statistics Industry development Ratio of companies contribution to total  Central Agency for  Ministry of 11 sectorial expenditure Public Mobilization Trade and  Ministry of Investment on innovation and and Statistics Industry R&D  Ministry of Trade and Ratio of Industry. international funding for innovation,  Central Agency for  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of

12 Public Mobilization Education and Scientific research and and Statistics Investment Research. development to the total funding  Ministry of International Cooperation  Ministry of Social Solidarity.  Ministry of Ratio of foreign  Central Agency for Trade and  Ministry of Foreign 13 funding to small and Public Mobilization Industry. Affairs. medium companies and Statistics  Ministry of  Ministry of International Investment Cooperation.  The Private Sector. 312 Innovation, Knowledge and Scientific Research Programs and Projects to 2030 No. Program Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.  Ministry of Trade and Industry.  Ministry of Investment.  Ministry of Finance.  Ministry of Planning, monitoring and Administrative Carrying out legal reform Reform. 1 related to knowledge and  The cabinet  Ministry of Local innovation. Development.  Ministry of Communications and Information Technology.  Ministry of Justice.  Federation of Egyptian Industries.  Industrial Modernization Center.  Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.  Ministry of Education and Technical Education.  Ministry of Local Developing and Development.  Ministry of Planning, monitoring

2 Restructuring the Knowledge  Ministry of Trade and Industry. and Administrative Reform and Innovation System  Ministry of Investment.  Ministry of Communications and Information Technology.  Ministry of Finance.  Ministry of Justice.  Ministry of Higher Education and  Ministry of Higher Education Scientific Research. and Scientific Research. Adopting a comprehensive  Ministry of Education and program to promote  Ministry of Trade and Industry.

3 Technical Education. innovation and knowledge  Ministry of Youth and Sport. culture.  Ministry of Investment (private channels).  Ministry of Local Development.  Radio and Television Union. 313 No. Program Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative Reform.  Ministry of Finance. Developing a comprehensive  Ministry of Trade and Industry.  Ministry of Local 4 program to stimulate  Ministry of Investment. Development. innovation activities by SMEs  Federation of Egyptian Industries.  Industrial Modernization Center.  Ministry of Finance. Activating public private  Ministry of Trade and Industry. partnership to support and  Federation of Egyptian  Ministry of Investment. 5 stimulate innovation. Industries.  Ministry of Higher Education and  Industrial Modernization Scientific Research. Center. Execution Phases of Innovation, Knowledge and Scientific Research Programs to 2030  Carrying out legal reform related to knowledge and innovation.  Developing and restructuring the knowledge and Innovation First Phase system. 2016–2020  Adopting a comprehensive program to promote innovation and knowledge culture.  Activating public private partnership to support and stimulate innovation.  Developing and Restructuring the Knowledge and Innovation System. Second Phase  Adopting a comprehensive program to promote innovation and 2021–2025 knowledge culture.  Developing a comprehensive program to stimulate innovation activities by SMEs.  Developing and Restructuring the Knowledge and Innovation Third Phase System. 2026–2030  Adopting a comprehensive program to promote innovation and knowledge culture. 314 Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institutions Pillar Strategic Objectives for Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institutions to 2030 Strategic Objectives Establish an administrative body that is efficient, effective and in alignment with local and 1 global changes

2 Provide high-quality services that apply modern techniques Transparent system that interacts with citizens, responds to their demands, and is subject to 3 social accountability Key Performance Indicators for Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institutions to 2030 Quantitative Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority  Parliament  Ministry of  Presidency of the Government Planning, Council of Ministers. 1  World Bank Monitoring & efficiency Administrative  Central Auditing Reform Organization  Local Councils The number of  Ministry of citizens per  Central Agency for Planning,  Ministry of Planning, 2 government Organization and Monitoring & Monitoring & employee (score) (0 Management Administrative Administrative Reform worst-100 best) Reform Share of funds allocated to training of government  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of

3 Monitoring & Monitoring & employees as a Administrative Reform Finance Administrative Reform percentage of wage bill 315 No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of Trade and Ease of doing  Ministry of Industry 4  World Bank business Investment  Federation of Egyptian Industries  Federation of Chambers of Commerce  Presidency of the  Ministry of Planning,  The World Justice

5 Open government Council of Monitoring & Project Ministers. Administrative Reform  Presidency of the  Ministry of Planning, Regulatory  The World Justice

6 Council of Monitoring & enforcement Project Administrative Reform Ministers. Transparency in  Presidency of the  Ministry of Planning, policy-making  World Economic

7 Council of Monitoring & (score) (0 worst-100 Forum Administrative Reform Ministers. best)  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring &  National Administrative Reform Coordinating

8 Anti-corruption  World Bank committee for  Central Auditing combating Organization Corruption  Administrative Control Authority  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring &  National Administrative Reform Favoritism in Coordinating  World Economic 9 government decision committee for  Central Auditing Forum making process combating Organization Corruption  Administrative Control Authority  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring &  National Administrative Reform Irregular payments Coordinating  World Economic 10 committee for  Central Auditing and bribes Forum combating Organization Corruption  Administrative Control Authority 316 Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Percentage of government services  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of  Ministry of provided Monitoring & Planning, Communication &

1 Administrative Reform Monitoring & Information Technology. electronically from Administrative total government  CAPMAS Reform  Ministry of Finance. services Percentage of  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of  Ministry of Electronic Monitoring & Planning, Communication &

2 Administrative Reform Monitoring & Information Technology. transactions from Administrative total transactions  CAPMAS Reform  Ministry of Finance The level of citizens'  Egyptian Government satisfaction towards  Presidency of

3 Service Portal the Council of  . All service Ministries the government Ministers services  CAPMAS Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institution Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Presidency of the Republic Ministry of Electricity and Improving the public  Presidency of the Council of Renewable Energy. 1 management system Ministers.  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring & Administrative Reform  Ministry of Planning,  Presidency of the Council of Improving the Planning and Ministers.

2 Monitoring & Administrative monitoring System Reform  Ministry of Finance Developing the communication mechanisms  Ministry of Planning,

3 Monitoring & Administrative  All Ministries between the government and Reform citizens Improving the Human  Ministry of Planning,

4 Resources Management Monitoring & Administrative  All Ministries System Reform 317 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Presidency of the Council of Updating the legislative Ministers. 5  Ministry of Justice structure.  Ministry of Finance Improving the basic  Ministry of Planning,  Presidency of the Council of 6 infrastructure of public Monitoring & Administrative Ministers. administration Reform  Ministry of Finance Updating the information  Ministry of Planning,  Presidency of the Republic 7 database of public Monitoring & Administrative  Ministry of Communication & administration Reform Information Technology

8 Developing the human  Ministry of Planning, resources of public Monitoring & Administrative  Al Ministries administration Reform

9 Improving government  Presidency of the Council of  Al Ministries services provided to citizens Ministers.

10 Combating corruption in  Presidency of the Council of  Ministry of Finance agencies Ministers. Execution Phases of the Transparency and Efficiency of Government Institutions Programs to 2030  Improving the public management system  Improving the planning and monitoring system  Developing communication mechanisms between the government and citizens  Improving the Human Resources Management System First Phase  Updating the legislative structure 2016–2020  Improving the basic infrastructure of public administration  Updating the information database of public administration  Developing the human resources of public administration  Improving government services provided to citizens  Combating corruption in agencies Second Phase  Improving the planning and monitoring system 2021–2025  Improving the Human Resources Management System 318  Combating corruption in agencies Third Phase  Improving the planning and monitoring system 2026–2030 319 Social Justice Pillar Strategic Objectives for Social Justice to 2030 Strategic Objectives

1 Enhancing social inclusion and limiting negative exclusion

2 Achieving equal rights and opportunities

3 Providing protection for the neediest groups Key Performance Indicators for Social Justice to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of Social  Central Agency Solidarity. Geographical gap in for Public  Ministry of Health 1 human development  Ministry of Local Mobilization and and Population index Statistics Development.  The Civil society.  Central Agency GDP per capita for Public 2  The cabinet  All ministries. (USD) Mobilization and Statistics Income and  Central Agency for Public 3 consumption  The cabinet  All ministries Mobilization and distribution index Statistics  Ministry of Local Development  Ministry of Education International rank of  World Economic  Ministry of Social and Technical

4 Education the gender gap index Forum Solidarity  Ministry of Health and Population.  Ministry of Manpower 320 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  The Civil society Confidence in  UNDP  The cabinet  All ministries 5 government indicator  Central Agency  Ministry of  Ministry of Local for Public Education and Development Geographical gap in Mobilization and Technical Education 6 completing primary Statistics  Ministry of Social education index Solidarity  The Civil society  Central Agency  Ministry of Health  Ministry of Local for Public and Population Development Geographical gap in Mobilization and

7 Statistics  Ministry of Social child mortality rate Solidarity  The civil society  Ministry of Local Geographical gap in  Central Agency Development the percentage of for Public 8  The Cabinet  Ministry of Social population under Mobilization and Solidarity poverty line Statistics  The Civil society Percentage of female  Central Agency  Ministry of Local headed households for Public  Ministry of Social Development 9 living under poverty Mobilization and Solidarity line Statistics  The Civil Society Percentage of  Central Agency  Ministry of Local for Public  Ministry of Social Development 10 population under Mobilization and Solidarity extreme poverty line Statistics  The Civil society Suggested New Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of Education  Central Agency and Technical Axial positive values for Public 1  Ministry of Culture Education indicator Mobilization and Statistics  Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific 321 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority Research  Ministry of Youth and Sports  Central Agency Human rights for Public 2  The Cabinet  All ministries indicator Mobilization and Statistics The unemployment  Central Agency for Public  Ministry of Social 3 rate among people  The civil society Mobilization and Solidarity with special needs Statistics The percentage of  Central Agency for Public  Ministry of Social 4 elderly persons under  The civil society Mobilization and Solidarity the poverty line Statistics The percentage of  Central Agency  The Civil society for Public  Ministry of Local 5 population in  Ministry of Social Mobilization and Development unsecure slum areas Statistics Solidarity  Central Agency  Ministry of Local for Public  Ministry of Social Development

6 Homeless children Mobilization and Solidarity Statistics  The civil society Political and civil  Central Agency for Public  Ministry of Social 7 participation of  The civil society Mobilization and Solidarity women Statistics  Central Agency Indicator of ease of for Public  Ministry of Social  The civil society 8 the civil work Mobilization and Solidarity  The Parliament Statistics Indicator of social  Central Agency for Public  Ministry of Social 9 responsibility for the  All ministries Mobilization and Solidarity firms Statistics  The civil society  Central Agency Geographical gap in  Ministry of  Ministry of Social for Public

10 Education and Solidarity the education quality Mobilization and Technical Education Statistics  Ministry of Local Development 322 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  The civil society Geographical gap in  Central Agency  Ministry of Social for Public  Ministry of Health 11 the health service Solidarity Mobilization and and Population quality Statistics  Ministry of Local Development  The civil society  Central Agency Geographical gap in  Ministry of Social for Public  Ministry of

12 Solidarity getting decent job Mobilization and Manpower Statistics  Ministry of Local Development Geographical gap in  Central Agency  Ministry of Social the percentage of for Public  Ministry of Health Solidarity 13 employees with health Mobilization and and Population  Ministry of Local insurance Statistics Development Geographical gap in  Central Agency  Ministry of Health and the percentage of the for Public  Ministry of Social Population 14 employees with social Mobilization and Solidarity  Ministry of Local insurance Statistics Development  Central Agency  The civil society Subsidy efficiency for Public 15  The cabinet  Ministry of Social Indicator Mobilization and Statistics Solidarity  The civil society  Central Agency Beneficiaries of the  Ministry of Social for Public  Ministry of Social

16 Solidarity micro- loans Mobilization and Solidarity Statistics  Ministry of Trade and Industry Beneficiaries of the  Central Agency for Public  Ministry of Social 17 social welfare  The civil society Mobilization and Solidarity programs Statistics (*) these indicators are measures according to gender and age brackets 323 Social Justice Programs and Projects to 2030 No. Program Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Developing and expanding the role of state authorities  Ministry of Planning,  Ministry of Trade & Industry

1 Monitoring and Administrative concerned with transparency Reform  Ministry of Manpower and protection  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Supply and Home Trade  Ministry of Education and Improving the social  Ministry of Social Solidarity Vocational Training protection and subsidy 2 systems and expanding their  Ministry of Trade & Industry  Ministry of Health coverage  Ministry of Manpower  Ministry of Local Development  Civil Society  Ministry of Youth And Sports  Ministry of Manpower Reducing the social 3 intergeneration and gender  Ministry of Social Solidarity  Ministry of Trade & Industry gaps  The Parliament  Civil society  Ministry of Planning, Achieving a balanced  Ministry of Endowments and Monitoring and Administrative 4 geographical distribution of Religious Affairs Reform services  Civil society  Ministry of Social Solidarity  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Supply and Internal Trade  Ministry of Education and Technical Education Review and develop legislations and laws related  Ministry of Health and 5 to achievement of social  The Cabinet Population justice and community  Ministry of Labor Force including  Ministry of Local Development  Ministry of Social Solidarity  Ministry of Awqaf (Endowments) 324 No. Program Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Civil Society Raise the institutions level of partnership between the  Ministry of Planning,  The General Federation of

6 Monitoring and Administrative Government and the civil Reform Associations society  Ministry of Social Solidarity Execution Phases of Social Justice Programs and Projects to 2030  Reviewing and developing laws and legislations related to social justice and integration  Improving the social protection and subsidy systems and First Phase expanding their coverage 2016–2020  Developing and expanding the role of state authorities concerned with transparency and protection  Reducing the social intergeneration and gender gaps  Achieving a balanced geographical distribution of services  Improving the social protection and subsidy systems and expanding Second Phase their coverage 2021–2025  Reducing the social intergeneration and gender gaps  Achieving a balanced geographical distribution of services  Improving the social protection and subsidy systems and expanding Third Phase their coverage 2026–2030  Reducing the social intergeneration and gender gaps 325 Health Pillar Strategic Objectives for Health to 2030 Strategic Objectives

1 The improvement of the health of citizens within a framework of justice and equity

2 Achieving universal healthcare coverage for all Egyptians and ensuring high quality services

3 Improving health sector governance Key Performance Indicators for Health to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  National Population Council  National Council of Life expectancy at  Ministry of Health women 1  CAPMAS birth (years) & Population  National council for Motherhood and childhood  WHO  National Population Council  Ministry of  National Council of Maternal mortality Health & women  Ministry of Health

2 Population rate Information & Population  National council for Center Motherhood and childhood  WHO  Ministry of  National Population Children mortality Health & Council  Ministry of Health 3 rate, below 5 years Population  National Council of & Population old (%) Information women Center  National council for 326 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority Motherhood and childhood  WHO  National Population Council  Ministry of  National Council of Compound index on Health & women  Ministry of Health 4 nutrition status Population & Population  National council for among children Information Center Motherhood and childhood  WHO Mortality rate due to  Ministry of uncommon diseases Health &  Private sector  Ministry of Health 5 among persons Population & Population  Civil Society between 30 and 70 Information years Center  Ministry of The spread of Health &  Private sector  Ministry of Health 6 hepatitis C and Population & Population  Civil Society infected cases Information Center Per capita health  Ministry of Health & 7  CAPMAS  Ministry of Finance expenditure Population Out of pocket health  Ministry of Health  Private sector 8  World Bank spending & Population  Civil Society The number of  Egyptian  Ministry of Ambulance  Ministry of Health transportation 9 deaths from road Organization & Population accidents per 100,000 (EAO)  Civil Society Tobacco use among  Demographic Health Surveys,  Ministry of Health 10 persons over 15 years  Civil Society and Familial & Population and above Surveys The trade deficit for pharmaceuticals and  Egyptian  Ministry of Trade &  Ministry of Health &

12 Customs bio-medicines Authority Industry Population manufacturing

13 The ratio of citizens  CAPMAS  General Authority  Ministry of Social fully covered by 327 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority social health of Health Insurance Solidarity insurance (%)  Ministry of Finance  Civil Society  Private Sector Response to  Civil Society  World Health  Ministry of Health

14 International Health Organization & Population  WHO Regulations (%)  Civil Society  WHO  Ministry of  Ministry of Health & Compound Index of  Holding Housing, Utilities Population

15 Company for social services and Urban Water and Communities  Municipalities Wastewater  WHO  Ministry of Number of hospital Health &  Civil society  Ministry of Health

16 Population beds Information & Population  Private sector Center Compound index for  Central Agency number of  Ministry of Higher for Public  Ministry of Health &

17 Education and employees in health Mobilization and Scientific Research Population sector Statistics Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority The proportion of health institutions that contains in their stores medicines, supplies and basic  Ministry of  Civil society  Central Accreditation

1 Health and life-saving Committee Population  Private sector equipment on the visit day and the average of their availability  Ministry of Health and  Ministry of  University hospitals

2 The percentage of Population Health and infections acquired Information center Population  Health sector within 328 from hospitals Service Ministries  Ministry of The accurate Communication and registration of births,  Ministry of Information Technology  Central Accreditation 3 deaths, and causes of Health and Committee  Ministry of Planning, death in the vital Population registration reports Monitoring and Administrative Reform. Health Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority The application of universal  Ministry of Health & 1  Health Insurance Authority health coverage Population Improving the quality of  Ministry of Health &  Private sector and community 2 healthcare service provision: Population hospitals Enhancing preventive and  Ministry of Health &  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 3 health programs Population and Urban Communities Improve health sector governance including  Ministry of Health &  Higher Health Council 4 developing policies and Population  Council of Ministers follow up its implementation Enable municipalities to  Ministry of Local  Ministry of Health & Development 5 provide health services within Population a decentralized framework  Governorates Developing IT infrastructure, the mechanisms and methods  Ministry of Health &  Private sector and community 6 of correct health data input, Population hospitals collection and availability Developing human resource  Ministry of Health and  Ministry of Higher Education 7 management in the health Population and Scientific Research sector  Ministry of Trade and Industry Developing the  Ministry of Health & 8  Ministry of Higher Education pharmaceutical sector Population & Scientific Research 329 Execution Phases of Health Programs to 2030  The application of universal health coverage  Improving quality of healthcare service provision  Enhancing preventive and health programs  Improve health sector governance First Phase  Enable municipalities to provide health services within a 2016–2020 decentralized framework  Developing IT infrastructure, the mechanisms and methods of correct health data input, collection and availability  Developing human resource management in the health sector  Developing the pharmaceuticals sector  The application of universal health coverage  Improving quality of healthcare service provision Second Phase  Enhancing preventive programs and health 2021–2025  Enable municipalities to provide health services within a decentralized framework  Developing the pharmaceuticals sector Third Phase  The application of universal health coverage 2026–2030  Enhancing preventive programs and health 330 Education and Training Pillar Strategic Objectives for Education and Training to 2030 SN Strategic Objectives Strategic Objectives for Pre-University Education 1 Improving Educational System Quality to Conform with International Systems 2 Availing Education for All without Discrimination

3 Enhancing Competitiveness of the Educational Systems and its Outputs Strategic objectives for technical education and training until 2030

1 Improving Technical Education and Training System Quality to Conform with International Systems 2 Availing Education for All without Discrimination

3 Enhancing Competitiveness of the Technical Education and Training Systems and its Outputs Strategic objectives for Higher Education until 2030

1 Improving Educational System Quality to Conform with International Systems

2 Availing Education for All without Discrimination

3 Enhancing Competitiveness of the Educational Systems and their Outputs 331 Public Elementary Education Key Performance Indicators for Public Elementary Education to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of  National Education & Percentage of Technical Education accredited pre- Authority for  Civil Society

1 Education Quality  National Authority university educational Assurance and  All State Institutions institutions for Education Accreditation Quality Assurance and Accreditation Illiteracy rate (15-35  Ministry of  Civil Society 2  CAPMAS Education & years old) Technical Education  Private Sector Egypt’s rank in  Ministry of  Civil Society  World Economic 3 primary education Education & Forum  Private Sector quality index Technical Education Egypt’s rank in  National Center  Ministry of  Civil Society 4 for Education Education & TIMSS test results Statistics (NCES) Technical Education  Private Sector Egypt’s rank in  National Center  Ministry of  Civil Society 5 for Education Education & PIRLS studies Statistics (NCES) Technical Education  Private Sector Percentage of school  Ministry of  Ministry of Education & 6 drop-out under 18 Education &  Municipalities Technical years old Education Technical Education Average number of  Ministry of  Ministry of Planning, students per  Ministry of Monitoring and Education &

7 Education & Administrative Reform classroom Technical Technical Education (Student/Classroom) Education  Ministry of Finance Number of equipped  Ministry of  Ministry of Planning, schools for talented  Ministry of Monitoring and Education &

8 Education & Administrative Reform and outstanding Technical Technical Education students Education  Ministry of Finance 332 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of Education Public spending on & Technical Education  Ministry of 9 pre-university  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Higher Finance education per student Education & Scientific Research  Ministry of  Ministry of Planning, Pre-school enrollment  Ministry of Monitoring and Education &

10 Education & Administrative Reform rate (%) Technical Technical Education Education  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Education &  Ministry of Planning, Share of spending on Technical Education Monitoring and  Ministry of 11 pre-university Administrative Reform Finance  Ministry of Higher education in GDP Education &  Ministry of Finance Scientific Research Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Percentage of  Professional  Professional Academy  Ministry of Education & 1 teachers with Academy For For Teachers Technical Education practicing license Teachers Percentage of students passing national examinations in  Ministry of  Evaluation and Education &  Evaluation and

2 Science, Examinations Technical Examinations Committee Mathematics, Arabic Committee Education Language and English as a Second Language. Percentage of  Ministry of schools with proper Education &  Civil Society 3  Devised educational Technical  Private Sector technology Education  Ministry of Percentage of  Ministry of Education Education &  Civil Society 4 schools with & Technical Education Technical  Private Sector integration Education 333 requirements Percentage of  Ministry of curricula that  Ministry of Education Education &  Civil Society 5 conform with global & Technical Education Technical  Private Sector standards Education Public Elementary Education (pre-university) Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Adopting an investment strategy in education and  Ministry of Education & 1 developing new financing  Ministry of Finance Technical Education schemes at Ministry and school›s level Developing teachers’  Professional Academy for  Ministry of Education & 2 professional and technical Technical Education Teachers skills Developing a system for  National Authority for  Ministry of Education & 3 equipping schools for Education Quality Assurance Technical Education accreditation and Accreditation Application of  Curricula Supervisory  Ministry of Education & Authority 4 comprehensive curricula Technical Education reform system  Curricula Development Center Developing pre-schooling  The Cabinet  Ministry of Education & 5 system (Increasing Technical Education  Ministry of Social Solidarity enrollment at nursery stage) Integrating students with  Ministry of Education & 6  Civil Society minor disabilities in schools Technical Education Distinguished and talented  Ministry of Education &  Civil Society 7 students support program Technical Education  Private Sector Elimination illiteracy and  Ministry of Education & 8  Civil Society school drop out Technical Education  Ministry of Education & Developing a subsidy system  Ministry of Social Solidarity Technical Education 9 for poor families  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Administrative 334 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Reform  Ministry of Education & Periodic assessment system Technical Education  Civil Society 10 for students in accordance with international standards  National Center for Education  Private Sector Statistics Execution Phases of Public Elementary Education (pre-university) Programs to 2030  Adopting an investment strategy in education and developing new financing schemes at Ministry and school›s level  Application of comprehensive curricula reform system  Developing teachers’ professional and technical skills First Phase  Developing a system for equipping schools for accreditation 2016–2020  Developing pre-schooling system (Increasing enrollment at nursery stage)  Integrating students with minor disabilities in schools  Developing a subsidy system for poor families  Developing a system for equipping schools for accreditation  Developing teachers’ professional and technical skills Second Phase  Distinguished and talented students support program 2021–2025  Periodic assessment system for students in accordance with international standards 335 Technical Education and Training Key Performance Indicators for Technical Education and Training to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority Percentage of students with  Civil Society outstanding  Ministry of performance  Ministry of Education &  Private Sector

1 Education & enrolled in technical Technical Technical Education Education  Industrial Training education (scored Center more than 85% at preparatory stage) Percentage of  Civil Society technical education  Ministry of  Ministry of Education &  Private Sector 2 graduates working in Education & Technical their fields of Education Technical Education  Industrial Training specialization Center  Civil Society Egypt’s rank in the World Bank’s index  Ministry of  Private Sector 3  World Bank Education & for Technical Technical Education  Industrial Training Education Center Percentage of  Civil Society enrolled students in  Ministry of vocational training to  Ministry of Education &  Private Sector

4 Education & the total enrolled Technical Technical Education Education  Industrial Training students in technical Center education Number of technical  Civil Society education schools  Ministry of  Ministry of Education &  Private Sector 5 according to Education & Technical demographics and Education Technical Education  Industrial Training economic activities Center Percentage of  Ministry of  Ministry of  Civil Society technical and Education & 6 vocational Education &  Private Sector Technical institutions based on Technical Education Education  Industrial Training partnerships with 336 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority civil society Center  Ministry of Planning, Monitoring and Average number of  Ministry of Administrative Reform  Ministry of Education & 7 students per Education &  Ministry of Finance Technical classroom Education Technical Education  Civil Society  Private Sector Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Average training hours per employee in  Ministry of Education &  Ministry of Education & 1 each sector of the labor market Technical Education Technical Education Percentage of technical and vocational  Evaluation and  An Authority to be 2 education graduates with professional Examinations established licenses Committee Private institutions and employers’ level  Ministry of Education & 3 of satisfaction regarding the technical  Via Survey Technical Education and vocational education graduates Percentage of developed educational curricula and programs in line with the  National Authority for  Ministry of Education &

4 Quality Assurance and National Qualifications Framework of Accreditation Technical Education each sector Percentage of training curricula and  National Authority for  Ministry of Education & 5 programs in line with the National Quality Assurance and Technical Education Qualifications Framework of each sector Accreditation Percentage of technical education  National Authority for institutions accredited by the National Education Quality  Ministry of Education & 6 Authority for Education Quality Assurance and Technical Education Assurance and Accreditation Accreditation Percentage of training centers accredited  National Authority for  Ministry of Education &

7 Quality Assurance and by competent authorities Accreditation Technical Education Percentage of teachers achieving more  Ministry of Education &  Ministry of Education & 8 than 90% in teacher’s comprehensive Technical Education Technical Education 337 assessment Rate of availing Equipment and tools per  Ministry of Education &  Ministry of Education & 9 student Technical Education Technical Education Rate of transition from one stage to  Ministry of Education &  Ministry of Education & 10 another in technical and vocational Technical Education Technical Education education Technical Education and Training Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Develop a mechanism for encouraging private sector’s  Ministry of Education & 1  Private Sector contribution to technical Technical Education education development Enhancing the quality of  National Authority for  Ministry of Education & 2 educational and training Education Quality Assurance Technical Education facilities and Accreditation Adopting professional  Ministry of Education &  Professional Academy for 3 development program for Teachers Technical Education teachers and trainers  Ministry of Education &  Civil Society

4 Attractive school project Technical Education  Private Sector Raising awareness and  Ministry of Education &  Civil Society 5 enhancing social perception Technical Education  Private Sector An efficient and integrated  Ministry of Education & 6 labor market information  FEI Technical Education system Developing and activating the “Egyptian national qualifications framework” for  Ministry of Education & 7  FEI Technical Education technical education and vocational training. Establishing an academy to  FEI graduate teachers qualified  Ministry of Education & 8  Civil Society for technical education and Technical Education vocational training  Private Sector 338 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority (specialized faculties). Professional practicing license program for  Ministry of Education &  Professional Academy for 9 vocational and technical Technical Education Teachers education graduates Execution Phases of the Technical Education and Training Programs to 2030  Raising awareness and enhancing social perception  An efficient and integrated labor market information system  Developing and activating the “Egyptian national qualifications framework” for technical education and First Phase vocational training 2016–2020  Adopting professional development program for teachers and trainers  Develop a mechanism for encouraging private sector’s contribution to technical education development  Enhancing the quality of educational and training facilities  Raising awareness and enhancing social perception  Establishing an academy to graduate teachers qualified for Second Phase technical education and vocational training (specialized faculties) 2021–2025  Attractive school project  Professional practicing license program for vocational and technical education graduates 339 Higher Education Key Performance Indicators for Higher Education to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of Higher Education & Global competitiveness Scientific Research  Civil Society  World Economic 1 index (higher education Forum (WEF)  Ministry of  Private Sector and training) Education & Technical Education Unemployment rate among university  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of Higher  Civil Society 2 graduates to total Education & Education & unemployed according Scientific Research Scientific Research  Private Sector to specialization (%) Number of Egyptian universities listed  Shanghai Index –  Ministry of Higher  Supreme Council for 3 among top 500 Times - Education & Universities (SCU) universities in the world Webometrics Scientific Research (Shanghai Index) Growth rate of published scientific  Ministry of Higher 4 research in  SCOPUS Education &  Private Universities internationally reviewed Scientific Research scientific journals Percentage of higher education institutions  National Authority  National Authority accredited by the  Ministry of Higher for Education for Education

5 Education & “National Authority for Quality Assurance Scientific Research Quality Assurance Quality Assurance and and Accreditation and Accreditation Accreditation” Higher education  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of Higher 6 enrollment rate (18-22 Education & Education & years old) Scientific Research Scientific Research Percentage of faculty  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of 7 members with research Education & Education & International scholarships from Scientific Research Scientific Research Cooperation international 340 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority universities  Supreme Council for Universities (SCU) Percentage of foreign  Ministry of Foreign students to total Affairs students enrolled at  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of Higher

8 Education & Education &  Ministry Egyptian universities Scientific Research Scientific Research according to International specialization Cooperation Public spending per student in higher  Ministry of Higher 9  Ministry of Finance Education &  Ministry of Finance education (per Scientific Research specialization) Number of students per faculty member  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of Higher

10 Education & Education & according to Scientific Research Scientific Research specialization Number of higher education institutions according to the  Ministry of Higher  Ministry of Higher

11 Education & Education &  Private Sector density, specialization Scientific Research Scientific Research and geographical distribution Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority Number of  Ministry of Foreign scholarships from  Ministry of Affairs international  Ministry of Higher Higher

1 Education & Scientific Education &  Ministry International universities Research Scientific Cooperation according to Research specialization.  Universities 341 Higher Education Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Establishing higher Education institutions in  Ministry of Higher Education  Civil Society 1 partnership with the civil & Scientific Research  Private Sector society and the private sector Building distinctive teaching  Ministry of Higher Education  Ministry of International 2 cadres at higher education & Scientific Research Cooperation institutions Activating the role of  Ministry of Higher Education  Ministry of International 3 research centers at higher & Scientific Research Cooperation education institutions Linking graduates to employment institutions on  Ministry of Higher Education 4  Ministry of Manpower the local, regional and & Scientific Research international Levels Adopting the “Egyptian Diplomas Equivalence  Ministry of Foreign Affairs  Ministry of Higher Education

5 System” and the recognition  Ministry International & Scientific Research of higher education Cooperation certificates Developing curricula based  Civil Society  Ministry of Higher Education 6 on the National & Scientific Research  Private Sector Qualifications Framework Updating the admission  Civil Society  Ministry of Higher Education 7 systems at higher education & Scientific Research  Private Sector institutions  Ministry of Higher Education  Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research & Scientific Research Improving quality of higher 8  National Authority for education institutions  Civil Society Education Quality Assurance and Accreditation  Private Sector 342 Execution Phases of Higher Education Programs to 2030  Establishing higher Education institutions in partnership with the civil society and the private sector  Activating the role of research centers at higher education First Phase institutions 2016–2020  Linking graduates to employment institutions on the local, regional and international Levels  Applying quality of higher education institutions  Improving quality of higher education institutions  Applying quality of higher education institutions  Building distinctive teaching cadres at higher education institutions  Establishing higher Education institutions in partnership with the civil Second Phase society and the private sector 2021–2025  Adopting the “Egyptian Diplomas Equivalence System” and the recognition of higher education certificates  Developing curricula based on the National Qualifications Framework  Updating the admission systems at higher education institutions Third Phase  Developing curricula based on the National Qualifications Framework  Establishing higher Education institutions in partnership with the civil 2026–2030 society and the private sector 343 Culture Pillar Strategic Objectives for Culture to 2030 SN Strategic Objectives

1 Supporting cultural industries as a source of strength for the economy.

2 Improving the efficiency of cultural institutions and workers

3 Protecting and promoting all forms of heritage Key Performance Indicators for Culture to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Alexandria Library  Ministry of Education and Technical  Ministry of Culture Education (school Geographical gap of (Egyptian National libraries) the ratio of the Library and Archives - Culture  Municipalities 1 number of public  CAPMAS Palaces Authority - libraries / 100,000 Egypt's public  Ministry of Youth and people libraries - Cultural Sports Development Fund)  Ministry of Social Solidarity  NGOs Geographical gap of  Ministry of Culture the ratio of the (Culture Palaces  Civil and private cultural number of cultural Authority - Cultural centers 2 centers / 100,000  CAPMAS Development Fund / Creativity Centers  Ministry of Youth and people – Opera House – Sports Plastic Arts Sector)  Ministry of Culture Tourism and travel  World Economic 3  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Antiquities competitiveness Forum (WEF)  Ministry of Interior 344 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority Affairs  Ministry of Antiquities (Museums and archaeological areas)  Ministry of Tourism Number of foreign  Ministry of Interior visitors to museums  Ministry of Culture 4  CAPMAS (Historical, artistic Affairs and heritage sites and national (million visitors)  National Media Council museums)  Alexandria Library  Ministry of Environment (natural reserves)  Ministry of interior Affairs  Ministry of Antiquities  Ministry of Education (Museums and and Technical archaeological areas)  Education, Ministry of Number of Egyptian  Ministry of Culture Higher Education and visitors to museums Scientific Research 5  CAPMAS (Historical, artistic and heritage sites and national (million visitors)  Ministry of Youth and museums) Sports  Ministry of  Ministry of Tourism Environment (natural reserves)  National Media Council  Alexandria Library Suggested New Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of Education and Technical Education Indicator of main  Ministry of Higher 1  CAPMAS  Ministry of Culture Education and Scientific positive values Research  Ministry of Youth and Sports Cultural  Ministry of Antiquities 2 industries  CAPMAS  Ministry of Culture contribution to  Ministry of Commerce 345 gross domestic and Industry product  Media and Art Institutions  Ministry of Commerce and Industry  Ministry of Finance Indicator of 3 cultural product  CAPMAS  Ministry of Culture  Ministry of Investment exports  Cultural Industries Chambers  Artistic Syndicates International  Cultural Industries awards, and Chambers certificates of  Artistic Syndicates 4 excellence for  CAPMAS  Ministry of Culture Egyptian  Academy of Arts intellectuals or  Creative departments in cultural works the universities  Ministry of Culture (National Centre for  Chamber of Cinema Cinema - Artistic Industry Censorship - Licensing  Radio and Television

5 Cinema indicator  CAPMAS Department - Union Cultural  Filmmakers and Actors Development Fund Syndicates - Film Commission at the Supreme  Alexandria Library Council of Culture)  Ministry of Culture (National Center for Theater - Art House Theater – Folk Show Art House -  Screen Actors Syndicate Opera House - Creative Centers -  Radio and Television Culture Palaces Union Authority - Artistic

6 Theatre indicator  CAPMAS  Private groups Censorship - Licensing  Theaters of Schools and Department - Universities Cultural Development Fund  Alexandria Library – Theatre Committee of Supreme Council for Culture) Publishing and  Ministry of Culture  Cultural Industries 7  CAPMAS Literature (General Book Chambers 346 Indicator Organization -  Writers and Publishers General Authority Unions for Books and National Documents - National Center for Translation - Supreme Council of Culture - Culture Palaces Authority - Cultural Development Fund - Committee for book and publishing at Supreme Council of Culture)  Ministry of Culture (Opera House -  Musicians Syndicate National Center for theater, music and  Authors and Composers folklore - Folk Association Show Arts House - Culture Palaces  Radio and Television Music and Authority - Artistic Union 8  CAPMAS singing indicator Censorship –  Cassette Producers Licensing Association Department - Cultural  Art Production Development Fund Companies - Music Committee of the Supreme  Alexandria Library Council for Culture)  Ministry of Culture (Plastic Arts Sector - Culture Palaces  Syndicate Of Plastic Arts Plastic arts Authority - Cultural 9  CAPMAS Development Fund  Private Galleries indicator - Visual Arts Committee at the  Alexandria Library Supreme Council for Culture)  Ministry of Culture (National Center for Cinema - Cultural Development Fund). Cultural radio  Ministry of Investment and television  Radio and (private channels) 10  CAPMAS production Television Union indicator  Supreme Council of Antiquities  Alexandria Library  Production Companies 347  Ministry of Commerce and Industry  Ministry of Culture  Ministry of Investment (Plastic Arts Sector – Cultural  Ministry of Local Traditional crafts Development Fund Development 11  CAPMAS - Culture Palaces indicator Authority - Folk  Ministry of Social Arts Committee of Solidarity the Supreme  Social Fund for Council for Culture) Development  Civil society  Ministry of Culture (Copyright Management -  Ministry of Intellectual Permanent Bureau Communications and 12 property  CAPMAS of Copyright Information Technology protection Protection - Artistic Censorship)  Ministry of Interior Affairs  Radio and Television Union  Ministry of Education and Technical Education Geographical gap in the indicator  Ministry of Higher 13  CAPMAS  Ministry of Culture Education and Scientific of main positive Research values (*)  Ministry of Youth and Sports Geographical gap  Ministry of Finance in expenditure on  Ministry of Planning, 14  CAPMAS  Ministry of Culture cultural activity Monitoring and per capita administrative reform Cultural activity  Ministry of  Ministry of Culture Education and 15 at schools (acting  CAPMAS  Ministry of Youth and Technical – singing – arts) Education Sports  Ministry of Higher Cultural activity Education and  Ministry of Culture at university Scientific Research 16  CAPMAS  Ministry of Youth and (acting – singing – arts)  Public and Private Sports universities Ratio of  Ministry of Culture expenditure on (Associations  Ministry of Social 17 national cultural  CAPMAS Department at Solidarity activity to the Supreme Council of total State's Culture – 348 cultural budget Associations Department at Culture Palaces Authority – Cultural Development Fund) Ratio of the  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Culture State's cultural 18  CAPMAS  The Cabinet  Ministry of Antiquities budget to its total budget.  Antiquities Committee at the Supreme Council of Culture Indicator of  Ministry of 19 monuments  CAPMAS  Ministry of religious Antiquities condition Endowments  Coptic Orthodox Patriarchate  Ministry of  Ministry of Number of Communications and Antiquities foreign visitors to Information Technology 20  CAPMAS official heritage  Ministry of Culture websites  National Media Council  Alexandria Library (electronic media)  Ministry of  Ministry of Number of Communications and Antiquities Egyptians visitors Information Technology 21  CAPMAS to official  Ministry of Culture heritage websites  National Media Council  Alexandria Library (electronic media) Restoration  Ministry of  International 22  CAPMAS efficiency Antiquities Organizations Ratio of expenditure on restoration and maintenance of  Ministry of  Ministry of International 23  CAPMAS monuments from Antiquities Cooperation international grants to total expenditure  Ministry of Interior  Ministry of Religious Number of  Ministry of Endowments heritage sites Antiquities 24  CAPMAS  Ministry of Foreign registered in  Ministry of Affairs UNESCO Environment  Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research 349 Culture Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Ministry of Culture  Ministry of Antiquities  Ministry of Investment Reviewing laws and  Ministry of Commerce and legislations related to cultural Industry 1  The Cabinet industries and heritage  Ministry of Planning, protection Monitoring and administrative reform  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Justice  Ministry of Culture  Ministry of Antiquities Developing and restructuring  Ministry of Planning,

2 Monitoring and administrative  Ministry of Religious the cultural system reform Endowments  Cultural syndicates, chambers and unions  Ministry of Culture  Radio and Television Union  Ministry of Antiquities  Ministry of Tourism Adopting a set of programs  Ministry of Education and  Ministry of Investment 3 to raise historic and cultural Technical Education  Ministry of Local awareness of the society Development  Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research  Alexandria Library  Ministry of Youth and Sports  Production Companies  Ministry of Culture Establishing an integrated  Ministry of Communications 4 database for cultural products  Ministry of Antiquities and Information Technology and activities in Egypt  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Interior Increasing the efficiency of  Ministry of Local cultural services Development 5  Ministry of Culture infrastructure and expanding  Ministry of Higher Education its scope and Scientific Research  Ministry of Local Development 350 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority  Ministry of Culture  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Education and  Ministry of Local Technical Education Development Protection and development 6  Ministry of Tourism  Federation of Egyptian of heritage crafts  Ministry of Investment Industries  Ministry of Commerce and  Industrial Modernization Industry Center (IMC)  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Social Solidarity  Ministry of Interior affairs  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Commerce and Supporting and empowering Industry 7  Ministry of Culture cultural industries  Ministry of Local Development  Federation of Egyptian Industries  Industrial Modernization Center (IMC)  Ministry of Religious Endowments  Ministry of Local  Ministry of Antiquities Development Protecting and maintaining 8 heritage  Ministry of Environment  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of International Cooperation  Ministry of Interior Affairs 351 Execution Phases of the Culture Programs to 2030  Reviewing laws and legislations related to cultural industries and heritage protection  Developing and restructuring the cultural system  Adopting a set of programs to raise historic and cultural awareness of the society First Phase  Establishing an integrated database for cultural products and activities in Egypt 2016–2020  Increasing the efficiency of cultural services infrastructure and expanding its scope  Protection and development of heritage crafts  Supporting and empowering cultural industries  Protecting and maintaining heritage  Developing and restructuring the cultural system  Adopting a set of programs to raise historic and cultural awareness Second Phase of the society 2021–2025  Increasing the efficiency of cultural services infrastructure and expanding its scope  Protecting and maintaining heritage  Developing and restructuring the cultural system  Adopting a set of programs to raise historic and cultural awareness Third Phase of the society 2026–2030  Increasing the efficiency of cultural services infrastructure and expanding its scope  Protecting and maintaining heritage 352 Environment Pillar Strategic Objectives to 2030 SN Strategic Objectives

1 Rational and sustainable management of the assets of natural resources to support economy, increase competitiveness and provide new job opportunities

2 Reduction of pollution and integrated management of wastes

3 Maintaining the balance of ecological systems, biological diversity and the rational and sustainable management of these systems

4 Egypt meets its international and regional obligations for environmental conventions and develops the necessary mechanisms, while ensuring their consistency with the local policies Key Performance Indicators for Environment to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Ministry of Agriculture and Land Reclamation Ratio of total water  Ministry of Water  Ministry of Water  Ministry of Commerce

1 Resources and Resources and and Industry consumption (%) Irrigation Irrigation  Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Communities Fresh water resources  Ministry of Water  Ministry of Water

2 Resources and Resources and per capita (renewable) Irrigation Irrigation  Ministry of Agriculture and Land Reclamation Percentage of  Ministry of Commerce decreased pollution  Ministry of  Ministry of 3 and Industry caused by fine Environment Environment airborne dust (%)  Ministry of Transportation  Ministry of Petroleum 353 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority and Mineral Resources  Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Communities Percentage of municipal solid waste  Ministry of  Ministry of 4 regularly collected and  Governorates’ bodies Environment Environment managed in a suitable manner (%) Percentage of  Ministry of Health and hazardous wastes, Population  Ministry of  Ministry of 5 safely disposed Environment Environment  Ministry of Commerce (treatment, recycling, final disposal) (%) and Industry Indicator of  Ministry of  Ministry of  International

6 Biological diversity Environment Environment Organizations and environments Rate of reduction of  Ministry of  Ministry of  Ministry of Commerce

7 Ozone-depleting Environment Environment and Industry materials  Ministry of Commerce and Industry Rate of reduction of  Ministry of the expected Transportation  Ministry of  Ministry of 8 increasing rates of Environment Environment  Ministry of Petroleum greenhouse gas emissions and Mineral Resources  Ministry of Electricity and Renewable Energy Ratio of non- traditional water  Ministry of Water  Ministry of Water  Ministry of Housing,

9 Resources and Resources and Utilities and Urban resources to total Irrigation Irrigation Communities water resources usage Sanitation as  Ministry of  Ministry of Housing, Housing, Utilities 10 percentage of the Utilities and Urban  Local units and Urban total sewage Communities Communities Illegal industrial sewage into the Nile  Ministry of  Ministry of  Ministry of Commerce 11 River as a percentage Environment Environment and Industry of the total industrial 354 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority sewage Sanitation percentage according to the  Ministry of  Ministry of Housing,  Ministry of Housing, Housing, Utilities 12 national standards, Utilities and Urban Utilities and Urban and Urban disposed in the Nile Communities Communities Communities River Number of natural reserves, with an  Ministry of  Ministry of 13 approved and  Local units Environment Environment activated management plan (reserves) Percentage of progress in the  Ministry of  Ministry of  Ministry of Commerce 14 commitment to Environment Environment and Industry ratified conventions Percentage of loss in  Ministry of  Ministry of Housing, Housing, Utilities 15 water transfer Utilities and Urban  Local units and Urban networks Communities Communities  Ministry of Percentage of loss in  Ministry of Housing, Housing, Utilities

16 Utilities and Urban  Local units water treatment plants and Urban Communities Communities Number of national  Ministry of  Ministry of 17 monitoring air  Local units Environment Environment pollutants plants Number of monitoring sites at  Ministry of  Ministry of  Ministry of Commerce 18 the national network Environment Environment and Industry of monitoring industrial emissions 355 Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority  Private sector Environmental  All ministries,  Ministry of 1 agencies and  Family sector Deterioration Cost Environment organizations  Civil society sector Environment Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Strengthen the institutional and legislative structure of  Ministry of Water Resources 1  Parliament water resources management and Irrigation system Expand the establishment  Ministry of Water Resources  Parliament and development of required and Irrigation 2  Ministry of Commerce and infrastructure for achieving a  Ministry of Housing, Utilities sustainable water system Industry and Urban Communities Implement financial policy  Ministry of Commerce and reforms and use of economic Industry instruments to move toward  Ministry of Water Resources 3 more sustainable and Irrigation  Cabinet consumption patterns of  Parliament water and natural resources  Ministry of Water Resources Increase the awareness of the and Irrigation need to reserving  Ministry of Commerce and environment and natural Industry resources, motivating 4  Ministry of Environment required alternatives and  Ministry of Culture technologies for water  Ministry of Education and rationalization and protecting Technical Education natural resources  National Council for Women Enhance the efficiency of  Local government agencies solid wastes management 5  Ministry of Environment  Ministry of Housing, Utilities system and supporting its sustainability and Urban Communities

6 Develop the necessary  Ministry of Environment  Ministry of Commerce and policies to reduce air 356 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority pollution, combat climate Industry changes and protect the  Ministry of Electricity and environment Renewable Energy  Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources  Ministry of Transportation Develop the infrastructure to enhance the efforts aimed at  Ministry of Commerce and 7  Ministry of Environment reducing air pollution and Industry combating climate changes Enhance the efficiency of the  Ministry of Planning, administrative structure and Monitoring and Administrative 8 infrastructure required for  Ministry of Environment Reform developing the efforts of biodiversity protection  Ministry of Finance Monitor the implementation  Ministry of Commerce and 9 of international conventions  Ministry of Environment Industry on environment Increase the involvement of the private and non-  Ministry of Commerce and 10 governmental sectors into the  Ministry of Environment Industry efforts of preserving and protecting biodiversity Enhance the efficiency of  Ministry of Tourism 11 protecting coastal and marine  Ministry of Environment areas  Parliament Develop a system for disposal of hazardous wastes  Ministry of Commerce and 12  Ministry of Environment and raising the management Industry efficiency  The Ministry of Planning and Establish a higher council for Monitoring and Administrative 13  Cabinet Reform sustainable development:  Ministry of the Environment 357 Execution Phases of the Environment Programs to 2030  Establish a higher council for sustainable development.  Strengthen the institutional and legislative structure of water resources management system  Expand the establishment and development of required infrastructure for achieving a sustainable water system  Increase the awareness of the need to reserving environment and natural resources, motivating required alternatives and technologies for water rationalization and protecting natural resources First Phase  Enhance the efficiency of solid wastes management system 2016–2020 and supporting its sustainability  Develop the necessary policies to reduce air pollution, combat climate changes and protect the environment  Develop the infrastructure to enhance the efforts aimed at reducing air pollution and combating climate changes  Monitor the implementation of international conventions on environment  Implement financial policy reforms and use of economic instruments to move toward more sustainable consumption patterns of water and natural resources  Expand the establishment and development of required infrastructure for achieving a sustainable water system  Enhance the efficiency of the administrative structure and infrastructure required for developing the efforts of biodiversity Second Phase protection 2021–2025  Enhance the efficiency of protecting coastal and marine areas  Implement financial policy reforms and use of economic instruments to move toward more sustainable consumption patterns of water and natural resources  Increase the awareness of the need to reserving environment and natural resources, motivating required alternatives and technologies for water rationalization and protecting natural resources Third Phase  Develop a system for disposal of hazardous wastes and raising the 2026–2030 management efficiency  Increase the involvement of the private and non-governmental sectors into the efforts of preserving and protecting biodiversity 358 Urban Development Pillar Strategic Objectives for Urban Development to 2030 SN Strategic Objectives

1 Expansion of inhabited area in proportion to the availability of resources and size and distribution of population

2 Improvement urban environment quality

3 Maximize the utilization of Egypt’s strategic location regionally and internationally Key Performance Indicators for Urban Development to 2030 Quantitative Indicators Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority  Industrial Development Rate of population Authority settlement as  Ministry of  New Urban  General Authority for Housing, Utilities 1 compared to what is Communities Reconstruction and land and Urban aimed at in new urban Authority Development reclamation communities  Tourism Development Authority  Ministry of  Ministry of Housing, Utilities Housing, Utilities  Private sector

2 Housing gap indicator and Urban and Urban  Municipalities Development Development  Ministry of Planning, Increase the rate of monitoring and  Ministry of  Ministry of 3 those using modes administrative reform Transportation Transportation public transportation  Ministry of Finance  Ministry of Local  Ministry of Local Development, Development Individual's share in  Ministry of 4 green landscapes in  Ministry of  Ministry of Environment cities Housing, Utilities Housing, Utilities  Municipalities and Urban and Urban Development Development 359 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority Rate of reducing  Central Agency  Ministry of for Public Housing, Utilities  Ministry of Agriculture 5 encroachments on Mobilization and and Urban and Land Reclamation agricultural lands Statistics Development  Ministry of Transportation  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Trade and Egypt's rank in Industry Global  Ministry of 6  DHL  Cabinet Connectedness Index Communications and Report (DHL) Information Technology  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Development  Ministry of Transportation  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Trade and Number of Egyptian Industry citizens in

7 Globalization and  GaWC  Cabinet  Ministry of World Cities (GaWC) Communications and Index Information Technology  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Development  National  Ministry of Urban area growth Authority for Housing, Utilities 8  Municipalities rate planning to use and Urban states’ territories Development  Industrial Development Authority  National Area of lands added  Ministry of Authority for  General Authority for Housing, Utilities 9 to Egyptian inhabited planning the Reconstruction and land and Urban areas usage of states’ Development reclamation territories  General Authority for Tourism Development 10  Fund of informal  Fund of informal  Ministry of Housing, Rate of reduction in settlements settlements Utilities and Urban 360 Measurement No. Indicator Liable Authority Participant Authority Authority number of population development development Development in insecure areas Percentage of  Fund of informal  Fund of informal  Ministry of Housing, 11 informal settlements settlements settlements Utilities and Urban area development development Development  Ministry of Health and The Percentage of  Central Agency  Ministry of Population population for which for Public Housing, Utilities 12  United Nations agencies sanitation system is Mobilization and and Urban provided. Statistics Development  Different provinces and municipals The percentage of  Ministry of Health and  Central Agency  Ministry of Population population for which for Public Housing, Utilities 13 a safe drinking water  United Nations agencies Mobilization and and Urban system has been Statistics Development  Different provinces and provided. municipal Suggested New Indicators No. Indicator Measurement Authority Liable Authority Participant Authority  Industrial Development Average localization Authority  Ministry of of population in new  Central Agency for Housing,  General Authority for 1 urban communities Public Mobilization and Utilities and Reconstruction and land proportional to Statistics Urban reclamation population increase. Development  General Authority for Tourism Development  Industrial Development Authority The percentage of  Ministry of workers localized in  Central Agency for Housing,  General Authority for

2 Public Mobilization and Utilities and Reconstruction and land new urban Statistics Urban reclamation communities Development  General Authority for Tourism Development The percentage of  Ministry of Planning, population having  Ministry of  Ministry of 3 monitoring and access to public Transportation Transportation administrative reform means of 361 transportation every  Ministry of Finance 20 minutes at most  Municipalities within a spatial scope of 500 meters Urban Development Programs to 2030 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Reformation of institutional structure and governance of 1  Cabinet  Parliament urban development planning and management system  Ministry of Investment  Ministry of Finance Connection of a  Ministry of Planning  Ministry of Commerce and 2 comprehensive investment Monitoring and administrative Industry plan to the national plan 2052 reform  Ministry of Tourism  Ministry of Agriculture and land reclamation Activation of municipalities'  Ministry of Housing, Utilities  Ministry of Local and Urban Communities 3 role in execution and Development management of urban plans  Parliament Motivation of population  Supreme Council for Urban 4 localization in the new  Cabinet Development development areas  Private sector Achievement of balance  Ministry of Housing, Utilities  Ministry of Planning, 5 between supply and demand and Urban Development Monitoring and Administrative in housing sector Reform Controlling informal  Ministry of Housing, Utilities  Municipalities settlements phenomenon and and Urban Development insecure areas  International Organizations 6  Ministry of International Cooperation Replacement and renewal of  Ministry of Planning, main facilities networks and Monitoring and Administrative  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 7 expansion in providing Reform and Urban Development facilities in new development areas  Ministry of Finance 362 No. Index Responsible Authority Supporting Authority Achievement of spread of  Parliament  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 8 green and sustainable and Urban Development  Local Government Bodies building methods Elimination of encroachments and violations 9  Cabinet  Parliament in existing urban communities  New Urban Communities Authority Increasing the capacity and  Ministry of Local 10 quality of means of mass  Ministry of Transportation Development communication in cities  Ministry of Housing, Utilities and Urban Development  Consolidated Contractors Increase of the constructive  Ministry of Housing, Utilities 11 capacity in new urban  Engineers Syndicate and Urban Development communities  Private sector contractors 363 Execution Phases of Urban Development Programs to 2030  Reformation of the institutional infrastructure and enhance governance of the urban development planning and management system  Align a comprehensive investment plan with the urban national plan 2052  Activation of municipalities' role in execution and management of urban plans  Renovation and replacement of basic infrastructure networks First Phase and expanding utilities to new development areas 2016–2020  Combating Violations and infringements on the existing urban developments  Combat the informal settlements phenomenon and insecure areas  Achieve a balance between supply and demand in the housing sector  Maximize construction capacities in new urban communities  Activation of municipalities' role in execution and management of urban plans  Combat the informal settlements phenomenon and insecure areas  Achieve a balance between supply and demand in the housing Second Phase sector 2021–2025  Maximize construction capacities in new urban communities  Encourage settlement in new urban areas  Enhance and increase the capacities of public transportation in cities  Combat the informal settlements phenomenon and insecure areas Third Phase  Achieve a balance between supply and demand in the housing 2026–2030 sector 364